GOVERNMENT OF TELANGANA

TELANGANA MEDICAL SERVICES &

INFRASTRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT
CORPORATION

TENDER DOCUMENT

(Above Rs.10 crores)

TGMSIDC

TENDERER Page #1 CHIEF ENGINEER

 STANDARD BID DOCUMENT

I N D E X

NO DETAILS Page No.

1. ADDENDUM
2. NOTICE INVITING TENDER (NIT)
3. INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS.
A) General.
B) Tender Document
C) Preparation of Tenders
D) Submission of Tenders
E) Tender Opening and Evaluation.
F) Award of Contract.
4. FORMS OF TENDER QUALIFICATION INFORMATION
à Checklist to Accompany the Tender
à Statements (I to VII)

5. CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT.
TENDER
A) General
B) Time for completion.
C) Quality Control
D) Cost Control
E) Finishing the Contract
F) Special conditions.
6. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
7. DRAWINGS
8. BILL OF QUANTITIES & PRICE BID
9. FORMATS OF SECURITIES

****

TENDERER Page # 2 CHIEF ENGINEER

 GOVERNMENT OF TELANGANA
TELANGANA MEDICAL SERVICES & INFRASTRUCTURE
DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION

Tender Notice No.9-8/TGMSIDC/Tech/2025-26 Dated : 16.07.2025.

NAME OF WORK: Establishment of 100 Bedded Critical Care Block at District

Hospital Kondapur, Rangareddy District.

OFFICER INVITING TENDERS : Managing Director, TGMSIDC, Hyderabad

1. Tenders are invited on the e-procurement platform for the above mentioned work
from the Contractors / Contracting firms registered with Government of
Telangana. The details of Tender conditions and terms can be downloaded from
the electronic procurement platform of Government of Telangana i.e.
[Link]
2. Approximate Estimate Contract value of work : Rs.23,80,77,363/-
3. Contractors would be required to register on the e-Procurement Market place
“[Link]” and submit their bids online. The department will
not accept any bid submitted in the paper form.
4. Non refundable Processing fee of Rs.25,000/- to be paid online as per the
procedure in [Link].6
5. a) E.M.D. should be paid by way of Electronically or unconditional and irrevocable
Bank Guarantee issued by any Nationalized /Scheduled Commercial Bank in the
standard format as shown in the Tender Schedule in favour of Managing Director,
TGMSIDC, Hyderabad for Rs.23,81,000/- i.e.,1% of ECV along with bids to be
valid for six months from date of NIT and the balance EMD @ 1.5% (i.e. @
2.5% of T C V/E C V whichever is higher minus EMD furnished with tender) at the
time of concluding the agreement. As per the directions issued by the Government
in GO MS No.174 I&CAD (PW-REFORMS) dated 1.9.2008, submission of original
hard copies of the uploaded scan copies of BG towards EMD by participating
bidders to the tender opening authority before opening of the price bid is dispensed
with. All the bidders shall invariably upload the original Online payment
(Remittance) / the scanned copies of BG towards EMD in e-procurement system
will be the primary requirement to consider the bid as responsive. The Department
shall carry out the technical bid evaluation solely based on the uploaded
certificates/documents, online payment (Remittance)/ BG towards EMD and open
the price bids of the responsive bidders. The Department will notify the Successful
bidder for submission of original hard copies of all uploaded documents, online
payment (Remittance)/ BG towards EMD prior to entering into agreement.

Note : AS per [Link].14, Dt.18.09.2017 and [Link].15, Dt.29.09.2017 of IT, E&C

Dept., Telangana State
Ø All the payments towards the EMD should be paid through Net Banking/
RTGS/NEFT/Credit Card/Debit Card/ Bank Guarantee only
Ø When the payment of EMD is made through Net Banking/RTGS/NEFT from their
registered bank accounts, the refunds will be reverted to those accounts only.

Ø When the payments of EMDs are made using the Credit Card/Debit Card, as per the
VISA/Master Card guidelines, the refunds will be reverted to the Originating Card
from which payment was made.

TENDERER Page # 3 CHIEF ENGINEER

 b) All the participating bidders should pay a Transaction fee of Rs.11,800/-
[(@0.03% of ECV (estimate contract value) with a cap of Rs.10,000/- for all
works with estimated contract value up to Rs.50.00 Crores and Rs. 25,000/- for
works with estimated contract value above Rs. 50.00 Crores plus GST on
transaction fee shall be payable to M/S Vupadhi Technologies by using Credit
cards (Any MASTER / VISA Card) issued by any bank or through net banking
accounts with ICICI or HDFC Banks as per [Link].13 of IT&C Dept.
Dt.07.05.06 with effect from 02.02.2007.

6. The tenderer shall remit Processing fee on line to the account of the
Managing Director, TSMSIDC, Hyderabad (Account No. 142410100019139 of
Union Bank of India, Kendriya Sadan Branch, Hyderabad 500 095 , IFSC Code
: UBIN0814245) and upload the original Transaction slip with UTR number.
Failure to pay the Processing fee in the aforesaid manner will entitle for
rejection of the bid.

7. Period of completion of work : 18 Months.

8. The tenderers can view/ down load the tender documents from the 'e’ market place.
9. Form of contract – Lump sum contract.
10. Class of Contractors eligible is as given below:
Eligible class of contractor as per G.O. Ms. No:
178,I&CAD dated 27-9-1997 : Special Class (Civil)
132,T,R&B dated 11-8-1998 : Special Class (Civil)
94, I&CAD dated 01-7-2003 : Special Class (Civil)
66, I&CAD(Reforms) dated 20-04-2015 : Class-I (Civil)

11. Downloading of Tender Documents: From 22-07-2025 to 06-08-2025

upto 7.00 P.M
12. Date and time for Receipt of tenders : From 22-07-2025 to 06-08-2025
Upto 3.30 P.M
13. Time and date of opening of tenders:
(a) Technical Bid : 06-08-2025 @ 4.00 PM
(b) Price Bid : 08-08-2025 @ 4.00 PM

Note: The dates stipulated above are firm and under no circumstances they will be
relaxed unless otherwise extended by an official notification or happen to be
Public Holidays.
13. Procedure for submission of Tenders:
(a) Tenderers need to contact Chief Engineer, TGMSIDC, Hyderabad for
information on e-Procurement.
(b) Tenderers need to register on the electronic procurement market place of
Government of Telangana i.e., “[Link] On
registration on the e-Procurement market place they will be provided with a user
id and password by the system through which they can submit their tenders
online.
(c) While registering on the e-procurement market Place, Bidders need to scan and
upload the required documents as per the Tender requirements onto their profile.
The bidders who are desirous of participating in ‘e’ procurement shall submit their
Technical bids etc., in the standard formats prescribed in the Tender documents
displayed at ‘e’ market place. The bidders should upload the scanned copies of all
the relevant certificates, documents etc., in the ‘e’ market place in support of their

TENDERER Page # 4 CHIEF ENGINEER

 Technical bids. The bidder shall sign on all the statements, documents,certificates
uploaded by him, owning responsibility for their correctness / authenticity.

d) Such uploaded documents pertaining Technical Bid need to be attached to the tender
while submitting the bids on line. All the bidders shall invariably upload the original
Online payment (Remittance) / the scanned copies of BG towards EMD in e-
procurement system will be the primary requirement to consider the bid as responsive.
The Department shall carry out the technical bid evaluation solely based on the
uploaded certificates/documents, Online payment (Remittance)/ BG towards EMD and
open the price bids of the responsive bidders. The Department will notify the
Successful bidder for submission of original hard copies of all uploaded documents,
online payment (Remittance)/ BG towards EMD prior to entering into agreement.

e) Steps for registration and submission of bids are described in detail in the “Bidders
Training Booklet” available with the department as well as at the above web site.

14. Qualification Requirements:

To qualify for award of the contract each tenderer should fulfill the
following criteria:

a. The tenderer should submit copy of Registration under appropriate class with
Government of Telangana as mentioned in Tender Notice.
b. Assessed available Bid capacity as per formula (2AN-B) should be greater than
the Estimated Contract Value as specified in the Tender Document.
c. The details and certificates are to be fu3rnished as per the Proforma available in
the tender schedules.
d. The tenderer should have satisfactorily completed as a prime contractor, similar
nature of building works of value not less than Rs.793.59 lakhs in any one year
during last five years i.e., 2020-2021 to 2024-25 (This value will be updated to
the year 2025-26 in which the tenders for this work is called duly giving 10%
weightage for each financial year).Sub contractors / GPA holders experience
shall not be taken into account.
e. The Contractor or his identified Sub-contractor should possess required valid
registration under appropriate Class-I PH Engineering for executing Water
supply & Sanitary Engineering Works and should have satisfactorily
completed similar Water supply & Sanitary Engineering Works of value not
less than Rs.16.36 lakhs in any one financial year during last five financial years
i.e., from 2020-2021 to 2024-25 updated to 2025-26 price level.
f. The contractor or his identified Sub-contractor should possess required valid
registration not below Class-I Electrical certificate and “A” grade license for
executing Electrical Engg. works and should have satisfactorily completed
Electrical Engg. works of value not less than Rs.105.29 lakhs in any one
financial year during last five financial years i.e., from 2020-2021 to 2024-25
updated to 2025-26 price level.

g. The Bidder should have executed the minimum quantities of items of work as
given below in any one year during the financial years 2020-2021 to 2024-2025.
The bidder should enclose certificate issued by the Engineer-in-Charge of the
State/Central Government Departments undertakings not below the rank of
Executive Engineer, or equivalent and countersigned by the officer of the rank of
Superintending Engineer or equivalent.

TENDERER Page # 5 CHIEF ENGINEER

 [Link]. Item Quantity
1 Steel 122.67 MT

2 PCC/RCC/VRCC 1094.03Cum

3 Stone /Brick masonry 1017.67Cum

4 Plastering 9838.67Sqm

5 Flooring 2395.33Sqm

h The Contractor should submit details of existing Commitments of works and

Statement of works for which tenders are submitted as per the statement
Proforma IV available in the tender schedules.
j. The tenderer shall furnish a copy of valid GST registration Certificate

k. The tenderer should furnish copy of permanent account number (PAN) and copy
of latest Income Tax returns submitted along with proof of receipt.
l. The tenderer should submit the particulars preferably in the format specified in
the tender schedule along with necessary certificates.
m. The tenderer should submit the particulars of information of litigation history.
n. The tenderer should further demonstrate:

i) a. Availability (either owned or leased) of the following key and critical equipment.
(i) Steel centering : 2000 Sqm
(ii) Pin vibrators : 4 Nos.
(iii) Pan vibrators : 4 Nos.
(iv) Transit C.C mixers : 2 Nos.
(v) ) Concrete Batching Plant : 1 No.

The tenderer has to submit either a certificate issued by the Executive Engineer
not earlier than one year from date of submission of bids in support of owning
machinery (or) a declaration on non-judicial stamp paper worth Rs.100/- as
prescribed In Statement – V along with sufficient proof of owning such as
invoice/certificate of registration by the competent authority in support of the
critical equipment or the lease deed in prescribed format along with sufficient
proof of owning the machinery.

TENDERER Page # 6 CHIEF ENGINEER

 LEASE DEED / AGREEMENT

Agreement made on ___________________ between

M/s.___________________ (hereinafter called the lessor which

expression shall where the context so admits include his successors and

assigns) of the one part and _________________(hereinafter called the

lessee which expression shall where the context so admits include its

successors and assigns) of the other part.

WHEREAS the Lessee has stated that the said lease of machinery
and equipment hereto for use on the work “ _____________
“___________________________________________________________
_____________________” NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:

1. The lessor shall let to the Lessee and the Lessee shall take on
lease from the lessor __________ for the period of ( ) months from
___________ day to _____________ for use on the above said work.

2. The lesee shall keep the said machinery and equipment in good
order and condition and make good all damages (fair wear and tear
being excepted) whether by accident or fire or otherwise.

3. The lessee shall bear all charges connected with packing,

conveyance and other incidental expenses in connection with the dispatch
and return of the said machinery and equipment.

4. All repairs due to fair wear and tear during the lease period shall
be done by the lessee.

Ownership certificate of the said machinery is enclosed.

In the presence of Witness:

1.________________________

2.________________________
Signature of Lessor Signature of Lessee.

TENDERER Page # 7 CHIEF ENGINEER

 i) b. The particulars of quality control testing Lab owned / tie up with
established quality control testing laboratories in Statement - VIII.

ii) Availability of the key technical personal with adequate experience as per
clause 7.2 of conditions of contract.

iii). A declaration regarding key & critical equipment owned/leased shall be

produced by the tenderer on a non judicial stamp paper of Rs.100/-.
iv). Liquid assets / credit Facilities / Solvency certificate from Nationalized
Bank/Schedule bank of value not less than Rs.396.8 lakhs in the
prescribed proforma.

v). Transaction fee of Rs.11,800/- [(@0.03% of ECV (estimate contract

value) with a cap of Rs.10,000/- for all works with estimated contract
value up to Rs.50.00 Crores and Rs. 25,000/- for works with estimated
contract value above Rs. 50.00 Crores plus GST on transaction fee)]
shall be payable to M/S Vupadhi Technologies in the manner
mentioned at 5(b) above.

vi) E.M.D. should be paid by way of Electronically or unconditional and

irrevocable Bank Guarantee issued by any Nationalized /Scheduled
Commercial Bank in the standard format as shown in the Tender Schedule
in favour of Managing Director, TGMSIDC, Hyderabad for Rs.23,81,000/-
i.e., 1% of ECV along with bids to be valid for six months from date of
NIT and the balance EMD @ 1.5% (i.e. @ 2.5% of T C V/E C V whichever
is higher minus EMD furnished with tender) at the time of concluding the
agreement. As per the directions issued by the Government in GO MS
No.174 I&CAD (PW-REFORMS) dated 1.9.2008, submission of original
hard copies of the uploaded scan copies of BG towards EMD by
participating bidders to the tender opening authority before opening of the
price bid is dispensed with. All the bidders shall invariably upload the
original Online payment (Remittance)/ the scanned copies of BG towards
EMD in e-procurement system will be the primary requirement to consider
the bid as responsive. The Department shall carry out the technical bid
evaluation solely based on the uploaded certificates/documents, online
payment (Remittance)/ BG towards EMD and open the price bids of the
responsive bidders. The Department will notify the Successful bidder for
submission of original hard copies of all uploaded documents, online
payment (Remittance)/ BG towards EMD prior to entering into agreement.

Note : As per [Link].14, Dt.18.09.2017 and [Link].15, Dt.29.09.2017

of IT, E&C Dept., Telangana State
Ø All the payments towards the EMD should be paid through Net Banking/
RTGS/NEFT/Credit Card/Debit Card/ Bank Guarantee only
Ø When the payment of EMD is made through Net Banking/RTGS/NEFT from their
registered bank accounts, the refunds will be reverted to those accounts only.

Ø When the payments of EMDs are made using the Credit Card/Debit Card, as per
the VISA/Master Card guidelines , the refunds will be reverted to the Originating
Card from which payment was made

TENDERER Page # 8 CHIEF ENGINEER

q. The Tenderer should submit signed undertaking of tender on line.
The tenderer is subjected to be black listed and the EMD forfeited if he is
found to have misled or furnished false information in the forms / statements /
certificates submitted in proof of qualification requirements or record of
performance such as abandoning of work, not properly completed in earlier
contracts, inordinate delays in completion of the works, litigation history and / or
financial failures and /or participated in the previous tendering for the same work
and had quoted unreasonable high bid prices.

Even while execution of the work, if found that the contractor had
produced false/fake certificates of experience he will be black listed and the
contract will be terminated under clause 60 (a) of PS to APSS and his EMD will
be forfeited.
Note :The certificates in support of Group of works, Similar works must be in
State/Central Government Departments or State/Central Government
undertakings only issued by the concerned Executive Engineer and counter
signed by the Superintending Engineer or equivalent authority. The sub-
contractor's/GPA holders/ Joint ventures experience shall not be taken into
account in determining the tenderers compliance with qualifying criteria.

15. Procedure for Tender Submission

1 The Tenderers who are desirous of participating in e-procurement shall submit
their Technical bids, price bids etc., in the Standard formats prescribed in the
Tender documents, displayed at e-market place. The tenderers should upload
the scanned copies of documents in support of their Technical bids.
2 The Corporation will not hold any risk and responsibility for the loss in transit
during uploading of the scanned document, for the invisibility of the scanned
document online, and any other problem(s) encountered by the Tenderers while
submitting his bids online.
3. The tenderers shall authenticate the bid with his digital certificate for submitting
the bid electronically on e-Procurement platform and the bids not authenticated
by digital certificate of the bidder will not be accepted on the e-Procurement
platform.
16. General Terms & Conditions
Officer inviting tenders: Chief Engineer, TSMSIDC, Hyderabad.
a. Tenders are invited on the e-procurement platform for the above-mentioned work
from the contractors / contracting firms eligible as per clause-1.9 registered with
the Government of Telangana.
b. Approximate estimated contract value of work: Rs.23,80,77,363/-
c. a) Processing fee: The tenderer shall remit Processing fee Rs.25,000/-
online to the account of the Managing Director, TSMSIDC, Hyderabad
(Account No. 142410100019139 of Union Bank of India, Kendriya Sadan
Branch, Hyderabad 500 095 , IFSC Code : UBIN0814245) and upload the
original Transaction slip with UTR number. Failure to pay the Processing
fee in the aforesaid manner will entitle for rejection of the bid.
b) All the participating bidders should pay a Transaction fee of Rs.11,800/-
[(@0.03% of ECV (estimate contract value) with a cap of Rs.10,000/- for all
works with estimated contract value up to Rs.50.00 Crores and Rs. 25,000/-
for works with estimated contract value above Rs. 50.00 CroresplusGST on
transaction fee shall be payable to M/S Vupadhi Technologiesby using

TENDERER Page # 9 CHIEF ENGINEER

 Credit cards (Any MASTER / VISA Card) issued by any bank or through net
banking accounts with ICICI or HDFC Banks as per [Link].13 of IT&C
Dept. Dt.07.05.06 with effect from 02.02.2007.
c) E.M.D. should be paid by way of Electronically or unconditional and irrevocable
Bank Guarantee issued by any Nationalized /Scheduled Commercial Bank in the
standard format as shown in the Tender Schedule in favour of Managing
Director, TGMSIDC, Hyderabad for Rs.23,81,000/- i.e.,1% of ECV along with
bids to be valid for six months from date of NIT and the balance EMD @
1.5% (i.e. @ 2.5% of T C V/E C V whichever is higher minus EMD furnished
with tender) at the time of concluding the agreement. As per the directions issued
by the Government in GO MS No.174 I&CAD (PW-REFORMS) dated 1.9.2008,
submission of original hard copies of the uploaded scan copies of BG towards
EMD by participating bidders to the tender opening authority before opening of
the price bid is dispensed with. All the bidders shall invariably upload the original
Online payment (Remittance)/ the scanned copies of BGtowards EMD in e-
procurement system will be the primary requirement to consider the bid as
responsive. The Department shall carry out the technical bid evaluation solely
based on the uploaded certificates/documents, online payment (Remittance)/ BG
towards EMD and open the price bids of the responsive bidders. The Department
will notify the Successful bidder for submission of original hard copies of all
uploaded documents, online payment (Remittance)/ BG towards EMD prior to
entering into agreement.
Note : AS per [Link].14, Dt.18.09.2017 and [Link].15, Dt.29.09.2017 of IT, E&C
Dept., Telangana State
Ø All the payments towards the EMD should be paid through Net Banking/
RTGS/NEFT/Credit Card/Debit Card/ Bank Guarantee only
Ø When the payment of EMD is made through Net Banking/RTGS/NEFT from their
registered bank accounts, the refunds will be reverted to those accounts only.
Ø When the payments of EMDs are made using the Credit Card/Debit Card, as per the
VISA/Master Card guidelines , the refunds will be reverted to the Originating Card from
which payment was made
d. Period of completion of work: 18 Months
e. Tender Schedules: Tender schedules can be downloaded from the Web site
“[Link]
f. Form of Contract: Lump sum contract.
g. Class of contractor eligible :
a)[Link] No 178,I&CAD dated 27-9-1997 :Special Class (Civil)
b)[Link] No 132,T,R&B dated 11-8-1998 :Special Class (Civil)
c)[Link] No 94, I&CAD dated 1-7-2003 :Special Class (Civil)
d) [Link]. 66, I&CAD(Reforms) dated 20-04-2015: Class-I (Civil)
h. Downloading of Tender Documents: from 22-07-2025 to 06-08-2025
up to 7.00 PM
i. Date of receipt of tenders : 22-07-2025 to 06-08-2025
up to 3.30 PM
j. Time and date of opening of Tenders:
(a) Technical Bid : 06-08-2025 @ 4.00 PM
(b) Price Bid : 08-08-2025 @ 4.00 PM
Note: The dates stipulated above are extendable by an official notification by the
department or happen to be Public Holidays
17. The technical bid evaluation of the tenderers will be done on the certificates
/documents uploaded through online only towards qualification criteria furnished
by them.

TENDERER Page # 10 CHIEF ENGINEER

 Note: 1) The qualification information shall be furnished as per the checklist
in tender document.
Note: 2) Qualification criteria detailed in tender document only shall be
considered for submitting certificates.
18. The tenderer is subject to be disqualified, if he is found to have misled or
furnished false information in the forms / statements/ certificates submitted in
proof of qualification requirements or record of performance such as abandoning,
completion of the works, litigation history and or financial failures and or
participated in the previous tendering for the same work and has quoted
unreasonable high bid price.
19. Even while execution of the work, if found that the contractor had produced false /
fake certificates of experience, he will be black listed and the contract will be
terminated as per clause 60(a) of PS to APDSS and his EMD will be forfeited.
20. Any other condition regarding receipt of tenders in conventional method
appearing in the tender documents may please be treated as not applicable.
21. The contractors are requested to upload the information in Zip format
preferably.
22. Transaction fees: A transaction fee at 0.10% of the estimate contract value of
the work towards service charges has to be paid by successful bidder at the time
of concluding agreement as follows in favour of :

1) Managing Director, TSTS, Hyderabad for Rs.______ /- vide _______

(towards ‘e’ procurement services at 0.04% of estimated contract value with a
cap of Rs.10,000/- for all works with estimated contract value up to Rs.50.00
Crores and Rs. 25,000/- for works with estimated contract value above Rs.
50.00 Crores). Pay through online only for the tenders published from
12.10.2022 onwards (eCorpus fund)
2) Managing Director, TSMSIDC, Hyderabad Rs.______/- vide _____ (@
0.06% of T C V/E C V whichever is higher) in the form of Demand draft..

TENDERER Page # 11 CHIEF ENGINEER

 INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS
A – GENERAL
NAME OF WORK: Establishment of 100 Bedded Critical Care Block at District
Hospital Kondapur, Rangareddy District.
Funds releasing authority : Government of Telangana
Scope of work :

a) ECV put to tender. : Rs.23,80,77,363/-

b) Break-up of cost of major items covered in the ECV :

Sl. Description Estimate Contract

No. value
1 Civil Works Rs.20,15,80,829
2 Internal Sanitary & Water Supply Rs.49,08,524
3 Internal Electrification Rs.2,41,23,280
4 Fire Fighting System Rs.74,64,730
Total Rs.23,80,77,363

c) Period of completion. : 18 Months

d) SSR adopted : Common SoR of 2024-25

e) Rates adopted for

a) Cement : Rs.5,200/ M.T.
b) Reinforcement Steel (Fe-500): Rs.50,000/ M.T.
c) Mild Steel (6mm) : Rs.59,000/ M.T.
f) Allowances
Municipal Allowance : 40%

g) Seigniorage Charges : As per tender condition No.101

h) Goods & Services Tax : As per tender condition No.102
i) Labour CESS : As per tender condition No.103

Reimbursable provisions: GST as per Govt. guide lines from time to time.

1.1 The Managing Director, TGMSIDC, Hyderabad invites tenders for the above
works vide Tender Notice No.9-8/TGMSIDC/Tech/2025-26, Dated: 16.07.2025.

1.2 If any of the certificates, documents, etc., furnished by the tenderer are found to
be false / fabricated / bogus, the tenderer will be disqualified, blacklisted, action
will be initiated as deemed fit and the EMD will be forfeited.

The Corporation will not hold any risk and responsibility for the loss in transit
during uploading of the scanned document, for the invisibility of the scanned
document online, and any other problem(s) encountered by the Tenderers while
submitting his bids online

1.3 The successful tenderer is expected to complete the work within the time
specified in the Tender Notice.

TENDERER Page # 12 CHIEF ENGINEER

1.4 The successful (L1) Tenderer shall furnish the hard copies of the all the
documents/Certificates/statements up loaded by him at the time of concluding
agreement.

2. Firms Eligible to Tender:

2.1 The Firms who
i) Possess the valid registration in the class and category mentioned in the
Tender Notice and satisfy all the conditions therein.
ii) are not blacklisted or debarred or suspended by the Government for what
ever the reason, prohibiting them not to continue in the contracting
business.
iii) Have complied with the eligibility criteria specified in the Tender Notice
are the eligible tenderers.

2.2 Firms Ineligible to Tender:

i) A retired officer of the Govt. of TS or AP or Govt. of India executing works
is disqualified from tendering for a period of two years from the date of
retirement without the prior permission of the Government.

ii) The Tenderer who has employed any retired officer as mentioned above
shall be considered as an ineligible tenderer.

iii) The contractor himself or any of his employees is found to be Gazetted

Officer who retired from Government Service and had not obtained
permission from the Government for accepting the contractor’s
employment within a period of 2 years from the date of his retirement.

iv) The Contractor or any of his employees is found at any time after award of
contract, to be such a person who had not obtained the permission of the
Government as aforesaid before submission of the tender or engagement
in the Contractor’s service.

v) Contractor shall not be eligible to tender for works in the division / circle
where any of his near relatives are employed in the rank of Assistant
Engineer or Assistant Executive Engineers and above on the Engineering
side and Divisional Accounts Officer and above on the administrative side.
The Contractor shall intimate the names of persons who are working with
him in any capacity or are subsequently employed. He shall also furnish a
list of Gazetted /Non-Gazetted, State Government Employees related to
him. Failure to furnish such information tenderer is liable to be removed
from the list of approved contractors and his contract is liable for
cancellation.

Note: Near relatives include

1. Sons, step sons, daughters, and stepdaughters.
2. Son-in-law, and daughter-in-law.
3. Brother-in-law, and sister-in-law.
4. Brothers and Sisters.
5. Father and Mother.
6. Wife / Husband.
7. Father-in-law and Mother-in-law
8. Nephews, nieces, uncle and aunts
9. Cousins and
10. Any person residing with or dependent on the contractor.

TENDERER Page # 13 CHIEF ENGINEER

3. Qualification data of the Tenderers
3.1 The tenderer shall furnish the following particulars in the formats enclosed,
supported by documentary evidence as specified in the formats.
a) Check slip to accompany the tender (in Annexure-I).
b) Attested copies of documents relating to the Registration of the firm,
Registration as Civil Contractor, Partnership deed, Articles of Association,
Commercial Tax Registration, Permanent Account Number with latest IT
returns submitted and proof of receipt etc.
Note: The Partnership firms, which are registered as Contractors shall intimate
the change in partnership deed, if any as per [Link].58, I & CAD
dated 2-04-2002 within one month of such change. Failure to notify the
change to the registration authority in time will entail the firms to forfeit
their registration and their tender will be rejected. The intimation of
change of partners if any and the acceptance by the Registration authority
may be enclosed.
c) Value of all Civil Engineering works executed every year during the last five
financial years (i.e., from 2020-2021 to 2024-25) in statement - I.

d) The bidder should produce the copy of GST registration with commercial tax
department along with the bid.

e) Details of similar building works completed in the name of the tenderer as

Prime Contractor during the last five financial years i.e., from 2020-2021 to
2024-25 showing year wise break up of value of work executed in
Statement - II.

f) Year-wise specified quantities executed by the tenderer during the last five
financial years i.e., from 2020-2021 to 2024-25 in Statement - III

g) Details of the existing commitments i.e., work on hand and works for which
tenders are submitted in Statement-IV.
h) Availability of Key & critical construction / quality control equipment in
Statement - V
i) Availability of key personnel for administration / site management and
execution viz., technical personnel required for the work in Statement - VI
j) Information regarding any litigation, with Government during the last five
years, in which the Tenderer is involved in Statement – VII

k) The particulars of quality control testing Lab owned / tie up with established
quality control testing laboratories in Statement – VIII if the value of work is
more than Rs. 2.00 Crores

l) Availability of working capital for the work [Liquid assets, Credit facility and
availability of other financial resources such as solvency etc] from any
Nationalised Bank / Scheduled Bank;

m) The proposed methodology and program of construction, backed up with

equipment, planning and deployment, duly supported with broad calculations,
justifying their capability of execution and completion of the work as per
technical specifications within the stipulated period of completion as per
milestones.

TENDERER Page # 14 CHIEF ENGINEER

 n) The tenderers shall be required to furnish a declaration in online stating that
the soft copies uploaded by them are genuine. Any incorrectness / deviations
noticed will be viewed seriously and apart from cancelling the work duly
forfeiting the EMD, Criminal action will be initiated including suspension of
business.
o) The price-bids of such tenderers, who are determined to have complied with
the eligibility criteria, will only be opened

Note : The bidder shall sign all the statements /documents and certificates up loaded by
him owning the responsibility for their correctness/ authenticity
3.2 a) Tenders from Joint Ventures are not accepted.
b) Contractors against whom Vigilance / disciplinary / blacklisting cases are
pending in the Corporation are not entitled to participate in the tender for the
above work.
3.3 QUALIFICATION CRITERIA FOR OPENING OF THE PRICE BID.
To qualify for opening the price Bid each contractor / firm in their name and style,
should have, during the last five financial years i.e. from 2020-2021 to 2024-25.

a. The tenderer should submit copy of Registration under appropriate class with
Government of Telangana as mentioned in Tender Notice.
b. Assessed available Bid capacity as per formula (2AN-B) should be greater than
the Estimated Contract Value as specified in the Tender Document.
c. The tenderer should have satisfactorily completed as a prime contractor, similar
nature of building works of value not less than Rs.793.59 lakhs in any one year
during last five years i.e.2020-2021 to 2024-25 (This value will be updated to the
year 2025-26 in which the tenders for this work is called duly giving 10%
weightage for each financial year).Sub contractors / GPA holders experience
shall not be taken into account.
d. The Contractor or his identified Sub-contractor should possess required valid
registration under appropriate Class-I in PH Engineering for executing Water
supply & Sanitary Engineering Works and should have satisfactorily
completed similar Water supply & Sanitary Engineering Works of value not
less than Rs.16.36 lakhs in any one financial year during last five financial
years i.e., from 2020-2021 to 2024-25 updated to 2025-26 price level.

e. The contractor or his identified Sub-contractor should possess required valid

registration not below Class-I Electrical certificate and “A” grade license for
executing Electrical Engg. works and should have satisfactorily completed
Electrical Engg. worksof value not less than Rs.105.29 lakhs in any one
financial year during last five financial years i.e., from 2020-2021 to 2024-25
updated to 2025-26 price level.

f. The tenderer should have executed the minimum quantities of items of work as
given below in any one year during the financial years from 2020-2021 to
2024-25.
[Link]. Item For this work.
1 Steel 122.67 MT
2 PCC/RCC/VRCC 1094.03Cum
3 Brick masonry 1017.67Cum
4 Plastering 9838.67Sqm
5 Flooring 2395.33Sqm

TENDERER Page # 15 CHIEF ENGINEER

g. The details and certificates are to be furnished as per the Proforma available in
the tender schedules.

h. The Contractor should submit details of existing Commitments of works and

Statement of works for which tenders are submitted as per the statement
Proforma IV available in the tender schedules.

i. The bidder should submit the copy of GST registration with commercial tax
department along with the bid
j. The tenderer should submit copy of permanent account number (PAN) and copy
of latest Income Tax returns submitted along with proof of receipt.

k. The tenderer should submit the particulars preferably in the format specified in
the tender schedule along with necessary certificates.

l. The tenderer should submit the particulars of information of litigation history.

m. The tenderer should further demonstrate:

i) Availability (either owned or leased) of the following key and critical equipment.
(i) Steel centering : 2000 Sqm
(ii) Pin vibrators : 4 Nos.
(iii) Pan vibrators : 4 Nos.
(iv) Transit C.C mixers : 2 Nos.
(v) ) Concrete Batching Plant : 1 No.

The tenderer has to submit either a certificate issued by the Executive

Engineer (or) a declaration on non judicial stamp paper worth Rs.100/- as
prescribed in Statement – V.

TENDERER Page # 16 CHIEF ENGINEER

 LEASE DEED / AGREEMENT

Agreement made on ___________________ between

M/s.___________________ (hereinafter called the lessor which

expression shall where the context so admits include his successors and

assigns) of the one part and _________________(hereinafter called the

lessee which expression shall where the context so admits include its

successors and assigns) of the other part.

WHEREAS the Lessee has stated that the said lease of machinery
and equipment hereto for use on the work “ _____________
“___________________________________________________________
_____________________” NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:

1. The lessor shall let to the Lessee and the Lessee shall take on
lease from the lessor __________ for the period of ( ) months from
___________ day to _____________ for use on the above said work.

2. The lesee shall keep the said machinery and equipment in good
order and condition and make good all damages (fair wear and tear
being excepted) whether by accident or fire or otherwise.

3. The lessee shall bear all charges connected with packing,

conveyance and other incidental expenses in connection with the dispatch
and return of the said machinery and equipment.

4. All repairs due to fair wear and tear during the lease period shall
be done by the lessee.

Ownership certificate of the said machinery is enclosed.

In the presence of Witness:

1.________________________

2.________________________
Signature of Lessor Signature of Lessee.

TENDERER Page # 17 CHIEF ENGINEER

 ii). Availability of the key technical personal with adequate experience as
per clause 7.2 of conditions of contract.

iii) A declaration regarding key & critical equipment owned/leased shall be

produced by the tenderer on anon judicial stamp paper of Rs.100/-.
iv) Liquid assets / credit Facilities / Solvency certificate from Nationalised
Bank/Schedule bank of value not less than Rs.396.8 lakhs in the
prescribed proforma.
v). a)The Tenderer shall pay Processing fee of Rs.25,000/- online.
b)Transaction fee of Rs.11,800/- [(@0.03% of ECV (estimate contract
value) with a cap of Rs.10,000/- for all works with estimated contract
value up to Rs.50.00 Crores and Rs. 25,000/- for works with estimated
contract value above Rs. 50.00 Croresplus GST on transaction fee)]
shall be payable to M/S Vupadhi Technologies in the manner
mentioned at 5(b) above.
n) Quality Control laboratory:The particulars of quality control testing Lab
owned / tie up with established quality control testing laboratories in
Statement - VIII if the value of work is more than Rs. 2.00 Crores
5. E.M.D. should be paid by way of Electronically or unconditional and irrevocable
Bank Guarantee issued by any Nationalised /Scheduled Commercial Bank in the
standard format as shown in the Tender Schedule in favour of Managing
Director, TGMSIDC, Hyderabad for Rs.23,81,000/- i.e.,1% of ECV along with
bids to be valid for six months from date of NITand the balance EMD @ 1.5%
(i.e. @ 2.5% of T C V/E C V whichever is higher minus EMD furnished with
tender) at the time of concluding the agreement. As per the directions issued by
the Government in GO MS No.174 I&CAD (PW-REFORMS) dated 1.9.2008,
submission of original hard copies of the uploaded scan copies of BG towards
EMD by participating bidders to the tender opening authority before opening of
the price bid is dispensed with. All the bidders shall invariably upload the original
Transaction slip with UTR number / the scanned copies of BG towards EMD in e-
procurement system will be the primary requirement to consider the bid as
responsive. The Department shall carry out the technical bid evaluation solely
based on the uploaded certificates/documents, transaction slip / BG towards
EMD and open the price bids of the responsive bidders. The Department will
notify the Successful bidder for submission of original hard copies of all uploaded
documents, transaction slip / BG towards EMD prior to entering into agreement.
Note : AS per [Link].14, Dt.18.09.2017 and [Link].15, Dt.29.09.2017 of IT, E&C
Dept., Telangana State
Ø All the payments towards the EMD should be paid through Net Banking/
RTGS/NEFT/Credit Card/Debit Card/ Bank Guarantee only
Ø When the payment of EMD is made through Net Banking/RTGS/NEFT from their
registered bank accounts, the refunds will be reverted to those accounts only.
Ø When the payments of EMDs are made using the Credit Card/Debit Card, as per the
VISA/Master Card guidelines , the refunds will be reverted to the Originating Card from
which payment was made

q. The Tenderer should submit signed undertaking of tender on line.

Note 1 : The certificates in support of 3.3 c., 3.3 d., 3.3 e., 3.3 f., 3.3 [Link] be in
State/Central Government Departments or State/Central Government
undertakings only issued by the concerned Executive Engineer and counter
signed by the Superintending Engineer or equivalent authority. The GPA
experience shall not be taken into account in determining the tenderers
compliance with qualifying criteria.

TENDERER Page # 18 CHIEF ENGINEER

Note 2 : @ Estimate contract value is of 2024-2025 price level. Weightage of 10% per
annum should be given for the annual turnover, single work experience, i.e.,
2020-21 to 2024-25 updated to 2025-26.
Note3 : Tenders from joint ventures will not be accepted.
Note 4 : Contractors / Firms against whom Vigilance / disciplinary / blacklisting
cases are pending in the Corporation are not entitled to participate in
the tender for the above work.
Note 5 : To qualify for a contract made up of this work and other works for
which tenders are invited in the same Tender Notice , while evaluating
this work , the remaining works shall be taken as existing commitments
and added to “B” in the formula “2AN – B” and works will be awarded
based on satisfying the bid capacity.

TENDERER Page # 19 CHIEF ENGINEER

 Bid capacity.
The tenderer who meets the above qualification criteria and whose available bid
capacity is more than the estimated contract value will be qualified for opening of
Price bid. The available bid capacity will be calculated as under:

Available Bid Capacity : 2AN-B.

Where,
A= Maximum value of Civil Engineering works executed in its name in any
one financial year during the last five financial years (updated to current Price
level) taking into account the works completed as well as works in
progress.(Attach certificate(s) issued by the Executive Engineer concerned and
counter signed by Superintending Engineer or equivalent authority showing work
wise / year wise value of work done in respect of all the works executed by the
Tenderer during last five years) or CA certificate supporting with Balance sheets
tallying with IT returns.
N= Number of years prescribed for completion of the work for which Tenders
are invited (18 Months/12).
B= Updated value (at current price level), of all existing commitments i.e., on
going works, works likely to be awarded to be executed during the next
18 Months (Period of completion for which tenders are invited).
No relaxation will be given to any of the qualification criteria.

Note: a) Sub-contractor’s experience in his name will be taken in to account in

determining the tenderer’s compliance to the qualification criteria, if it is as
per GO Ms No. 94, I&CAD Department, dated: 01/07/2003
b) The experience gained in a registered JV firm to the extent of the
tenderer’s share shall be considered if the tenderer happens to be the
lead partner for similar works criteria also.

3.4 Even though the tenderers meet the above qualifying criteria, they are liable to be
disqualified / debarred / suspended / blacklisted if they have

n Furnished false / fabricated particulars in the forms, statements and

/annexures submitted in proof of the qualification requirements and/or

n Not turned up for entering into agreement, when called upon.

n record of poor progress such as abandoning the work, not properly

completing the contract, inordinate delays in completion, litigation history
or financial failures etc. and/or
n participated in the previous bidding for the same work and had quoted
unreasonably high tender percentage and
n even while execution of the work, if found that the work was awarded to
the Contractor based on false / fake certificates of experience, the
Contractor will be blacklisted and work will be taken over invoking clause
60(a) of PS to APSS.

n The tender of the contractor will be disqualified along with the forfeiture of
E.M.D. and the contractor will be debarred from future tendering for a
further period of 2 years in the event of furnishing of false/fraudulent
certificates along with the tender.

TENDERER Page # 20 CHIEF ENGINEER

3.5 Tenders with an excess of above 5% of the estimated contract value shall
summarily be rejected.
The contract price is inclusive of all overhead charges and include the
following elements:
i. Site accommodation, setting up plant, access road, water
supply,electricity and general site arrangements.
ii. Office furniture, equipment and communications.
iii. Expenditure on:
a. Corporate office of contractor.
b. Technical agents for site supervision. (Reimbursement to the technical
agents provision is dispensed with where ‘over heads and contractor’s
profit’ provision is included in the data rates)
c. Documentation and “as built” drawings.
d. Mobilization/ de-mobilization of resources.
e. Labour camps with minimum amenities and transportation to work
sites.
f. Light vehicles for site supervision including administrative and
managerial requirements.
g. Laboratory equipment and quality control including field andlaboratory
testing. (For all the works costing more than Rs.2.00 Crores
contractors have to establish Quality Control laboratory)
h. Minor T & P and survey instruments and setting outworks, including
verification of line, dimensions, etc.
i. Watch and ward.
j. Traffic management/ Safety management during construction.
k. Expenditure on safeguarding environment.
iv. Sundries.
v. Financing Expenditure.
vi. The rates adopted in this SoR basic costs and are exclusive of all
taxes.
vii. Work Insurance/ compensation - Works insurance is dispensed with
vide G.O. Ms. No: 61 Irrigation & CAD (PW: Reforms) Department Dt.
25-06-2013.

Wherever the audit parties of A.G point out that the contractor is
unintendedlybenefitted, then the employer is empowered to recover the same
amount from the Contractor and it is binding on the contractor.

3.6 For tenders up to 15% less than the estimated contract value of work, no
additional security deposit is required. But for tenders less than 15% of the
estimated Contract Value of work, the difference between the tendered amount
and 85% of the estimated contract value, shall be paid by the successful
tenderer at the time of concluding agreement as an additional security to fulfill the
contract through a Bank Guarantee or Demand Draft on a Nationalised Bank /
Scheduled bank in the prescribed format valid till completion of the work in all
respects

3.7 a) If the percentage quoted by a tenderer is found to be either abnormally

high or within the permissible ceiling limits prescribed but under collusion or due
to unethical practices adopted at the time of tendering process, such tenders
shall be rejected.

TENDERER Page # 21 CHIEF ENGINEER

 b) A tenderer submitting a Tender which the tender accepting authority
considers excessive and or indicative of insufficient knowledge of current prices
or definite attempt of profiteering will render himself liable to be debarred
permanently from tendering or for such period as the tender accepting authority
may decide. The tenderer overall percentage should be based on the controlled
prices for the materials, if any, fixed by the Government or the reasonable prices
permissible for the tenderer to charge a private purchaser under the provisions
of clause-6 of the hoarding and profiteering prevention ordinance of 1943 as
amended from time to time and on similar principle in regard to labour
supervision on the construction.

3.8 CONDITIONAL TENDER

Conditional tenders are not accepted. Submission of tender would be construed
as acceptance to all the terms and conditions of the tender which include
conditions of contract, drawings and accompanying specifications.

4. One Tender per Tenderer:

4.1 Each Tenderer shall submit only one Tender for the work. A Tenderer who
submits more than one Tender will cause disqualification of all the Tenders
submitted by the Tenderer.

5. Cost of Tendering
5.1 The Tenderer shall bear all costs associated with the preparation and submission
of his Tender and the tender inviting authority will in no case be responsible and
liable for those costs.

6. Site Visit.
6.1 The Tenderer, at the Tenderer’s own responsibility and risk is advised to visit and
examine the Site of Work and its surroundings and obtain all information that may
be necessary for preparing the Tender for entering into a contract, for
construction of the work. The costs of visiting the site shall be at the Tenderer’s
own expense.

TENDERER Page # 22 CHIEF ENGINEER

 B. TENDER DOCUMENT

7. Contents of Tender document.

7.1 One set of Tender document, comprises of the following:

Technical bid
1) Notice Inviting Tenders (NIT)
2) Instructions to Tenderer
3) Forms of Tender and qualification information
4) Conditions of Contract.
5) Specifications.
6) Drawings.
7) Forms of Securities. i.e., EMD, Additional Security etc.
Price bid
Bill of Quantities and Price bid.

8. Clarification on Tender Documents

8.1 A prospective Tenderer requiring any clarification on Tender documents may
contact the Tender Inviting Officer at the address indicated in the NIT. The
Tender Inviting Officer will also respond to any request for clarification, received
through post.

9. Amendment to Tender Documents

9.1 Before the last date for submission of Tenders, the Tender Inviting Officer may
modify any of the Contents of the Tender Notice, Tender documents by issuing
amendment / Addendum.

9.2 Any addendum/amendments issued by the Tender Inviting Officer shall be part of
the Tender Document and it shall be attached to the Tender Notice on web site
(i.e.,) [Link]

9.3 To give prospective Tenderers reasonable time to take an addendum into

account in preparing their bids, the Tender Inviting Officer may extend if
necessary, the last date for submission of tenders.

TENDERER Page # 23 CHIEF ENGINEER

 C. PREPARATION OF TENDERS.

10. Language of the Tender.

10.1 All documents relating to the tender shall be in the English Language only.

11. Documents comprising of the Tender.

5.a The bidders who are desirous of participating in e-procurement shall submit their
technical bids, price bids etc., in the standard prescribed format in the tender
documents, displayed at e market place. The bidders should upload the scanned
copies of all the relevant certificates, documents etc., in the e market place in
support of their technical bids.
If any of the certificates, documents. etc., furnished by the bidder are
found to be false/fabricated/bogus, the bidder will be black listed and the EMD
forfeited.
The technical bids will be opened on line by the Chief Engineer or his
authorized representative at the time and date as specified in the tender
documents. All the statements, documents, certificates, BG etc., uploaded by the
tenderers will be down loaded for technical evaluation. The clarifications,
particulars if any required from the bidders will be obtained in the conventional
method by addressing the bidders. The technical bids will be evaluated against
the specified parameters/ criteria, same as in the case of conventional tenders
and the technically qualified bidders will be identified. The result of technical bid
evaluation will be displayed on the e market place, which can be seen by all the
bidders who participated in the tenders.

12. Bid Offer:

12.1 Bill of Quantities called Schedule “A” and the bid offer accompanies the tender
document as Volume – II. It shall be explicitly understood that the Tender Inviting
Officer does not accept any responsibility for the correctness or completeness of
this schedule ‘A’ and this schedule ‘A’ is liable to alterations by omissions,
deductions or additions at the discretion of the Chief Engineer or as set forth in
the conditions of the contract. The tenderers will have to state clearly their
willingness to execute the work at certain specific percentage of excess or less or
at par of the ECV indicated at the space provided therein in Schedule ‘A’. The
tenderer should however quote his lump sum tender based on this schedule of
quantities. He should quote his offer as an overall tender percentage. The overall
tender percentage should be written both in words and figures. The bid offers i.e.,
percentage shall be quoted both in figures and words.

12.2 The Schedule –A (or Price-bid) contains not only the quantities but also the rates
worked out by the Department and the amount for each item and total value of
the estimated contract. The tenderer should workout his own rates keeping in
view the work, site conditions and quote his overall tender percentage with which
he intends to execute the work.

12.3 The bid offer shall be for the whole work and not for individual items / part of the
work.

12.4 All duties, taxes and other levies except GST payable by the contractor as per
State / Central Government rules, shall be included in the tender percentage
quoted by the tenderer.

TENDERER Page # 24 CHIEF ENGINEER

12.5 The tendered contract amount as computed based on overall tender percentage
is subject to variation during the performance of the Contract in accordance with
variation in quantities, etc.
13. Transaction fees: A transaction fee at 0.10% of the estimate contract value of
the work towards service charges has to be paid by successful bidder at the time
of concluding agreement as follows in favour of :

1) Managing Director, TSTS, Hyderabad for Rs._______ /- vide _________

(towards ‘e’ procurement services at 0.04% of estimated contract value with a
cap of Rs.10,000/- for all works with estimated contract value up to Rs.50.00
Crores and Rs. 25,000/- for works with estimated contract value above Rs.
50.00 Crores). Pay through online only for the tenders published from
12.10.2022 onwards (eCorpus fund).
2) Managing Director, TSMSIDC, Hyderabad Rs. _____/- vide ___________
(@ 0.06% of T C V/E C V whichever is higher). in the form of Demand draft..

14. Validity of Tenders:

14.1 Tenders shall remain valid for a period of not less than three months from the last
date for receipt of Tender specified in NIT.
14.2 During the above mentioned period no plea by the tenderer for any sort of
modification of the tender based upon or arising out of any alleged
misunderstanding of misconceptions or mistake or for any reason will be
entertained.
14.3 In exceptional circumstances, prior to expiry of the original time limit, the Tender
Inviting Authority may request the bidders to extend the period of validity for a
specified additional period. Such request to the Tenderers shall be made in
writing. A Tenderer may refuse the request without forfeiting his E.M.D and in
such case if the validity is not extended, his /her tender shall not be considered
and the EMD shall be returned. A Tenderer agreeing to the request will not be
permitted to modify any content of his Tender. And he will be permitted to extend
the validity of his E.M.D. for the period of extension. During the period of validity if
any tenderer withdraws his tender, his/her EMD shall be forfeited.

14. Processing fee:

a) The Tenderer shall pay Processing fee of Rs.25,000/- online.
b) All the participating bidders should pay a transaction fee of Rs.11,800/-
[(@0.03% of ECV (estimate contract value) with a cap of Rs.10,000/- plus
GST @ 18% on transaction fee)] to M/S Vupadhi Technologies ., in the
manner mentioned at 6 above.

15. Earnest Money Deposit

15.1 E.M.D. is to be paid by way of Electronically or unconditional and irrevocable
Bank Guarantee issued by any Nationalised /Scheduled Commercial Bank in the
standard format as shown in the Tender Schedule in favour of Managing Director,
TGMSIDC, Hyderabad for Rs.23,81,000/- i.e.,1% of ECV along with bids to be
valid for six months from date of NIT in the manner mentioned at 5 (a) above.
Note : AS per [Link].14, Dt.18.09.2017 and [Link].15, Dt.29.09.2017 of IT,
E&C Dept., Telangana State
Ø All the payments towards the EMD should be paid through Net Banking/
RTGS/NEFT/Credit Card/Debit Card/ Bank Guarantee only
Ø When the payment of EMD is made through Net Banking/RTGS/NEFT from their
registered bank accounts, the refunds will be reverted to those accounts only.

TENDERER Page # 25 CHIEF ENGINEER

 Ø When the payments of EMDs are made using the Credit Card/Debit Card, as per
the VISA/Master Card guidelines , the refunds will be reverted to the Originating
Card from which payment was made

15.2 The successful tenderer should however pay the E.M.D. at 2½% on Estimated
Contract Value / Tender Contract Value whichever is higher plus additional EMD
for tenders less than 15% of the Estimate Contract Value in accordance with
Clause 3.6 at the time of signing the agreement in the shape of crossed Demand
Draft on any Nationalised Bank./Scheduled Bank or unconditional and irrevocable
Bank Guarantee in the form given in “Formats of Securities” from any
Nationalised Bank / Scheduled Bank valid up to __________

15.3 Bank Guarantees furnished towards EMD shall be valid for a period of six months
from the date of tender notice.

16. Return of E.M.D. to unsuccessful tenderer.

The earnest money deposit will be refunded to the unsuccessful tenderer
When the payment of EMD is made through Net Banking/RTGS/NEFT from their
registered bank accounts, the refunds will be reverted to those accounts only and When
the payments of EMDs are made using the Credit Card/Debit Card, as per the
VISA/Master Card guidelines, the refunds will be reverted to the Originating Card from
which payment was madeat the expiry of the period of validity of tender or the
entrustment of the work to the successful tenderer whichever is earlier.

17. Return of EMD to successful tenderer

17.1 The 1% E.M.D paid by the successful tenderer before opening of the price bid
through BG will be discharged if the tenderer furnishes bank guarantee for the full
EMD of 2½% at the time of concluding agreement.

18. The earnest money deposited by the successful tenderer will not carry any
interest and it will be dealt with as provided in the conditions stipulated in the
tender. The E.M.D. given in the form of Bank Guarantee on a Nationalised /
Scheduled Bank, shall be valid for the duration of contract period plus defect
liability period of two years and in case any valid extension of contract period is
granted, the validity of BG shall also be extended for the corresponding period.
The Bank Guarantee on Nationalised / Scheduled Bank furnished by the tenderer
towards additional security amount shall be valid till the work is completed in all
respects.

18.1 The E.M.D. shall be forfeited.

(a) if the Tenderer withdraws the Tender during the validity period of
Tender.
(b) in the case of a successful Tenderer, if he fails to sign the Agreement
for whatever the reason.

18.2 In consideration of the Chief Engineer undertaking to investigate and to take into
account each tender and in consideration of the work thereby involved, all
earnest money deposited by the tenderer will be forfeited to the Corporation in
the event of such tenderer either modifying or with-drawing his tender at his
instance within the said validity period of three months.

19. Signing of Tenders

19.1 If the tender is made by an individual, it shall be signed with his full name and his
address shall be given. If it is made by a firm, it shall be signed with the co-

TENDERER Page # 26 CHIEF ENGINEER

 partnership name by a member of the firm, who shall also sign his own name,
and the name and address of each member of the firm shall be given, if the
tender is made by a corporation it shall be signed by a duly authorized officer
who shall produce with his tender satisfactory evidence of his authorization.
Such tendering corporation may be required before the contract is executed, to
furnish evidence of its corporate existence. Tenders signed on behalf of G.P.A
holder will be rejected.

19.2 The tender shall contain no alterations or additions, except those to comply with
instructions issued by the tender inviting officer, or as necessary to correct errors
made by the tenderer, in which case all such corrections shall be initialed by the
person signing the tender.

19.3 No alteration which is made by the tenderer in the contract form, the conditions of
the contract, the drawings, specifications or statements / formats or quantities
accompanying the same will be authorized, and, if any such alterations are made
the tender will be void.

D. SUBMISSION OF TENDERS.

20. Submission of Tenders:

20.1 The Tenderers who are desirous of participating in e-procurement shall submit
their Technical bids, price bids etc., in the Standard formats prescribed in the
Tender documents, displayed at e-market place. The tenderers should upload
the scanned copies in support of their Technical bids. The documents are to be
uploaded in ZIP format only.

20.2 The Corporation will not hold any risk and responsibility for the loss in transit
during uploading of the scanned document, for the invisibility of the scanned
document online, and any other problem(s) encountered by the Tenderers while
submitting his bids online.

20.3 Related certificates, documents etc., duly self attested are to be scanned and
uploaded on to the e-procurement platform at [Link]
in support of items mentioned in clause.

20.4 Any other condition regarding receipt of tenders in conventional method

appearing in Tender document may be treated as Non-applicable.
21. Last date / time for Submission of the Tenders.
21.1 Tenders must be submitted online not later than the date and time specified in
the Tender Notice / Tender Document.
21.2 The Chief Engineer or his nominee may extend the date for receipt of Tenders by
issuing an amendment in which case all rights and obligations of the Chief
Engineer and the Tenderers will remain same as previously.

22 Late Tenders.
22.1 Tenders will not be received after the last date / time prescribed in NIT / Tender
Document.

23 Modification to the Tender.

23.1 Tenderers can modify their Tender online before the last date/time prescribed in
Tender Notice / Tender Document and amendments issued, if any.
23.2 No tender shall be modified after the last date /time of submission of
Tenders.

TENDERER Page # 27 CHIEF ENGINEER

24 Submission of Tenders:
The tenderer shall invariably ensure that the following are uploaded online

a) Check slip
b) Copy of contractor’s registration certificate under appropriate class with
Government of Telangana.
c) Copy of permanent account number (PAN) card and copy of latest Income
Tax returns submitted along with proof of receipt.
d) The bidder should submit the copy of GST registration with commercial
tax department along with the bid.
e) The particulars of value of Civil Engineering works executed in the last
five financial years in the tenderers name in Statement I along with work
done certificates in support of the figures.
f) The details of similar nature of building works executed as Prime
Contractor (in the same name) during the last five financial years, showing
year wise break up of value of work executed in Statement II duly
supported with work done certificates, work wise.

g) The details of the contractor or his identified Sub-contractor with valid

registration under appropriate Class-I in PH Engineering for executing
Water supply & Sanitary Engineering Works duly supported with work
done certificates, work wise.
h) The details of the contractor or his identified Sub-contractor with Class-I
Electrical certificate and license for executing Electrical Engg. Works duly
supported with work done certificates, work wise.
i) The physical quantities of specified works executed as Prime Contractor
(in the same name) in the last five financial years with year wise break up
work wise in Statement III duly supported with work done certificates.
j) The information on ‘existing commitments’ with supporting certificates in
Statement IV.
k) The availability of Key / critical equipment / quality control equipment in
Statement V & the particulars of quality control testing Lab owned / tie up
with established quality control testing laboratories in Statement VIII (for
works costing more than Rs.2.00 crores).
l) The availability of Key personnel in Statement VI
m) The information on litigation history in Statement VII
n) Proof of liquid assets / credit Facilities / Solvency certificate from
Nationalised Banks / Schedule banks for the required amount.
o) Non refundable Processing fee to be paid online, BG for EMD.
p) Signed under taking of tender.

Note:- Any incorrectness / deviation noticed in the soft copies will be viewed
seriously and apart from cancelling the tender duly forfeiting the EMD,
criminal action will be initiated including suspension of business.

TENDERER Page # 28 CHIEF ENGINEER

 E. TENDER OPENING AND EVALUATION

25 Tender opening
25.1 The Technical bids will be opened online by the Chief Engineer or his nominee at
the time and date as specified in the Notice Inviting Tender. All the Statements,
documents, certificates, etc., uploaded by the Tenderers will be downloaded for
technical evaluation. The technical bids will be evaluated against the specified
parameters / criteria same as in the case of conventional tenders and the
technically qualified bidders will be identified. The result of Technical bids
evaluation will be displayed on the e-market place, which can be seen by all the
tenderers who participated in the Tenders.

26 Clarification on the Technical Bid.

26.1 The tender opening authority may call upon any tenderer for clarification on the
statements, documentary proof relating to the technical bid. The request for
clarification and response thereto shall be in writing and it shall be only on the
qualification information uploaded online by the tenderer. The clarification called
for from the tenderers shall be furnished within the stipulated time, which shall not
be more than a week.
26.2 The tenderer if so desirous, shall agree in writing to furnish the clarification called
for within the stipulated time and, for disqualification and rejection of his tender in
the event of failure to do so.

27 Examination of technical Bids and Determination of Responsiveness

27.1 The Chief Engineer or his nominee will evaluate whether each Tenderer is
satisfying the eligibility criteria prescribed in the tender document and declares
them as a qualified Tenderer if he satisfies the eligibility criteria.

27.2 If any alteration is made by the tenderer in the tender documents, the conditions
of the contract, the drawings, specifications or statements / formats or quantities
the tender will be rejected.

28 Price Bid Opening:

28.1 At the specified date and time, the price bids of all the technically qualified
bidders will be opened online by the Chief Engineer or his nominee and the result
will be displayed on the e-market place which can be seen by all the bidders who
participated in the Tenders.
28.2 The Price Bid of the Unqualified Tenderers will not be opened.
28.2.1 Tenders shall be scrutinized in accordance with the conditions stipulated in the
Tender document. In case of any discrepancy of non-adherence to conditions,
the Tender accepting authority shall communicate the same which will be binding
both on the tender Opening authority and the Tenderer. In case of any ambiguity
or dispute, the decision taken by the Tender Accepting Authority on tenders shall
be final.

29 Evaluation and Comparison of Price Bids

29.1 The Chief Engineer or his nominee will evaluate and compare the price bids of all
the qualified Tenderers.
29.2 Negotiations at any level are strictly prohibited. However, good gesture rebate, if
offered by the lowest tenderer prior to finalization of tenders may be accepted by
the tender accepting authority.

TENDERER Page # 29 CHIEF ENGINEER

29.3 Selection of Tenderer among the lowest & equally quoted tenderers will be in the
following orders:
a) The tenderer whose bid capacity is higher will be selected.
b) In case the bid capacity is also same the tenderer whose annual turnover
is more will be preferred.
c) Even if the criteria incidentally become the same, the turnover on similar
works and thereafter machinery available for the work and then the clean
track record will be considered for selection.

30 Process to be Confidential.
30.1 Information relating to the examination, clarification, evaluation and comparison
of Tenders and recommendations for the award of a contract shall not be
disclosed to Tenderers or any other persons not officially concerned with such
process until the award to the successful Tenderer has been announced by the
tender accepting authority. Any effort by a Tenderer to influence the processing
of Tenders or award decisions may result in the rejection of his Tender.
30.2 No Tenderer shall contact the Chief Engineer or any authority concerned with
finalization of tenders on any matter relating to its Tender from the time of the
Tender opening to the time the Contract is awarded. If the Tenderer wishes to
bring additional information to the notice of the Chief Engineer, he should do so in
writing.
30.3 Before recommending / accepting the tender, the tender recommending /
accepting authority shall verify the correctness of certificates submitted to meet
the eligibility criteria and specifically experience. The authenticated agreements
of previous works executed by the lowest tenderer shall be called for.

TENDERER Page # 30 CHIEF ENGINEER

 F. AWARD OF CONTRACT

31 Award Criteria
31.1 The Chief Engineer or his nominee will award the contract on approval of the
tender by Competent authority.

31.2 The tender accepting authority reserves the right to accept or reject any Tender
or all tenders and to cancel the Tendering process, at any time prior to the award
of Contract, without thereby incurring any liability to the affected Tenderer or
Tenderers or any obligation to inform the affected Tenderer or Tenderers of the
reasons for such action.

32 Notification of Award and Signing of Agreement.

32.1 The Tenderer whose Tender has been accepted will be notified of the award of
the work prior to expiration of the Tender validity period by registered letter. This
letter (hereinafter and in the Conditions of Contract called “Letter of Acceptance”)
will indicate the sum that the Government will pay the Contractor in consideration
of the execution, completion, and maintenance of the Works by the Contractor as
prescribed by the Contract (hereinafter and in the Contract called the “Contract
Amount”).

32.2 When a tender is accepted, the concerned tenderer shall attend the office of the
Chief Engineer on the date fixed in the Letter of acceptance. Upon intimation
being given by the Chief Engineer, of acceptance of his tender, the tenderer shall
make payment of the E.M.D., and additional security deposit wherever needed by
way of unconditional and irrevocable Bank Guarantee obtained from a
Nationalised / Scheduled Bank with a validity period of duration of Contract
period plus defects liability period of 2 years and sign an agreement in the form
prescribed by the department for the due fulfillment of the contract. Failure to
attend the Chief Engineer’s office on the date fixed, in the written intimation, to
enter into the required agreement shall entail forfeiture of the Earnest Money
deposited. The written agreement to be entered into between the contractor and
the Corporation shall be the foundation of the rights and obligations of both the
parties and the contract shall not be deemed to be complete until the agreement
has first been signed by the contractor and then by the proper officer authorized
to enter into contract.

32.3 The successful tenderer has to sign an agreement within a period of 15

days from the date of receipt of communication of acceptance of his tender.
On failure to do so his tender will be cancelled duly forfeiting the E.M.D.,
paid by him without issuing any further notice and action will be initiated
for black listing the tenderer.

33 Corrupt or Fraudulent Practices

33.1 The Government requires that the bidders / suppliers / contractors under
Government financed contracts, observe the highest standard of ethics during the
procurement and execution of such contracts. In pursuance of this policy, the
Government

(a) define for the purposes of the provision, the terms set forth below as follows:
(i) “corrupt practices” means the offering, giving, receiving or soliciting of
anything of value to influence the action of a Government official in
procurement process or in contract execution: and

TENDERER Page # 31 CHIEF ENGINEER

 (ii) “fraudulent practice” means a misrepresentation of facts in order to
influence a procurement process or the execution of a contract to the
detriment of the Government and includes collusive practice among
Tenderers (prior to or after Tender submission) designed to establish in
Tender prices at artificial non-competitive levels and to deprive the
Government of the benefits of free and open competition.

(b) Will reject a proposal for award if it determines that the Tenderer
recommended for award has engaged in corrupt or fraudulent practices in
competing for the contract in question.

(c) Will blacklist / or debar a firm, either indefinitely or for a stated period of time,
if at any time determines that the firm has engaged in corrupt or fraudulent
practices in competing for, or in executing a Government Contract.

(d) Furthermore, Tenderers shall be aware of the provisions stated in the

General Conditions of Contract.

34 Rights of the Corporation

34.1 The management of the Corporation reserves the right to reject any or all of the
tenders, without assigning any reason whatsoever.

34.2 In the event of any dispute regarding any of the tender conditions, the decision of
the management shall be final.

TENDERER Page # 32 CHIEF ENGINEER

 FORMS OF TENDER
QUALIFICATION INFORMATION
AND
UNDER TAKING OF TENDERER

TENDERER Page # 33 CHIEF ENGINEER

 QUALIFICATION INFORMATION

CHECKLIST TO ACOMPANY THE TENDER

Documents to be submitted by tenderer on the
e-procurement platform on line
Scanned Page No.
Sl. Document to be uploaded to Description to document (see Note
No. profile be given s to be 6 below)
uploaded
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
1.a) Contractors registration under Registration Yes/No
appropriate class with Govt. of
Telangana Partnership deed in
case of firms & Article of
b) Association in case of companies
2. Copy of Permanent Account ITCC Yes/No
Number (PAN) card and copy of
latest Income Tax returns
submitted along with proof of
receipt.
3. Details of value of Civil Annual Yes/No
Engineering works executed in turnover
the last 5 financial years in the
Tenderer’s name in Statement-I
with supporting certificates.
4. Experience certificates in Similar work Yes/No
support of satisfactory completion
of similar building works (Format
at Statement II)
5. Experience certificates in support WS&SA Yes/No
of satisfactory completed of
similar Water supply & Sanitary
Engineering Works along with
valid registration certificate under
appropriate Class-I PH
Engineering (Self or Sub-
Contractor)
6. Experience certificates in support Electrical Yes/No
of satisfactory completed of
similar Electrical works along with
valid registration not below Class-
I Electrical certificate and “A”
grade license. (Self or Sub-
Contractor)
7. Experience certificates Executed Yes/No
in support of execution of quantities
Quantities of earth work,
masonry, concrete, plastering and
flooring.
(Format at Statement -III)
8. Statement of existing Existing Yes/No
commitments and ongoing Govt. commitments
works along with supporting
experience certificates as in

TENDERER Page # 34 CHIEF ENGINEER

 Scanned Page No.
Sl. Document to be uploaded to Description to document (see Note
No. profile be given s to be 6 below)
uploaded
Statement IVA
9 Statement of works for which Works Yes/No
tenders are submitted as in awarded/likely
Statement IV – B to be awarded
10 Availability of key and critical Key and Yes/No
equipment as in Statement –V critical
Equipment
11 Declaration of critical equipment Declaration of Yes/No
on non-judicial stamp paper worth critical
of Rs.100/- equipment
12 Availability of key personnel as in Key personnel Yes/No
Statement VI
13 Information of Litigation history as Litigation Yes/No
in Statement VII history
14 Declaration of Lab equipment on Lab equipment Yes/No
a non judicial stamp paper of
Rs.100/- as in the statement –
VIII
15 Proof of Liquid assets/ Credit facilities Yes/No
Credit facilities/Solvency
certificates from banks in the
format given in schedules
16 Processing fee in favour of Processing fee Yes/No
MD,TSMSIDC
17 E.M.D EMD Yes/No
18 GST registration with commercial GST Yes/No
tax department Registration
19 Undertaking of Tender Undertaking Yes/No

Note: 1. Please upload documents in ZIP format with suitable description as

defined above.
2. The scanned documents shall be legible failing which they will not be
considered.
3. All experience certificates including those in support of existing
commitments issued by an Officer not below the rank of Executive
Engineer and should be countersigned by the Superintending Engineer or
equivalent authority.

4. The format of B.G. towards E.M.D. should be adhered to as per prescribed

format. Any deviation will result in making the bid non-responsive. Further
all other [Link] to be submitted at the time of agreement and for advance
payment should also be in the formats prescribed in the bid document.

5. All the statements, copies of the certificates, documents, etc.,

enclosed to the Technical bid shall be given page numbers on the
right corner of each certificate, which shall be indicated in column
(5) against each item.

TENDERER Page # 35 CHIEF ENGINEER

 STATEMENT – I
Details of value of Civil Engineering works executed in each year during the last
five financial years by the Tenderer.

Sl. No. Financial Year Value in Rs.

1. 2020-2021
2. 2021-2022
3. 2022-2023
4. 2023-2024
5. 2024-2025

a) Attach certificate (s) issued by the Executive Engineer concerned and counter
signed by Superintending Engineer showing work wise / year wise value of work
done in respect of all the works executed by the Tenderer during last five years
OR
b) Certificate from Chartered Accountant supported with Profit & Loss account,
Annual Balance Sheet tallying with I.T. Clearance certificate.

Signature of the Contractor

STATEMENT – II

Details of similar building works completed in the name of the Tenderer during
the last five financial years.

Address of
Sl. Agt. Agreement No. Value of
Name of the work
No Concluding & dated. Contract
Authority
1 2 3 4 5

Stipulated Actual Value of work done year wise during Total

period of date of the last ‘five’ years. value of
completio completio st work
1 2nd rd
4th 5th
n n done.
Year Year Year Year Year
6 7 9 10 11 12 13 14

Attach certificates issued by the Executive Engineer concerned and

countersigned by the Superintending Engineer or equivalent authority showing work wise
/ year wise value of work done and date of completion.

Signature of the Contractor

TENDERER Page # 36 CHIEF ENGINEER

 STATEMENT – III
Physical quantities executed by the Tenderer in the last five financial years. [work
wise / year wise].

Quantities executed / Year wise.

Sl Financial Name of Agt. PCC/ Stone /
No Year work No EWE RCC/ Brick Plastering Flooring
VRCC masonry
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1 2020-2021
2 2021-2022
3 2022-2023
4 2023-2024
5 2024-2025

Attach certificates in support of the above quantities issued by the Executive

Engineer concerned and countersigned by the Superintending Engineer or equivalent
authority duly showing the quantities executed year wise.

Signature of the Contractor

STATEMENT – IV
Details of Existing Commitments.
Details of works on hand and, yet to be completed as on the date of submission
of the Tender and works for which Tenders have been submitted are to be furnished.

A) Existing Commitments on ongoing works:

Stipul- Balance
Value Antici-
Address of Agt Value ated Value of Updated
of pated
Sl. Name of Agt. Conclu- No. of period works to value of
work date of
No work ding autho- & cont- of be balance
done comp-
rity Date ract comp- comple- work
so far. letion
letion ted
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Attach certificates issued by the Executive Engineer concerned and

countersigned by Superintending Engineer or equivalent authority, indicating the balance
work to be done, and likely period of completion.

Signature of the Contractor

B) Details of works for which Tenders are submitted [awarded / likely to be awarded]
Address Stipulate
Estima- Date on
Sl. of Agt. d period Present
Name of ted which
No Concludin of stage of
work value of tender was
. g comple- Tender.
work submitted
authority tion
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Signature of the Contractor

TENDERER Page # 37 CHIEF ENGINEER

 STATEMENT - V
Availability of Critical Equipment
The tenderer should furnish the information required below, regarding the
availability of the equipment, required for construction / quality control.
No.s
No.s Leased
Owned (lease
( Latest deed and No.s To be
Certificate proof of Procured (
Numbe
issued by owning The details
Sl. Details of r
E.E / machiner from whom to Remarks
No. Equipment require
Invoices / y of be purchased
d
registratio lessee should be
n should should enclosed )
be be
enclosed) enclosed
)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Note: 1) The cost of equipment to be procured should be matched with the
Mobilization Advance to be given towards Machinery only.

Signature of the Tenderer

A declaration regarding the equipment owned shall be produced by the Tenderer

on a non-judicial stamp paper of Rs: 100/- as below:

DECLARATION
“I ……………………………………. do hereby solemnly affirm and declare that I /
We own the following equipment for using on the subject work and also declare that I /
We will abide by any action such as disqualification or determination of Contract or
blacklisting or any action deemed fit, if the department detects at any stage that I/we do
not possess the equipment listed below.
Sl. Details of Regn. Any Is it in
Year of
No each Numbe Capacity other working
purcahse
. Equipment r data. condition
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

The tenderer has to submit either a certificate issued by the Executive

Engineer or a Declaration on Non-judicial stamp paper worth Rs. 100/- as
prescribed in Statement-V given above with sufficient proof of document in
support of owning such as Invoice / certificate of registration by competent
authority in support of the critical equipment.
(b) A lease deed/agreement regarding the equipment leased shall be produced by the
tenderer on a non-judicial stamp paper of Rs.100/- alongwith proof of ownership in the
proforma as below:

TENDERER Page # 38 CHIEF ENGINEER

 LEASE DEED / AGREEMENT
Agreement made on ___________________ between
M/s.___________________ (hereinafter called the lessor which expression shall where
the context so admits include his successors and assigns) of the one part and
_________________(hereinafter called the lessee which expression shall where the
context so admits include its successors and assigns) of the other part.

WHEREAS the Lessee has stated that the said lease of machinery and
equipment hereto for use on the work “
__________________________________________________
“______________________________________________________________________
__________” NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:

1. The lessor shall let to the Lessee and the Lessee shall take on lease from the
lessor __________ for the period of ( ) months from ___________ day to
_____________ for use on the above said work.
2. The lesee shall keep the said machinery and equipment in good order and
condition and make good all damages (fair wear and tear being excepted) whether by
accident or fire or otherwise.
3. The lessee shall bear all charges connected with packing, conveyance and other
incidental expenses in connection with the dispatch and return of the said machinery and
equipment.

4. All repairs due to fair wear and tear during the lease period shall be done by the
lessee.
Ownership certificate of the said machinery is enclosed.
In the presence of Witness:
1.________________________
2.________________________
Signature of Lessor Signature of Lessee.

STATEMENT – VI
Availability of Key Personnel
Qualification and experience of Key Personnel proposed to be deployed for
execution of the Contract.

Total Working with

Sl.
Name Designation Qualification Experienc the Tenderer
No
e since.
1 2 3 4 5 6

Signature of the Contractor

STATEMENT - VII
Information on litigation history in which Tenderer is the Petitioner.
Court Subject Matter /
S. Case No. / Respondents
where Prayer in the Present Stage.
No Year i.e., SE / CE
filed. case.
1 2 3 4 5 6

Signature of the Contractor

TENDERER Page # 39 CHIEF ENGINEER

 STATEMENT - VIII
DECLARATION (on a non judicial stamp paper of Rs.100/-)
“I / We, ……………………….do hereby solemnly affirm and declare that I /we
own / leased the following equipment for using on the subject work and also declare that
I / We will abide by any action such as disqualification or determination of Contract or
blacklisting or any action deemed fit, if the department detects at any stage that I/we do
not possess the equipment listed below.
Sl. Numbers
Details of each Equipment Own Leased
No required
1 2 3 4 5
1 Vernier Calipers 0-150 mm 16 Nos.
2 Screw gauge 0-25 mm 16 Nos.
3.a Measurement tapes both 20 Nos. each
Steel (3.0 m, 5.0 m) &Fibre
(15.0 m)
3.b 30 cm steel scale
20 Nos
4 Weighing Machines 5.0 kg 12 Nos.
capacity
5 IS Sieves set for Coarse 20 Nos.
aggregate
6 IS Sieves set for fine 20 Nos.
aggregate
7 Cube moulds ISI marked 150 50 Nos.
x150 x 150 mm (6 nos.)
8 Compression testing machine 4 Nos.
100 MT, hand operated
/arrangement for testing at
approved lab.
9 Slump cone apparatus 16 Nos.
10 Carpenter’s square 150mm 16 Nos.
with graduations
11 Electrical Meggar 1100 V 16 Nos.
12 Spirit level 20 Nos.
13 Plum bobs 25 Nos.
14 Measuring Jars (2) 250ml 20 Nos.
15 Magnetic compass 12 Nos.
16 Total stations 2 Nos
17 Rebound Hammers 2 Nos
18 Digital Moisture Meter 4 Nos
19 Vicat Apparatus 2 Nos

SIGNATURE OF THE TENDERER

TENDERER Page # 40 CHIEF ENGINEER

 UNDERTAKING OF TENDERER
Date: ……………
To
The Chief Engineer,
T.S.M.S.I.D.C.
Hyderabad – 500 095

Sir,
I / We do hereby tender and if this tender be accepted, under take to execute the
following work viz.. Establishment of 100 Bedded Critical Care Block at
District Hospital Kondapur, Rangareddy District as described in the
specifications available on online and also in the office of the Chief Engineer,
TSMSIDC, Hyderabad with such variations by way of alterations or additions to,
and omissions from the said works and method of payment as provided for in the
“conditions of the contract” for the sum as quoted online or such other sum as
may be arrived under the clause of the standard preliminary specifications
relating to “Payment on lump-sum basis or by final measurement at unit rates”

I/WE have also quoted percentage excess or less on E.C.V., in Schedule ‘A’,
annexed (in words and figures) for which I/We agree to execute the work when
the lump sum payment under the terms of the agreement is varied by payment on
measurement quantities.

I/WE have quoted Percentage excess or less on E.C.V., in Schedule ‘A’ both in
words & figures. In case of any discrepancy between the Percentage excess or
less on E.C.V., in words and figures, the rates quoted in words only shall prevail.

I/WE agree to keep the offer in this tender valid a period of Three months
mentioned in the tender notice and not to modify the whole or any part of it for
any reason within above period. If the tender is withdrawn by me/us for any
reasons whatsoever, the earnest money paid by me/us will be forfeited to
Corporation.

I/WE hereby distinctly and expressly, declare and acknowledge that, before the
submission of my/our tender I/We have carefully followed the instructions in the
tender notice and have read the A.P.S.S. and the preliminary specifications
therein and the A.P.S.S. addenda volume and that I/We have made such
examination of the contract documents and the plans, specifications and
quantities and of the location where the said work is to be done, and such
investigation of the work required to be done, and in regard to the material
required to be furnished as to enable me/us to thoroughly understand the
intention of same and the requirements, covenants, agreements, stipulations and
restrictions contained in the contract, and in the said plans and specifications and
distinctly agree that I/We will not hereafter make any claim or demand upon the
Government based upon or arising out of any alleged misunderstanding or
misconception /or mistake on my/or our part of the said requirement, covenants,
agreements, stipulations, restrictions and conditions.

TENDERER Page # 41 CHIEF ENGINEER

 I / WE have uploaded copy of B.G. No……………………, dated ………… for Rs.
/- issued by ……………………………towards Earnest Money Deposit not to bear
any interest.

I / WE have paid Rs. /- through online ………………. towards Processing

fee on line which is non-refundable.

I/WE shall not assign the contract or sublet any portion of the same. In case if it
becomes necessary such subletting with the permission of the Engineer-in-
Charge shall be limited to (1) Labour contract (2) Material contract () Transport
contract (4) Engaging specialists for special items of work enjoined in A.P.S.S.

IF MY/OUR tender is not accepted the sum shall be returned to me/us on

application when intimation is sent to me/us of rejection or at the expiration of
three months from last date of receipt of this tender, whichever is earlier. If
my/our tender is accepted the earnest money shall be retained by the
Corporation as security for the due fulfillment of this contract. If upon written
intimation to me/us by the Managing Director’s Office, I/We fail to attend the said
office on the date herein fixed or if upon intimation being given to me/us by the
Managing Director or acceptance of my/our tender, and if I/We fail to make the
additional security deposit or to enter into the required agreement as defined in
condition- 15.2 of the tender conditions, then I/We agree the forfeiture of the
earnest money. Any notice required to be served on me/us here under shall be
sufficiently served on me/us if delivered to me/us personally or forwarded to
me/us by post (registered or ordinary) or left at my/our address given herein.
Such notice shall if sent by post be deemed to have been served on me/us at the
time wherein due course of post it would be delivered at the address to which it is
sent.

I/WE fully understand that the written agreement to be entered into between
me/us and Corporation shall be the foundation of the rights of the both the parties
and the contract shall not be deemed to be complete until the agreement has first
been signed by me/us and then by the proper officer authorised to enter into
contract on behalf of Government.

I/WE agree to pay the Transaction fee at 0.04% or as amended from time to time
on Estimated contract value of the work through a Demand Draft drawn in favour
of M/s T.S.T.S. Hyderabad at the time of conclusion of Agreement.

I/WE agree to pay the Service charges at 0.06% or as amended from time to time
on Estimated Contract Value of the work through a Demand Draft drawn in favour
of MD, TSMSIDC, Hyderabad at the time of conclusion of Agreement.

I AM/WE ARE professionally qualified an my/our qualifications are given below:

Name Qualified

I/WE will employ the following technical staff for supervising the work and will see
that one of them is always at site during working hours, personally checking all
items of works and pay extra attention to such works as required special attention
(e.g) Reinforced cement concrete work.

TENDERER Page # 42 CHIEF ENGINEER

 Name of technical staff proposed to Qualification.
be employed

I / WE declare that I/WE agree to recover the salaries of the technical staff
actually engaged on the work by the department, from the work bills, if I/We fail to
employ technical staff as per the tender condition.

TENDERERS / CONTRACTOR’S CERTIFICATE.

(1) I/WE hereby declare that I/We have perused in detail and examined closely the
Andhra Pradesh Standard Specifications, all clauses of the preliminary
specifications with all amendments and have either examined all the standards
specifications or will examine all the standard specifications for items for which
I/We tender, before I/We submit such tender and agree to be bound and comply
with all such specifications for this agreement which I/We execute in the
Corporation.

(2) I/WE certify that I/We have inspected the site of the work before quoting my
Percentage excess or less on ECV, I /We have satisfied about the quality,
availability and transport facilities for all the materials.
(3) I/WE am/are prepared to furnish detailed data in support of all my quoted rates, if
and when called upon to do so without any reservations.

(4) I/WE hereby declare that I/We will pay an additional security deposit in terms of
conditions, the difference between 85% of ECV and my/our tender amount, in
case if my / our offer is less than 15% as per clause 3.6

(5) I/WE hereby declare that I am/we are accepting to reject my tender in terms of
condition, if my /our offer is more than 5% of ECV as per clause 3.5.

(6) I/WE hereby declare that I am/We are accepting for the defect liability period as
24 months instead of 3 Months under clause 28 of APSS.

(7) a) I/WE declare that I/WE will procure the required construction materials
including earth and use for the work after approval of the Engineer-in-
Charge. The responsibility for arranging and obtaining the land for borrowing
or exploitation in any other way shall rest with me/us for the materials for
construction, I/WE shall ensure smooth and un-interrupted supply of
materials.

b) I/WE declare that the responsibility for arranging and obtaining the land for
disposal of spoil/soil not useful for construction purposes shall rest with
me/us.

c) I/WE declare that I/WE shall not claim any compensation or any payment for
the land so arranged for disposal of soil and the land for borrow area. My/our
quoted percentage excess or less on ECV., are inclusive of the land so
arranged and I/We will hand over the land so arranged for disposal of soil to
the Corporation after completion of work.

TENDERER Page # 43 CHIEF ENGINEER

(8) I/WE declare that I/WE will execute the work as per the mile stone programme,
and if I/WE fail to complete the work as per the mile stone programme I abide by
the condition to recover liquidated damages as per the tender conditions.

(9) I/WE declare that I/WE will abide for settlement of disputes as per the tender
conditions.

DECLARATION OF THE TENDERER

1) I/WE have not been black listed in any department / Corporation of State / Central
Govt due to any reasons.

2) I/WE have not been demoted to the next lower category for not filing the tenders
after buying the tender schedules in a whole year and my/our registration has not
been cancelled for a similar default in two consecutive years.

3) I/WE agree to disqualify me/us for any wrong declaration in respect of the above
and to summarily reject my/our tender.

I / We, …………………… have gone through carefully all the Tender conditions and
solemnly declare that I / we will abide by any penal action such as disqualification or
black listing or determination of contract or any other action deemed fit, taken by, the
Department against us, if it is found that the statements, documents, certificates
produced by us are false / fabricated.

Address of the Tenderer :

Phone No.:
Fax No.:

Signature of the Tenderer

Note: If the tender is made by an individual, it shall be signed with his full name
and his address shall be given. If it is made by a firm, it shall be signed
with the co-partnership name by a member of the firm, who shall also sign
his own name, and the name and address of each member of the firm shall
be given, if the tender is made by a corporation it shall be signed by a duly
authorized officer who shall produce with his tender satisfactory evidence
of his authorization. Such tendering corporation may be required before
the contract is executed, to furnish evidence of its corporate existence.
Tenders signed on behalf of G.P.A. holder will be rejected

TENDERER Page # 44 CHIEF ENGINEER

 CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

A. GENERAL

1. Interpretation:
1.1 In interpreting these Conditions of Contract, singular also means plural, male also
means female, and vice-versa. Headings have no significance. Works have their
normal meaning under the language of the contract unless specifically defined.
The Engineers-in-charge will provide instructions clarifying queries about the
conditions of Contract.

1.2 The documents forming the Contract shall be interpreted in the following order of
priority:
1) Agreement
2) Letter of Acceptance, notice to proceed with the works
3) Contractor’s Tender (Technical bid)
4) Conditions of contract
5) Specifications
6) Drawings
7) Bill of quantities (Price-bid)
8) Any other document listed as forming part of the Contract.

2. Engineer-in-Charge’s Decisions:
2.1 Except where otherwise specifically stated, the Engineer-in-charge will decide the
contractual matters between the Department and the Contractor in the role
representing the Department.
3. Delegation:
3.1 The Engineer-in-charge may delegate any of his duties and responsibilities to
other officers and may Cancel any delegation by an official order issued.
4. Communications:
4.1 Communications between parties, which are referred to in the conditions, are
effective only when in writing. A notice shall be effective only when it is delivered
(in terms of Indian Contract Act)
5. Sub-contracting:
5.1 If the prime contractor desires to sub-let a part of the work, he should submit the
same at the time of filing tenders itself or during execution, giving the name of the
proposed Sub-contractor, along with details of his qualification and experience.
The Tender Accepting Authority should verify the experience of the Sub-
contractor and if the Sub-contractor satisfies the qualification criteria in proportion
to the value of work proposed to be sub-let, he may permit the same. The total
value of works to be awarded on sub-letting shall not exceed 50% of contract
value. The extent of subletting shall be added to the experience of the sub-
contractor and to that extent deducted from that of the main contractor.

6. Other Contractors:
6.1 The Contractor shall cooperate and share the Site with other contractors, Public
authorities, utilities, and the Department. The Contractor shall also provide
facilities and services for them as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.

7. Personnel:
7.1 The Contractor shall employ the required Key Personnel named in the Schedule
of Key Personnel to carry out the functions stated in the Schedule or other
personnel approved by the Engineer-in-charge. The Engineer-in-charge will

TENDERER Page # 45 CHIEF ENGINEER

 approve any proposed replacement of Key Personnel only if their qualifications,
abilities, and relevant experience are substantially equal to or better than those of
the personnel listed in the Schedule.

7.2 Schedule of Key Personnel:

The successful tenderer shall have to employ the following technical staff on full
time basis to be available at site.
Cost of work (Technical sanction
Qualification of Technical Staff
amount)
1 2
From Rs.50,000/- to Rs.1 Lakh One I.T.I. candidate

Above Rs.1.00 lakh up to Rs.15.00 One diploma holder

lakhs
Above Rs.15.00 lakh up to Rs.50.00 One Graduate Engineer
lakhs
Above Rs.50.00 lakh upto One Graduate Engineer and One
Rs.100.00 lakhs Diploma holder
Rs.100.00 Lakhs to Rs.500.00 lakhs Two Graduate Engineers

Rs.500.00 Lakhs to Rs.1000.00 Two Graduate Engineers and One

lakhs Diploma holder
Rs.1000.00 lakhs and above Three Graduate Engineers and two
Diploma holders
Rs.5000.00 lakhs and above Six Graduate Engineers

7.3. Employment of technical personnel shall be with reference to the estimate cost of
work put to tender.
7.4 The appointment of technical staff shall be on full time basis.
The Technical staff shall be available at work site for supervising the work including
quality checking of all items from time to time. Failure to employ the required
technical personnel by the contractor, amounts will be recovered at the following
rates from the contractor:
Diploma Engineer: - Rs.29,500/- per month.
Graduate Engineer: - Rs.37,500/- per month.

7.5 The Engineer-in-charge is the sole judge (a) to decide whether qualified technical
staff is actually supervising the work and (b) to decide the actual period of
absence of such staff which requires the above recovery to be enforced and his
decision is final and binding on the contractor.
7.6 The technical agents appointed by the contractor shall have to maintain properly
all the records required by the department under safe custody at site, like
checklists, calibration registers/records, Quality Test Registers, Test reports file,
site order book, etc. and make signatures at appropriate places towards proof of
verifications, conduction of tests, compliance to instructions etc.
7.7 The technical personnel should be on full time and available at site whenever
required by Engineer in Charge to take instructions.

TENDERER Page # 46 CHIEF ENGINEER

7.8 The names of the technical personnel to be employed by the contractor should be
furnished in the statement enclosed separately.

7.9 In case the contractor is already having more than one work on hand and has
undertaken more than one work at the same time, he should employ separate
technical personnel on each work.

7.10 If the Engineer-in-charge asks the Contractor to remove a person who is a

member of Contractor’s staff or his work force stating the reasons the Contractor
shall ensure that the person leaves the site forthwith and has no further
connection with the work in the contract

8 Contractor’s Risks:
8.1 All risks of loss or damage to physical property and of personnel injury and death,
which arise during and in consequence of the performance of the Contract are
the responsibility of the Contractor.

9. Insurance: Deleted

10. Provident Fund Registration:

10.1 The Contractor must register with concerned provident fund authority within 2
(two) months from the date of signing the agreement, if not done earlier.

11 Site Inspections:
11.1 The contractor should inspect the site and also proposed quarries of choice for
materials source of water and quote his percentage including quarrying,
conveyance and all other charges etc.

11.2 The responsibility for arranging the land for borrow area rests with the Contractor
and no separate payment will be made for procurement or otherwise. The
contractor’s quoted percentage will be inclusive of land cost.

12. Contractor to Construct the Works:

12.1 The Contractor shall construct and Commission the Work in accordance with the
specifications and Drawings.

13. Diversion of streams / Vagus / Drains.

13.1 The contractor shall at all times carry out construction of cross drainage works in
a manner creating least interference to the natural flow of water while consistent
with the satisfactory execution of work. A temporary diversion shall be formed by
the contractor at his cost where necessary. No extra payment shall be made for
this work.

13.2 No separate payment for bailing out of sub-soils, water drainage or locked up rain
water for diversion , shoring , foundations , bailing of pumping water either from
excavation soils from foundations or such other incidental will be paid. The
percentage to be quoted by the contractor are for the finished item of work in situ
and including all the incidental charges. The borrow pits are also to be dewatered
by the contractor himself at his expense, if that should be found necessary.

13.3 The work of diversion arrangements should be carefully planned and prepared by
the contractor and forwarded to the Executive Engineer technically substantiating
the proposals and approval of the Executive Engineer obtained for execution.

TENDERER Page # 47 CHIEF ENGINEER

13.4 The contractor has to arrange for bailing out water, protection to the work in
progress and the portion of works already completed and safety measures for
men and materials and all necessary arrangements to complete the work.

13.5 All the arrangements so required should be carried out and maintained at the
cost of the contractor and no separate or additional payments is admissible..

13.6 Coffer Dams.

Necessary Coffer Dams and ring bunds have to be constructed at the cost of
contractor and the same are to be removed after the completion of the work. The
contractor has to quote his percentage keeping the above in view.

14. Power Supply.

14.1 The contractor shall make his own arrangements for obtaining power from the
Electricity dept., at his own cost. The contractor will pay the bills of Electricity
Department for the cost of power consumed by him.

14.2 The contractor shall satisfy all the conditions and rules required as per Indian
Electricity Act 1910 and under Rule-45(I) of the Indian Electricity Rules, 1956 as
amended from time to time and other pertinent rules.

14.3 The power shall be used for bona fide Corporation work only.

14.4 The contractor shall at all times during the currency of the contract, comply fully
with all existing Acts, regulations and bylaws including all statutory amendments
and reenactment’s of state or central govt., and other local authorities and any
other enactment’s, notification and acts that may be passed in future either by the
state or the central government or local authority including Indian workmen’s
compensation Act- 192, Control labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act- 1970, The
child labour prohibition and regulation Act-1986 and equal remuneration Act-
1976, Factories Act, minimum wage Act- 1948, provident fund regulations,
Employees provident fund Act- 1952 schedules made under the same Act. The
buildings and other construction workers (Regulation of employment and
condition of service ) Act- 1996, The Cess Act- 1996 and also applicable labour
regulations, health and sanitary arrangement for workmen, insurance and other
benefit and shall keep department indemnified in case any action is commenced
by competent authorities for contravention by the contractor.

14.5 The electrical contractor has to keep his license in currency till the work is
completed. If the license is suspended during the period in which the work is in
progress the contract will be terminated and awarded to some other agency
recovering the extra cost if any.

14.6 The materials used in the work should be as per the list of materials enclosed.
The department reserves the right to insist upon using any of the materials from
this list of approved materials.

14.7 The work shall be carried out strictly in conformity with (i)code of practice for
Electrical wiring and fittings in Government Buildings, (ii) The Indian standard
specification (iii) The Department specification. If the work carried out does not
comply with the code of practice and the Departmental specifications and if the
workmanship is unsatisfactory it will be binding on the contractor to redo the job
without any extra cost and pay penalty as decided by the Department towards
inconvenience caused if any.

TENDERER Page # 48 CHIEF ENGINEER

14.8 The work should be carried out under the direct supervision of persons holding a
certificate of competency for the type of work involved.

14.9 After completion of work a plan of building installation should be prepared and
furnished indicating the location of various main and sub boards and also the
fittings together with a circuit diagram duly numbered (in the diagram). The final
bill will not be paid till the above plan and the diagram is submitted and approved
after verification. Such completion drawings shall be signed by the licenced
electrical contractor through whom the work is executed.

14.10 Lugs should be provided for all earth connections.

14.11 The contractor himself should arrange for the transportation of men and materials
to the work spot.

14.12 Concreting to the pole and providing independent earthing should be done in
presence of Departmental staff.

14.13 On completion of the Electrical Installation a certificate shall be furnished by the

Contractor countersigned by a licensed supervisor, that under direct supervision
the installation was carried out. This certificate shall be in the prescribed from as
required by the local supply authority. The contractor shall be responsible for
getting the Electrical Installation inspected and approved by the local authority
concerned.

14.14 The contractor shall pay for any inspection fees and for permits required for the
installation of the work wherever necessary. The TSMSIDC shall arrange only for
payment of service connection charges and any other security deposit for getting
electrical supply. On completion of the work, the contractor shall obtain and
deliver to the TSMSIDC, certificates of final inspection and approval by the local
Electric Authority as may require. The TSMSIDC shall have full powers to test
the materials or work to be tested by an independent agency at the Electrical
contractor’s expense in order to prove their soundness and adequacy.

14.15 Contractor shall provide everything necessary for the proper execution of works
according to the intent and meaning of the drawings, specifications, schedule of
quantities. Any discrepancy in the documents shall be brought to the notice of
the TSMSIDC and got clarified prior to taking up the installation.

14.16 Materials and Workmanship:

All materials and workmanship shall confirm to the specifications, relevant IS
standards and code of practice and comply with TSSEB/CEIG requirements as
the case may be. Any work that is not up to the standards shall be dismantled
and reconstructed by the contractor to the satisfaction of the TSMSIDC.

14.17 Liaison Work:

a. The Contractor shall be responsible for all liaison work with
CEIG and also to obtain approval of drawing from CEIG.
b. The Contractor shall get all the approvals from the municipal authorities
for which necessary statutory fees will be paid by the Department.
c. The Contractor shall get all the approvals from the fire authorities for
which necessary statutory fees will be paid by the Department.

TENDERER Page # 49 CHIEF ENGINEER

 d. The Contractor shall get all the installation of the lifts through reputed
manufactures i.e., M/s Kone elevators, M/s Jhonson Lifts & M/s OTIS
elevators & lifts as per BoQ items.
e. Fire fighting works shall be got executed through experienced fire fighting
contractor.
f. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining the power supply from
Electricity Board for which necessary statutory fees will be paid by the
Department.

15. Ramps:
15.1 Ramps required during execution may be formed wherever necessary and same
are to be removed after completion of the work. No separate payment will be
made for this purpose.

16. Monsoon Damages:

16.1 Damages due to rain or flood either in cutting or in banks shall have to be made
good by the contractor till the work is handed over to the Department. The
responsibility of de-silting and making good the damages due to rain or flood
rests with the contractor. No extra payment is payable for such operations and
the contractor shall therefore, have to take all necessary precautions to protect
the work done during the construction period.

17. The works to be Completed by the Intended Completion Date:

17.1 The Contractor may commence execution of the Works on the Start Date and
shall carry out the Works in accordance with the programme submitted by the
Contractor, as updated with the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge, and
complete the work by the Intended Completion Date.

18. Safety:
18.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for the safety of all activities on the Site.

19. Discoveries:
19.1 Anything of historical or other interest or of significant value unexpectedly
discovered on the Site is the property of the Government. The Contractor is to
notify the Engineer-in-charge of such discoveries and carry out the Engineer-in-
Charge’s instructions for dealing with them.

20. Possession of the Site.

20.1 The Corporation shall give possession of the site to the Contractor. If possession
of a part site is given, the Corporation will ensure that the part site so handed
over is amenable to carry out the work at site by the Contractor.

21. Access to the Site:

21.1 The Contractor shall provide the Engineer-in-Charge and any person authorized
by the Engineer-in-Charge, access to the site and to any place where the work, in
connection with the Contract, is being carried out or is intended to be carried out.

22. Instructions:
22.1 The Contractor shall carry out all instructions of the Engineer-in-charge and
comply with all the applicable local laws where the Site is located.

23. Settlement of disputes:

23.1 If any dispute or difference of any kind whatsoever arises between the
Corporation and the Contractor in connection with, or arising out of the Contract,

TENDERER Page # 50 CHIEF ENGINEER

 whether during the progress of the works or after their completion and whether
before or after the termination, abandonment or breach of the Contract, it shall in
the first place, be referred to and settled by the Engineer-in-charge who shall,
within a period of thirty days after being requested by the Contractor to do so,
give written notice of his decision to the Contractor. Upon receipt of the written
notice of the decision of the Engineer-in-Charge the Contractor shall promptly
proceed without delay to comply with such notice of decision.

23.2 If the Engineer-in-Charge fails to give notice of his decision in writing within a
period of thirty days after being requested or if the Contractor is dissatisfied with
the notice of the decision of the Engineer-in-Charge, the Contractor may within
thirty days after receiving the notice of decision appeal to the Corporation which
shall offer an opportunity to the contractor to be heard and to offer evidence in
support of his appeal, the Corporation shall give notice of his decision within a
period of thirty days after the Contractor has given the said evidence in support of
his appeal, subject to arbitration, as hereinafter provided. Such decision of the
Corporation in respect of every matter so referred shall be final and binding upon
the Contractor and shall forthwith be given effect to by the Contractor, who shall
proceed with the execution of the works with all due diligence whether he
requires arbitration as hereinafter provided, or not. If the Corporation has given
written notice of his decision to the Contractor and no claim to arbitration has
been communicated to him by the Contractor within a period of thirty days from
receipt of such notice, the said decision shall remain final and binding upon the
Contractor. If the Corporation fail to give notice of his decision, as aforesaid
within a period of thirty days after being requested as aforesaid, or if the
Contractor be dissatisfied with any such decision, then and in any such case the
contractor within thirty days after the expiration of the first named period of thirty
days as the case may be, require that the matter or matters in dispute be referred
to arbitration as detailed below:-
SETTLEMENT OF CLAIMS:

Settlement of claims for Rs.50,000/- and below by Arbitration.

All disputes or difference arising of or relating to the Contract shall be referred
to the adjudication as follows:

Claims up to a value of Rupees 10,000/-.

- Superintending Engineer, TGMSIDC East Circle, Warangal.
Claims above Rs.10, 000/- and up to Rupees 50,000/-.
- Chief Engineer, TSMSIDC, Hyderabad, [of the same departments]

The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the provisions of Indian

Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996 or any statutory modification thereof.

The arbitrator shall state his reasons in passing the award.

Claims above Rs.50, 000/-.

All claims of above Rs.50, 000/- are to be settled by a Civil Court of competent
jurisdiction by way of civil suit and not by arbitration.

The contractor shall make a reference for adjudication under this clause within
six months from the date of intimating the contractor of the preparation of
final bill or his having accepted payment whichever is earlier.

TENDERER Page # 51 CHIEF ENGINEER

 B. TIME FOR COMPLETION
24. Program:
24.1 The total period of completion is 18 Months from the date of handing over of site
to proceed including rainy season, and the contractor should take over the site
within 15days from the date of concluding the agreement
24.2 The attention of the tenderer is directed to the contract requirement at the time of
beginning of the work, the rate of progress and the dates for the whole work and
its several parts as per milestones. Time is the essence of the contract. The rate
of progress and proportionate value of work done from time to time as will be
indicated by the Engineer-in-charge’s Certificate for the value of work done and
completion of mile-stones will be required.

24.3 The following rate of progress will be required to be maintained by the contractor
as a minimum. The start date of this work is the date of handing over of site and
the contractor should take over the site within 15days from the date of concluding
the agreement. Contractor may give a separate time schedule for the completion
of the whole work and the consideration will be given for accelerated programme.
It is imperative that the work progress shall be ahead of the rate of progress given
below.

Milestone dates :
Physical stage of work to be completed Period from the date of
signing the agreement.

Milestone – I : (6 months) : 20.00% of ECV 6 months from start date.

Milestone – II : (6 months) : 35.00% of ECV 12 months from start date.

Milestone – III : (6 months) : 45.00% of ECV 18 Months from start date.

24.4 Detailed programme in terms of collection of necessary materials and labour and
in terms of finished items of work, to confirmation of the above rate of progress
shall be prepared by the contractor and got approved by the Engineer-in-charge
concerned and which shall be strictly adhered to. This programme of work shall
be given based on PERT /CPM charts for works, where ECV exceeds Rs.100
lakhs, in the approved format.
24.5 After signing the agreement, the contractor shall forthwith begin the work, shall
regularly and continuously proceed with them. Work programme of achieving of
milestones (statement) should be submitted from time to time.
24.6 The contractor shall commence the works on site as specified under condition
24.1 and 23.2 above after the receipt by him of a written order to this effect from
the Chief Engineer and shall proceed with the same with due expedition and
without delay, except as may be expressly sanctioned or ordered by the Chief
Engineer or his nominee, or be wholly beyond the contractor’s control.
24.7 Save in so far as the contractor may prescribe, the extent of portions of the site of
which the contractor is to be given possession from time to time and the order in
which such portions shall be made available to him and, Subject to any
requirement in the contract as to the order in which the works shall be executed,
the Chief Engineer or his nominee will, with the Engineer-in-charge’s written order
to commence the works, give to the contractor possession of so much of the site
as may be required to enable the contractor to commence proceed with the

TENDERER Page # 52 CHIEF ENGINEER

 execution of the works in accordance with the programme if any, and otherwise in
accordance with such reasonable proposals of the contractor as he shall by
written notice to the Chief Engineer or his nominee, may and will from time to
time as the works proceed, give to the contractor possession of such further
portions of the site as may be required to enable the contractor to proceed with
the execution of the works with due dispatch in accordance with the said
programme or proposals as the case maybe ; if the contractor suffers delay or
incurs cost from failure on the part of the Chief Engineer or his nominee to give
possession in accordance with the terms of this clause, the Chief Engineer or his
nominee shall grant an extension of time for the completion of works.
24.8 The contractor shall bear all costs and charges for special or temporary way
leases required by him in connection with access to the site. The contractor shall
also provide at his own cost any additional accommodation outside the site
required by him for the purposes of the work.
Subject to any requirement in the contract as to completion of any section of the
works before completion of the whole of the works shall be completed, in
accordance with provisions of clauses in the Schedule within the time stated in
the contract calculated from the last day of the period named in the statement to
the tender as that within which the works are to be commenced or such extended
time as may be allowed.
24.9 Delays and extension of time:
No claim for compensation on account of delays or hindrances to the work from
any cause whatever shall lie, except as hereafter defined. Reasonable extension
of time will be allowed by the Engineer-in-charge or by the office competent to
sanction the extension, for unavoidable delays, such as may result from causes,
which in the opinion of the Engineer-in-charge, are undoubtedly beyond the
control of the contractor. The Engineer-in-charge shall assess the period of delay
or hindrance caused by any written instructions issued by him, at twenty five per
cent in excess or the actual working period so lost.

In the event of the Engineer-in-charge failing to issue necessary instructions and

thereby causing delay and hindrance to the contractor, the latter shall have the
right to claim an assessment of such delay by the Chief Engineer whose decision
will be final and binding. The contractor shall lodge in writing with the Engineer-
in-charge, a statement of claim for any delay or hindrance referred to above,
within fourteen days from its commencement, otherwise no extension of time will
be allowed.

Whenever authorized alterations or additions made during the progress of the

work are of such a nature in the opinion of the Engineer-in-charge as to justify an
extension of time in consequence thereof, such extension will be granted in
writing by the Engineer-in-charge or other competent authority when ordering
such alterations or additions.

25. Construction Programme:

25.1 The Contractor shall furnish within one month of the order of the work a
programme showing the sequence in which he proposed to carry out the work,
monthly progress expected to be achieved, also indicating date of procurement of
materials plant and machinery. The schedule should be such that it is practicable
to achieve completion of the whole work within the time limit fixed and in keeping
with the Mile stone programme specified and shall obtain the approval of the
Engineer-in-charge. Further rate of the progress as in the program shall be kept
up to date. In case it is subsequently found necessary to alter this program, the

TENDERER Page # 53 CHIEF ENGINEER

 contractor shall submit sufficiently in advance the revised program incorporating
necessary modifications and get the same approved by the Engineer-in-charge.
No revised program shall be operative with out approval of Engineer-in-charge.
25.2 The Chief Engineer shall have all times the right, without any way violating this
contract, or forming grounds for any claim, to alter the order of progress of the
works or any part thereof and the contractor shall after receiving such directions
proceed in the order directed. The contractor shall also report the progress to the
Chief Engineer within 7 days of the Engineer-in-charge’s direction to alter the
order of progress of works.
25.3 The Contractor shall give written notice to the Engineer-in-Charge whenever
planning or progress of the works is likely to be delayed or disrupted unless any
further drawings or order including a direction, instruction or approval is issued by
the Engineer-in-Charge within a reasonable time. The notice shall include details
of the drawing or order required and of why and by when it is required and of any
delay or disruption likely to be suffered if it is late.

26. Speed of Work:

26.1 The Contractor shall at all times maintain the progress of work to conform to the
latest operative progress schedule approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. The
contractor should furnish progress report indicating the programme and progress
once in a month. The Engineer-in-Charge may at any time in writing direct the
contractor to slow down any part or whole of the work for any reason (which shall
not be questioned) whatsoever, and the contractor shall comply with such orders
of the Engineer-in-Charge. The compliance of such orders shall not entitle the
contractor to any claim of compensation. Such orders of the Engineer-in-Charge
for slowing down the work will however be duly taken into account while granting
extension of time if asked by the contractor for which no extra payment will be
entertained.
26.2 Delays in Commencement or progress or neglect of work and forfeiture of earnest
money, Security deposit and withheld amounts:

If, at any time, the Engineer-in-Charge shall be of the opinion that the Contractor
is delaying Commencement of the work or violating any of the provisions, the
Contractor is neglecting or delaying the progress of the work as defined by the.
“Rate of progress” in the Articles of Agreement, he shall so advise the
Contractors in writing and at the same time demand compliance in accordance
with conditions of Tender notice. If the Contractor neglects to comply with such
demand within seven days after receipt of such notice, it shall then or at any time
thereafter, be lawful for the Engineer-in-Charge to take suitable action in
accordance with Clause.60 of APSS.

27. Suspension of works by the Contractor:

27.1 If the Contractor shall suspend the works, or sublet the work without sanction of
the Engineer-in-Charge, or in the opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge shall neglect
or fail to proceed with due diligence in the performance of his part of the Contract
as laid down in the Schedule rate of progress, or if he shall continue to default or
repeat such default in the respects mentioned in clause 27 of the APSS, the
Engineer-in-Charge shall take action in accordance with Clause 61 of APSS.
27.2 If the Contractor stops work for 28 days and the Stoppage has not been
authorized by the Engineer-in-Charge the Contract will be terminated under
Clause 61 of APSS.
27.3 If the Contractor has delayed the completion of works the Contract will be
Terminated under Clause.61 of APSS.

TENDERER Page # 54 CHIEF ENGINEER

28. Extension of the Intended Completion Date:
28.1 The Engineer-in-Charge shall extend or recommend for extension, in accordance
with the delegation of powers in force, the Intended Completion Date if a Variation
is issued which makes it impossible for Completion to be achieved by the
Intended Completion Date.
28.2 The Engineer-in-Charge shall decide whether and by how much to extend the
Intended Completion Date within 21 days of the Contractor asking the Engineer
for a decision upon the effect of a Variation and submitting full supporting
information. If the Contractor has failed to give early warning of a delay or has
failed to cooperate in dealing with a delay, the delay by this failure shall not be
considered in assessing the new Intended Completion Date.

29. Delays Ordered by the Engineer-in-Charge:

29.1 The Engineer-in-Charge may instruct the Contractor to delay the start or progress
of any activity within the Work.

30. Early Warning:

30.1 The contractor is to warn the Engineer-in-Charge at the earliest opportunity of
specific likely future events or circumstances that may adversely affect the
Execution of Works.

30.2 The Contractor shall co-operate with the Engineer-in-Charge in making and
considering proposals for how the effect of such an event or circumstance can be
avoided or reduced by anyone involved in the work and in carrying out any
resulting instruction of the Engineer-in-Charge.

31. Management Meetings:

31.1 The Engineer-in-Charge may require the Contractor to attend a management
meeting. The business of a management meeting shall be to review the
programme for remaining work and to deal with matters raised in accordance with
the early warning procedure.

TENDERER Page # 55 CHIEF ENGINEER

 C. QUALITY CONTROL

32 Identifying Defects:
32.1 The Engineer-in-Charge shall check the Contractor’s work and notify the
Contractor of any Defects that are found. Such checking shall not affect the
Contractor’s responsibilities. The Engineer-in-Charge may instruct the Contractor
to verify the Defect and to uncover and test any work that the Engineer considers
may be a Defect.

33 Tests:
33.1 If the Engineer-in-Charge instructs the Contractor to carry out a test not specified
in the Specification to check whether any work has a Defect and the Contractor
shall pay for the test and any samples.

34. Correction of Defects:

34.1 The Engineer-in-Charge shall give notice to the Contractor of any Defects before
the end of the Defects Liability Period, which begins on Completion. The defect
liability period shall be extended for as long as defects remain to be corrected by
the Contractor.
34.2 Every time notice of a Defect is given, the Contractor shall correct the notified
defect within the length of time specified by the Engineer-in-Charge’s notice.

35. Uncorrected Defects:

35.1 If the contractor has not corrected the defect within the time specified in the
Engineer-in-Charge’s notice, the Engineer-in-Charge will assess the cost of
having the defect corrected and the contractor will pay this amount.
35.2 The Engineer-in-Charge shall introduce O.K. cards and prescribed the formats
there of. O.K. cards shall relate to all major components of the work. The
contractor / his authorized representative shall be required to initiate and fill in
and present the O.K. card to the construction staff who would check the
respective items and send to the quality control staff for final check and clearance
/ O.K. Any defects pointed out by the construction supervision staff or by the
Quality Control staff shall promptly be attended to by the contractors and the fact
of doing so be duly recorded on the back of O.K. card.

35.3 The Engineer-in-Charge may also introduce checklists, which shall be kept in
Bound registers by the construction supervision staff. The contractor may be
required to fill up these lists in the first instance and shall be subsequently
checked by the Construction / Quality Control engineers.

35.4 Quality policy:

35.4.1 The quality of construction shall be of highest standards.

The materials, equipment, tools and plants and workmanship should be of high
standards and acceptable quality conforming to the specifications.

The contractor attention is directed to the requirements of materials under the

clause “Materials and Workmanship” in the preliminary specifications of APSS.
Materials conforming to the latest relevant I.S. Specifications and other approved
Codes and Specifications shall be used on the work

TENDERER Page # 56 CHIEF ENGINEER

35.4.2 Quality plan:

The contractor shall draw quality plan based on the Quality Management System
of ISO 9001-2000 and submit the same to the Executive Engineer, TGMSIDC,
Ranga Reddy before starting the work for his approval.

Quality plan for raw materials/ construction materials/ finished products/works:

It shall be responsibility of the contractor to arrange for testing of all materials

procured for the works under such consignment or at regular intervals as may be
specified in APSS at his cost and only after the engineer is satisfied fully with the
test results the materials of those consignments will be allowed to be utilized on
the work. The contractor shall maintain a record of test results which shall be
made available to the engineers for the inspection.

The contractor shall collect various raw material, construction materials well in
advance before its use and shall get them tested as per the approved quality
plan. No material shall be used unless it passes all the check/tests as per the
acceptance criteria given and a record of all checks/tests/ verifications shall be
maintained at site.

All the materials used in the works including electrical, Sanitary and water supply
works should be as per the list of approved materials, makes and suppliers
enclosed. The department reserves the right to insist upon using any of the
materials from these lists of approved materials.

For all fittings of electrical, sanitary and water supply items, fixtures to doors and
windows, supply of steel windows and flush wood doors, paints etc,., the product
marked ISI should be used and shall be of reputed and approved brand/make.

Tests required to be conducted at outside laboratories shall be done at those labs

which have availability of required instruments traceable to national standards
and which are approved by the Engineer-In-Charge. Reports obtained from such
labs should indicate the calibration status and traceability to national standards of
their equipments for accepting the results.

35.4.3 Quality control:

Establishment of Quality Control Laboratory: The contractor shall establish a

quality control laboratory, at the site of work, equipped with calibrated equipment
(as per list given below) to perform field tests, batch wise, for various materials,
then and there itself, as per quality plan and standards.
The following minimum equipment should be made available at site by the
contractor for testing of materials, samples, cubes etc.

Sl. Description of Item Recommended Calibration

No. Frequency
1. Cube moulds ISI marked 150 x150 x 150 mm -
(6 nos.)
2 Compression testing machine 100 MT, hand 6 Months
operated

TENDERER Page # 57 CHIEF ENGINEER

 3 Weighing Machine 5.0 kg capacity 6 Months
4. Vernier Calipers 0-150 mm, Screw gauge 0- 1 year
25 mm
5. a Measurement tapes both Steel (3.0 m, 5.0 m) At the time of purchase and
&Fibre (15.0 m) the tapes to be changed
after 6 Months, if any error
5. b 30 cm steel scale
is observed
6. Sieves for Coarse aggregate & fine -
aggregate
7. Slump cone -
8. Carpenter’s square 150mm with graduations
9. Electrical Meggar 1100 V At the time of purchase
10. Spirit level, Plum bob -
11. Measuring Jars (2) 250ml -
12. Magnetic compass -

Calibration of Equipment: All the equipment maintained by the contractor at site

shall be calibrated from time to time according to the calibration frequency
mentioned, with calibrations traceable to National Standards. Records for proof of
such calibrations done for each instrument, with instrument number shall be
maintained by the contractor and shall be made available for verification / counter
signature by the Engineer-in-charge. Proper storage, handling and use of these
instruments shall be ensured so that their calibration does not get disturbed due
to weather factors etc., Frequency of the calibration shall be as decided by the
Engineer-in-charge.

35.4.4 Quality Registers

The contractor shall maintain the Quality Test Registers at site in the format
specified and record therein the results of all the tests conducted. The relevant
reports of the tests conducted shall be maintained in a separate file.

Return of Site documents:

All the site records/ documents mentioned therein shall be returned to the
Engineer-in-charge in full shape after the satisfactory completion of the work.

35.4.5 Quality Control Inspections:

In addition to the normal inspections by the regular staff in charge of the

construction of work, periodical inspection by the Managing Director or his
nominees, the work will also be inspected the Architects and Project
Management consultants for this project and any other authorized external quality
control agencies. If any sub-standard materials, work or workmanship is noticed,
action will be taken based on their observations and these will be affected by the
Engineer-in-charge of the execution of the work.

TENDERER Page # 58 CHIEF ENGINEER

35.4.6 Quality Audit:

The Department may engage external agencies for conducting quality audit in
which case the following methodology would be adopted:

i) The external agencies shall conduct quality control tests as per the standard
procedures in the presence of Construction and Quality Control Engineers and
the Contractor.
ii) The observations of the external agencies on the quality of work should be
recorded then and there and signatures of all the concerned obtained as a token
of acceptance of the observations.
iii) If any sub-standard materials, work or workmanship is noticed, action will be
taken based on their observations and these will be affected by the Engineer-in-
charge of the execution of the work.

TENDERER Page # 59 CHIEF ENGINEER

 D. COST CONTROL
36. Bill of Quantities:
36.1 The Bill of Quantities shall contain items for the construction work to be done by
the Contractor.
36.2 The Contractor is paid for the quantity of the work done at the estimate rate in the
Bill of Quantities for each item plus or minus Tender percentage.

37. Supplemental items:

37.1 The contractor is bound to execute all supplemental works that are found
essential, incidental and inevitable during execution of main work.
37.2 The payment of rates for such supplemental items of work will be regulated as
under;

Supplemental items directly deducible from similar items in the original

agreement.

37.2.1 The rates shall be derived by adding to or subtracting from the agreement rate of
such similar item the cost of the difference in the quantity of materials, labour
between the new items and similar items in the agreement worked out with
reference to the Schedule of Rates adopted in the sanctioned estimate with
which the tenders are accepted plus or minus over all tender percentage.

[Link] (a) Similar items but the rates of which cannot be directly deduced from
the original agreement.
(b) Purely new items which do not correspond to any item in the agreement.

37.2.2 The rates of all such items shall be Estimated Rates plus or minus overall Tender
premium.

38 Extra Items:
38.1 Extra items of work shall not vitiate the contract. The contractor shall be bound to
execute extra items of work as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. The rates for
extra items shall be worked out by the Engineer-in-Charge as per the conditions
of the Contract and the same are binding on the Contractor.
38.2 The contractor shall before the 15th day of each month, submit in writing to the
Engineer-in-charge a statement of extra items if any that they have executed
during the preceding month failing which the contractor shall not be entitled to
claim any.

38.3 Entrustment of additional items:

38.3.1 Where ever additional items not contingent on the main work and outside the
scope of original agreement are to be entrusted to the original contractor
dispensing with bids and if the value of such items exceeds the limits upto which
the officer is empowered to entrust works initially to contractor without calling for
tenders, approval of competent authority shall be obtained. Entrustment of such
items on nomination shall be the estimated rates or agreement rates (-) Tender
Percentage whichever is less.

38.3.2 Entrustment of the additional items contingent on the main work will be
authorized by the officers up to the monetary limits up to which they themselves
are competent to accept items in the original agreement so long as the rates for
such items shall be worked out in accordance with the procedure - For all items of
work in excess of the quantities shown in the Bill of Quantities of the Tenders, the
rate payable for such items shall be estimate rates for the items (+) or (-) over all
tender percentage accepted by the competent authority.

TENDERER Page # 60 CHIEF ENGINEER

38.3.3 Entrustment of either the additional or supplemental items shall be subject to the
provisions of the agreement entered into by a Competent Authority after the
tender is accepted. The Chief Engineer who entered into the agreement
approves the rate for the items / variation in quantity in the current agreement.
The items shall not be ordered by an officer on his own responsibility if the
revised estimate or deviation statement providing for the same requires the
sanction of competent authority.

Note: It may be noted that the term Estimate Rate used above means the rate in the
sanctioned estimate with which the tenders are accepted, or if no such rates is
available in the estimate, the rate derived will be with reference to the Schedule
of Rates adopted in the sanctioned estimate with which tenders are accepted.

39 Cash flow forecasts:

39.1 When the program is updated, the contractor is to provide the Engineer-in-charge
with an updated cash flow forecast.

40 Payment Certificates:
40.1 The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer-in-charge monthly statements of the
estimated value of the work completed less the cumulative amount certified
previously.

40.2 The Engineer-in-charge shall check the Contractor’s monthly statement within 14
days.

40.3 The value of work executed shall be determined by the Engineer-in-charge.

40.4 The value of work executed shall comprise the value of the quantities of the items
in the Bill of Quantities completed.

40.5 The Engineer-in-charge may exclude any item certified in a previous certificate or
reduce the proportion of any item previously certified in any certificate in the light
of later information.

TENDERER Page # 61 CHIEF ENGINEER

41 Payments:
PROCEDURE - I
41.1 Payment for the work done by the contractor will be made for the finished work
based on the measurements recorded in measurement books by concerned
officer of the Corporation not lower in rank than a Assistant Engineer and check
measured by concerned officer not lower in rank than a Deputy Executive
Engineer. The measurement shall be recorded at various stages of the work done
and also after work is completed. The contractor shall be present at the time of
recording of each set of measurement and their check measurement and accept
them then and there so as to avoid disputes at a later stage. If the contractor is
not available at the work spot at the time of recording measurements or check
measurements, the particulars of measurements shall be signed by the
authorised agent of contractor based on which the contractor shall accept the set
of measurements without any further dispute. If for any reason the contractor’s
authorised agent is also not available at site when the department decides to
suspend the work recording of measurements in the absence of the contractor or
his authorised representative, the department shall not entertain any claim from
the contractor for any loss incurred by him on this account. The Contractor shall
however note that the Corporation cannot indefinitely wait for recording the
measurement due to the absence of the Contractor and his authorised agent and
check measure them even in the absence of the contractor.

(OR)

PROCEDURE II

Application and format of the computerized M.B.

(1) In works of estimated cost put to tender of Rs. 15.00 lakhs and above, approving
authority, the conventional Measurement Books shall be replaced by a bound
volume of computerized measurements to be furnished by the contractor, duly
machine numbered for the pages, and with the Measurement Book number given
by the Division Office. The pages of these Measurement Books shall be of A-4
size. All these Computerized Measurement Books belonging to a Division shall
be serially numbered, and a record of these Computerized Measurement Books
shall be maintained in a separate Register in the prescribed form.
(2) The same format as in the existing Measurement Books shall be used for the
Computerized Measurement Books. The Measurements shall be carried forward
from the previous recorded measurements as per the existing procedure.
(3) These measurement books will be retained by the Corporation and will be the
property of the Corporation.

Mode of measurements
(1) The measurements shall be recorded and entered in computerized format in the
first instance by the contractor, and a hard copy shall be submitted to the
Department. All entries shall be made exactly as per the existing procedures.

(2) These measurements shall then be 100% checked by the Assistant

Engineer/Assistant Executive Engineer. If Assistant Engineer/Assistant Executive
Engineer is not available, the Deputy Executive Engineer shall perform 100%
check of the measurements. The contractor shall incorporate all such changes
or corrections, as may be done during these checks, to his draft computerized
measurements, and submit to the department the corrected computerized
measurements in the form of a book, duly hard bound in red colour on the lines of

TENDERER Page # 62 CHIEF ENGINEER

 the conventional Measurement Books now in use, and with its pages machine
numbered.
(3) The Deputy Executive Engineer and the Executive Engineer shall test check
these computerized measurements as per the existing instructions. This book
shall be treated as a Computerized Measurement Book.

(4) The Assistant Engineer/Assistant Executive Engineer, Deputy Executive

Engineer and the Executive Engineer shall record the necessary certificates for
their checks as per the existing procedure in this Computerized Measurement
Books.

(5) The Computerized Measurement Books shall be allotted a serial number as per
the Register of Computerized Measurement Books, separately.

Cutting or over-writing in the computerized Measurement Books not allowed.

(1) The Computerized Measurement Books given by the contractor, duly bound, with
its pages machine numbered, shall have no cutting or over-writing without any
loose sheets.

(2) It is the responsibility of the Assistant Engineer/Assistant Executive Engineer or

the Deputy Executive Engineer as the case may be to ensure that the checks
and tests checks done by them in the initial draft measurements are correctly
incorporated in the Computerized Measurement Books before they record their
certificates.

(3) In case of any error, the Computerized Measurement Books shall be cancelled,
and the contractor shall re-submit a fresh Computerized Measurement Book. This
should be done before the corresponding computerized bill is submitted to the
Division for payment.

(4) The contractor shall submit as many copies of Computerized Measurement

Books as may be required, and as are specified in the NIT/contract, for the
purpose of reference and record in the various offices of the department.

Computerized bill to be submitted by the contractor

(1) The contractor shall submit his running and final bills in a computerized form in
the same format as the existing conventional bills, with all the pages machine
numbered, and hard bound, and with all the entries made as per the existing
procedure.

(2) The contractor shall submit as many copies of the computerized bills as required
for the purpose of reference and record in the various offices of the department.

(3) The bill shall be carried forward from the previous running account bills as per the
existing procedure.

(4) These computerized bills shall be processed by the various offices for payment,
as per the existing procedure.

TENDERER Page # 63 CHIEF ENGINEER

Review of Measurement Books
(1) The MBs are required to be reviewed by the Divisional Accounts Officer under the
supervision of Executive Engineer. The Deputy Executive Engineers are required
to submit the Measurement Books in use in the Sub-Divisions to the Divisional
Office, from time to time, so that at least once a year the entries recorded in each
of the Books are subjected to a percentage check. The Divisional Accounts
Officer should ensure that this annual review is conducted regularly and positively
every year.

(2) The review by the Divisional Accounts Officer shall be in the following respects:-

i) To compare the books in use with the Register of Measurement Books

maintained in prescribed form and to note necessary corrections in the Register.
ii) To see that no original sheet is torn out of a Measurement Book, nor any entry
erased or disfigured, and that the corrections made therein are initialed.
iii) To see that pencil entries are not inked over.
iv) To test check the accuracy or calculations, and to ensure that the instructions
regarding writing of Measurement Books, recording of measurements, and their
test check are being followed properly.

(3) On receipt of the MBs in the Divisional office, the Executive Engineer should
indicate in column 2 of the “Review Notes” in each Measurement Book as
referred to in para (5) below as to which of the calculations are to be test checked
by the Divisional Accounts Officer. The extent of this check will be determined by
the Executive Engineer having regard to the result of the last review, and should
cover complete set of measurements.
(4) Payments based on the entries reviewed should be traced into various accounts
and verified. Similarly, supplies or issue of materials should be traced into the
various accounts, contractor’s ledger, etc. and verified.
(5) The defects, discrepancies etc., noticed should be communicated to the Deputy
Executive Engineer concerned and summarized in the following form in the
Measurement Book that has been test audited:
Review notes by Divisional Accounts Officer
Calculations selected by
the Divisional Accounts Dated initials of
Pages Defects and
officer for re-check
reviewed discrepancies
Divisional
generally Dated noticed Executive
pages Accounts
initials Engineer
Officer

(6) The Measurement Book completed and returned for record during the year
should also be similarly examined prior to their final record in the Divisional
Office.
Loss of Measurement Books
(1) When a Measurement Book is lost, an FIR should be lodged with the police.

(2) An immediate report of the case together with an explanation of all parties
concerned responsible for the loss should also be made promptly to the Chief
Engineer, who is empowered to sanction the write off of the lost Measurement
Books.

TENDERER Page # 64 CHIEF ENGINEER

(3) It is also necessary that the measurements in the lost Measurement Books
should be re-constructed at the earliest.
Standard Measurement Books (SMBs)
1) Purpose

The Standard Measurement Books are maintained to record the measurements of

permanent standing in a building, and are required to be brought up to dare from year on
the basis of additions, etc. that are made to the building during a year. These are used
for preparing the repairs estimates and contractors’ bills for such repairs so as to avoid
taking detailed measurements on each occasion.

2) Preparation and accounting of SMBs

i) The Standard Measurement Books shall be prepared after the completion of
the work by the construction Division that has executed the work. The
preparation of these books will ordinarily be undertaken in accordance with
the program for each Sub-Division or such other suitable unit as may be fixed
by the Divisional Officer.

ii) All drawings, Standard Measurement Books etc. should be properly

documented before handing over the building.

iii) All the Standard Measurement Books should be in the prescribed form and
should contain pages in singleton. They should be numbered in an
alphabetical series so as to be readily distinguishable from those assigned to
ordinary Measurement Books.
iv) These will be accounted for in the same manner as ordinary Measurement
Books in a register in prescribed form.

v) A similar register will be maintained in each Sub-Division showing the book

belonging to it, and reviewed as done in case of the ordinary Measurement
Books.
3) Writing of Standard Measurement Books
i) The Standard Measurement Books should be written legibly in ink, and
certified as correct by the Executive Engineer. These should be
maintained very carefully and accurately, as they may have to be
produced as evidence in a Court of Law.
ii) The Standard Measurement Books should either be written by the Deputy
Executive Engineer himself or a Assistants Engineer/Assistant Executive
Engineer under his orders. Each set of measurements taken by the
Assistant Engineer/Assistant Executive Engineer should, however, be fully
checked by the Deputy Executive Engineer, after which it should be
examined by the Executive Engineer. He should declare in writing in the
Book itself as finally approved by him for the purposes of preparing annual
repair estimates and contractors’ bills for the work done. Until this is
done, the Book will not be assigned a number, and will not be entered in
the Register of Standard Measurement Books.
iii) The Standard Measurement Books shall be brought up to date under the
supervision of the Deputy Executive Engineer with reference to the
building or work concerned within one month of closing of the accounts of
the estimate thereof. All such corrections shall be attested by the Deputy
Executive Engineer, and approved by the Executive Engineer.

TENDERER Page # 65 CHIEF ENGINEER

 4) Computerized SMBs
The Standard Measurement Books can also be in the Computerized
Measurement Book form, and shall fully correspond with the final
computerized measurements for the various items as recorded in the
Computerized Measurement Book used during the construction stage.

5) Check by superior officers

i) The Executive Engineer shall check the compilation Standard
Measurement Books from time to time by personally examining each book
at least once a year. To this end, the program of work should ordinarily
be as follows:

a) Soon after the close of the official year as possible, the Deputy
Executive Engineer concerned shall arrange for a personal
examination of these books with a view to satisfying himself that they
have been brought up to date with reference to the additions,
alterations or special repairs carried out in the building or works during
the preceding year, and ensuring their submission on such daters as
may be fixed for the purpose for the inspection of the Divisional
Officer.

b) On receipt in the Division Office, the Books will be compared with the
Register of Standard Measurement Books in order to ensure that all
the Books have been submitted for inspection. These shall then be
subjected to such scrutiny as the Divisional Officer may direct. A
comparison of these Books with the accounts of expenditure and the
record of connected measurements relating to estimates for
additions/alterations or special repairs to building and works in the
Division should, however, form a feature of the check to be applied.

ii) A record of the results of the scrutiny referred to above should invariably
be retained and produced, if required, during the inspection of
Superintending Engineer/Audit/Accounts Officer.
6) Submission of certificates
i) A report should be made to the Superintending Engineer, so as to reach
him not later than the 31st July of each year, with copy endorsed to the
concerned Accounts Officer, certifying in clear terms:

a) That all the Standard Measurement Books of the Division have been
inspected by the Executive Engineer.
b) That the entries made therein have not been tampered with
c) That all corrections due to additions or alterations to the building or
work concerned have been carried out, and,
d) That the Books are reliable with up to date records.

ii) When a payment is based on Standard Measurements, the following

certificate should invariably be recorded on the bill, in his own handwriting,
by the Deputy Executive Engineer preparing, examining or verifying it:
“Certified that the whole of the work billed for herein has been actually
done, and that no portion thereof has been previously billed for in any
shape.”

TENDERER Page # 66 CHIEF ENGINEER

41.2 Payments and Certificates:
41.2.1 Payments shall be adjusted for recovery of advance payments, liquidated
damages in terms of tender conditions and security deposit for the due fulfillment
of the contract. Payment will be made to the Contractor under the certificate to
be issued at reasonably frequent intervals by the Engineer-in-Charge, and
intermediate payment will be the sum equal to 92½% of the value of work done
as so certified and balance of 7½% will be withheld and retained as security for
the due fulfillment of the contract under the certificate to be issued by the
Engineer-in-Charge. On completion of the entire works the contractor will receive
the final payment of all the moneys due or payable to him under or by virtue of
the contract except earnest money deposit retained as security and a sum equal
to 2 ½ percent of the total value of the work done. The amount withheld from
the final bill will be retained under deposits and paid to the contractor together
with the earnest money deposit retained as security after a period of 24 months
as all defects shall have been made good according to the true intent and
meaning thereof.

41.2.2 In case of over payments or wrong payment if any made to the contractor due to
wrong interpretation of the provisions of the contract, APSS or Contract
conditions etc., such unauthorized payment will be deducted in the subsequent
bills or final bill for the work or from the bills under any other contracts with the
Government or at any time thereafter from the deposits available with the
corporation.
41.2.3 Any recovery or recoveries advised by the Government Department either state
or central, due to non-fulfillment of any contract entered into with them by the
contractor shall be recovered from any bill or deposits of the contractor.
41.2.4 No claim shall be entertained, if the same is not represented in writing to the
Engineer-in-Charge within 15 days of its occurrence.
41.2.5 The contractor is not eligible for any compensation for inevitable delay in handing
over the site or for any other reason. In such case, suitable extensions of time
will be granted after considering the merits of the case.
41.3 Intermediate Payments:
41.3.1 For intermediate Stage of work, only part rates as fixed by the Engineer-in-
Charge will be paid.
41.3.2 Part rates shall be worked out for the work done portion based on the actual
operations involved keeping in view the value of the balance work to be done, to
avoid unintended benefit to the Contractor in initial Stage.
41.3.3 Full rate shall be paid when the work is completed to the full profile as noted in
the drawings.
41.3.4 Where payment is intended for aggregates by Bill of Quantities item based on
stack measurements, 10% of the quantity measured will be withheld. No
payment or advance will be made for unfixed materials when the rates are for
finished work in site
41.3.5 The contractor shall supply as built drawings drawn to scale in 5 sets along with
original tracings within 28 days of the issue of certificate of completion of work
failing which an amount of Rs.-NA- will be withheld from the amounts due to the
contractor.

TENDERER Page # 67 CHIEF ENGINEER

 41.4 A LIST OF PAYMENTS AND DEDUCTIONS FROM BILLS
Nature of contract Class of bill Amount of payment Nature of Deduction Refund or deduction
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
Piece work Intermediate (i) Total value of Nil Nil
contract Bill work done, if it is
less than 20
times earnest
money.
-do- Final Bill (ii) Total value of 5% of value of work To be refunded after final bill or
work done less in excess of 20 deposit as stated in, otherwise to be
amount if any times earnest refund in the final bill itself.
withheld for money to be held
proper as security. To be To be refunded after expiry of the
maintenance credited to deposit maintenance period of three
(L.S.) Contract. only for the months.
withheld amount
excess Rs. 500/-.
A suitable amount
at the discretion of
the Engineer for the
proper
maintenance.
L.S. Intermediate 90% of the value 10% of value Nil
contract Bill of work towards security.
(supply of
materials Final Bill Total value of Nil The 10% value withheld towards
only) work done security to be refunded after
-do- expiry of Guarantee period.
L.S. Nil
Intermediate 92 ½% of value 7½% of value
contract Bill of work done. towards security.
(Supply of
materials Final Bill 92 ½% of value 7½% of value 1)5% out of 7½% so far collected
and of work done towards security. from bills to be refunded on
constructio less amount if completion of the whole works.
ns) any with held for
-do- proper 2)Balance 2 ½% to be refunded on
maintenance expiry of defects liability period or
/rectifications. on rectification of any defects that
appears during the defects liability
period which ever happens latter.

3)The E.M.D. collected at the time

of entering into agreement is also
returnable along with item (2)
above.

TENDERER Page #68 CHIEF ENGINEER

. Recovery towards useful materials like earth, stone etc recovered from
earthwork excavation:
Recovery shall be made from the bills payable to the contractor towards the value
of useful materials like sand, stone, clay, ballast, earth, trees and shrubs or other
materials obtained in the excavation made or lying on the site of the work, either
useful for reuse on the work or elsewhere. The recovery will be made based on
the rates of Schedule of Rates adopted while preparing the estimate.

43 Interest on Money due to the Contractor:

43.1 No omission by the Engineer-in-Charge or the sub-divisional officer to pay the
amount due upon certificates shall vitiate or make void the contract, nor shall the
contractor be entitled to interest upon any guarantee fund or payments in arrear,
nor upon any balance which may, on the final settlement of his accounts, found to
be due to him.

44 Certificate of Completion of works:

44.1 Certificate of Completion of works:
44.1.1 When the whole of the work has been completed and has satisfactory passed
any final test that may be prescribed by the Contract, the Contractor may give a
notice to that effect to the Engineer-in-Charge accompanied by an undertaking to
carry out any rectification work during the period of maintenance, such notice and
undertaking shall be in writing and shall be deemed to be request by the
Contractor for the Engineer-in-Charge to issue a Certificate of completion in
respect of the Works. The Engineer-in-Charge shall, within twenty one days of
the date of delivery of such notice either issue to the Contractor, a certificate of
completion stating the date on which, in his opinion, the works were completed in
accordance with the Contract or give instructions in writing to the Contractor
specifying all the Works which, in the Engineer-in-Charge'’ opinion, required to be
done by the Contractor before the issue of such Certificate. The Engineer-in-
Charge shall also notify the Contractor of any defects in the Works affecting
completion that may appear after such instructions and before completion of the
Works specified there in. The Contractor shall be entitled to receive such
Certificate of the Completion within twenty one days of completion to the
satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge of the Works so specified and making
good of any defects so notified.

44.1.2 Similarly, the Contractor may request and the Engineer-in-Charge shall issue a
Certificate of Completion in respect of:

a) Any section of the Permanent works in respect of which a separate time

for completion is provided in the Contract, and
b) Any substantial part of the Permanent Works which has been both
completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge and occupied or
used by the Department.

44.1.3 If any part of the Permanent Works shall have been completed and shall have
satisfactorily passed any final test that may be prescribed by the Contract, the
Engineer-in-Charge may issue such certificate, and the Contractor shall be
deemed to have undertaken to complete any outstanding work in that part of the
Works during the period of Maintenance.

45 Taxes included in the bid:

45.1 The percentage quoted by the contractor is exclusive of Goods Services Tax
(GST) on all materials that the contractor will have to purchase for performance of

TENDERER Page #69 CHIEF ENGINEER

 this contract .The contractor shall be responsible for the payment of taxes, duties,
fees etc., wherever payable.

45.2 GST component loaded in Part ‘B’ of the estimate shall be reimbursed to the
contractor upon producing the required document in support of payment of GST.
45.3 In respect of those contractors, who do not opt for composition scheme, the GST
component loaded in the estimate in Part ‘B’ shall not be released to them with their bills.
However, GST loaded in Part ‘B’ of the estimate shall be recovered and for the recovery
made, a deduction certificate shall be issued, based on which they have to claim
adjustment through their returns submitted to their respective assessing authorities.
46 Price Adjustment :
46.1 Price Adjustment is applicable only as per [Link].94 of Transport ,
Roads & Buildings ( R.I ) Dept, dt.16-04-2008 and [Link].1 of Finance
(Works & Projects F - 7 ) Department dated 25-02-2012 i.e., only for Steel &
Cement and no other Price adjustment [Link] are applicable.

46.2 Differential amount, on account of implementation of price adjustment as per

[Link].94, T, R&B(R.I) Department, dated 16/04/2008 and [Link].1 of
Finance (Works & Projects F - 7) Department dated 25 -02-2012 shall be payable
only after revised administrative and technical sanction by the competent
authority and provision of additional funds (wherever required).
47 Retention:
47.1 The department shall retain from each payment due to the contractor @ the rate
of 7.5% of bill amount until completion of the whole of the works.

47.2 On completion of the whole of the works, 5% of the total amount retained is re-
paid to the Contractor along with final bill and 2 ½% when the Defects Liability
Period has passed and the Engineer-in-Charge has certified that all the Defects
notified by the Engineer-in-Charge to the Contractor before the end of this period
have been corrected.
47.2

48 Liquidated Damages :
48.1 If for any reason, which does not entitle the contractor to an extension of item, the
rate of progress of works, or any section is at any time, in the opinion of the Chief
Engineer too slow to ensure completion by the prescribed time or extended time
for completion Chief Engineer shall so notify the contractor in writing and the
contractor shall there upon take such steps as are necessary and the Chief
Engineer may approve to expedite progress so as to complete the works or such
section by the prescribed time or extended time. The contractor shall not be
entitled to any additional payment for taking such steps. If as a result of any
notice given by the Chief Engineer under this clause the contractor shall seek the
Chief Engineer’s permission to do any work at night or on Sundays, if locally
recognised as days of rest, or their locally recognised equivalent, such
permission shall not be unreasonably refused.

48.2 If the contractor fails to complete whole of the works or any part thereof or section
of the works within the stipulated periods of individual mile stones (including any
bonafide extensions allowed by the competent authority without levying liquidated
damages), the Chief Engineer may without prejudice to any other method of
recovery will deduct for the period of delays subject to a maximum of 10% of the
contract value from any monies in his hands due or which may become due to
the contractor. The payment or deductions of such damages shall not relieve the
contractor from his obligation to complete the works, or from any other of his
obligations and liabilities under the contract.

TENDERER Page # 70 CHIEF ENGINEER

48.3 The liquidated damages for the whole of the work are Rs.2,38,077/- (amount per
day)

For milestone 1 Rs.79,359/- Per day

For milestone 2 Rs.79,359/- Per day
For milestone 3 Rs.79,359/- Per day

48.4 The maximum amount of liquidated damages for the whole of the works is ten
percent of final contract price.

49 Mobilisation Advance: DELETED

49.6.1

50 Securities:
50.1 The Earnest Money Deposit and Additional Security (for discount tender
percentage beyond 15%) shall be provided to the Department not later than the
date specified in the Letter of Acceptance and shall be issued in an amount and
form and by a bank acceptable to the Department. The Earnest Money Deposit
shall be valid until a date 28 days from the date of expiry of Defects Liability
Period and the additional security shall be valid until a date 28 days from the date
of issue of the certificate of completion.

51 Cost of Repairs:
51.1 Loss or damage to the Works or materials to the Works between the Start Date
and the end of the Defects Correction Periods shall be remedied by the
Contractor at the Contractor’s cost if the loss or damage arises from the
Contractor’s acts or omissions.
52 Telangana Green Fund (TGF):
52.1 The contribution towards Telangana Green Fund (TGF) i.e., 0.01% from the
work bills shall be deducted as per [Link].17, I & CAD (Reforms) Dept.,
dated 13.05.2022, which is not reimbursable.

TENDERER Page # 71 CHIEF ENGINEER

 E. FINISHING OF THE CONTRACT

53 Completion:
52.1 The Contractor shall request the Engineer-in-Charge to issue a Certificate of
completion of the Works and the Engineer-in-Charge will do so upon deciding
that the work is completed.

54 Taking Over:
53.1 The Department shall takes over the Site and the Works within seven days of the
Engineer-in-Charge issuing a certificate of Completion.

55 Final Account:
54.1 The Contractor shall supply to the Engineer-in-Charge a detailed account of the
total amount that the Contractor considers payable under the Contract before the
end of the Defects Liability Period. The Engineer-in-Charge shall issue a Defects
Liability Certificate and certify any final payment that is due to the Contractor
within56 days of receiving the Contractor’s account if it is correct and complete. If
it is not, the Engineer-in-Charge shall issue within 56 days a schedule that states
the scope of the corrections or additions that are necessary. If the final Account
is still unsatisfactory after it has been resubmitted, the Engineer-in-Charge shall
decide on the amount payable to the Contractor and issue a payment certificate
within 56 days of receiving the Contractor’s revised account.

56 Termination:
55.1 The Corporation may terminate the Contract if the contractor causes a
fundamental breach of the Contract.
55.2 Fundamental breaches of Contract include, but shall not be limited to the
following.
a) The Contractor stops work for 28 days when no stoppage of work is
shown on the current program and the stoppage has not been authorised
by the Engineer-in-Charge.
b) The Contractor is made bankrupt or goes into liquidation other than for a
reconstruction or amalgamation.
c) The Engineer-in-Charge gives Notice that failure to correct a particular
Defect is a fundamental breach of Contract and the Contractor fails to
correct it within a reasonable period of time determined by the Engineer-
in-Charge; and
d) The Contractor does not maintain a security which is required and
e) The Contractor has delayed the completion of works by the number of
days for which the maximum amount of liquidated damages can be paid
as defined.
f) If the contractor, in the judgment of the Department has engaged in
corrupt or fraudulent practices in competing for or in the executing the
contract.
g) The Contractor has contravened Sub-Clause 5 of Conditions of Contract
and sublet the work.
h) The Contractor does not adhere to the agreed construction program
(Clause 24.1, 24.2, 24.3 of Conditions of Contract) and also fails to take
satisfactory remedial action as per agreements reached in the
management meetings (Clause 31.1) for a period of 15 days.
i) The Contractor fails to carry out the instructions of Engineer-in-Charge
within a reasonable time determined by the Engineer-in-Charge.

TENDERER Page # 72 CHIEF ENGINEER

 For the purpose of this paragraph: “corrupt practice” means the offering, giving,
receiving or soliciting of anything of value to influence the action of a public
official in the procurement process or in contract execution. “Fraudulent practice”
means a misrepresentation of facts in order to influence a procurement process
or the execution of a contract to the detriment to the Government and includes
collusive practice among Tenderers (prior to or after Tender submission)
designed to establish Tender prices at artificial non-competitive levels and to
deprive the Government of the benefits of free and open competition.

56.6 Notwithstanding the above the Corporation may terminate the contract for
convenience.

56.7 If the Contract is terminated, the Contractor shall stop work immediately, make
the Site safe and secured, leave the Site as soon as reasonably possible.

57 Payment upon Termination:

56.1 If the Contract is terminated because of a fundamental breach of Contract by the
Contractor, the Engineer-in-Charge shall issue a certificate for the value of the
work done less advance payments received upon the date of the issue of the
certificate, less other recoveries due in terms of the Contract, less taxes due to be
deducted at source as per applicable law and less the percentage to apply to the
work not completed. Additional Liquidated Damages shall not apply. If the total
amount due to the Corporation exceeds any payment due to the Contractor the
difference shall be a debt payable to the Corporation.

58 Property:
57.1 All materials on the Site, Plant, Equipment, Temporary Works and Works are
deemed to be the property of the Corporation if the Contract is terminated
because of Contractor’s default.

59 Release from Performance:

58.1 If the Contract is frustrated by the outbreak of war or by any other event entirely
outside the control of either the Corporation or the Contractor the Engineer-in-
Charge shall certify that the contract has been frustrated. The Contractor shall
make the site safe and stop work as quickly as possible after receiving this
certificate and shall be paid for all works carried out before receiving it and for
any work carried out after wards to which commitment was made.

TENDERER Page # 73 CHIEF ENGINEER

 F. SPECIAL CONDITIONS
60 Water Supply:
The Contractor has to make his own arrangements for water required for the work
and to the colonies and work sites, which are to be established by the Contractor.
60 Electrical Power:
The Contractors will have to make their own arrangements for drawing electric
power from the nearest power line after obtaining permission from the Andhra
Pradesh State Electricity Board at his own cost. In case of failure of electricity,
the Contractor has to make alternative arrangements for supply of electricity by
Diesel Generator sets of suitable capacity at place of work. If the supply is
arranged by the Department, necessary Tariff rates shall have to be paid based
on the prevailing rates.

The contractor will pay the bills of Electricity Board for the cost of power
consumed by him.

The contractor shall satisfy all the conditions and rules required as per Indian
Electricity Act 1910 and under rule –45(I) of the Indian Electricity Rules, 1956 as
amended from time to time and other pertinent rules.

The power shall be used for bonafide Departmental works only.

60.1 Electric Power for Domestic Supply:

a) The contractor has to make his own arrangements for the supply of
electric power for domestic purposes and the charges for this purpose
have to be paid by him at the rates as fixed by the Telangana State
Electricity Board from time to time.

c) The contractor will have to make his own arrangements to lay and
maintain the necessary distribution lines and wiring for the camp at his
own cost. The layout and the methods of laying the lines and wiring shall
have the prior approval of the Engineer-in-Charge. All camp area shall be
properly electrified. All lines, streets, approaches for the camp etc., shall
be sufficiently lighted for the safety of staff and labour of the contractor, at
the cost of the Contractor and it will be subject to the approval of the
Engineer-in-Charge.

61 Land:
61.1 Land for Contractor’s use:
The contractor will be permitted to use Government land for execution of work.
The contractor shall have to make his own arrangements for acquiring and
clearing the site, leveling, providing drainage and other facilities for labour staff
colonies, site office, work-shop or stores and for related activities. The Contractor
shall apply to the Corporation within a reasonable time after the award of the
contract and at least 30 days in advance of its use, the details of land required by
him for the work at site and the land required for his camp and should any private
land which has not been acquired, be required by the contractor for his use. The
same may be acquired by the contractor at his own cost by private negotiations
and no claim shall be admissible to him on this account.

The Engineer-in-Charge reserves the right to refuse permission for use of any
government land for which no claim or compensation shall be admissible to the
contractor. The contractor shall, however, not be required to pay cost or any rent
for the Government land given to him.

TENDERER Page # 74 CHIEF ENGINEER

61.2 Surrender of Occupied Land:
a) The Government land as here in before mentioned shall be surrendered to the
Engineer-in-Charge within seven days, after issue of completion certificate. Also
no land shall be held by the contractor longer than the Engineer-in-Charge shall
deem necessary and the contractor shall on the receipt of due notice from the
Engineer-in-Charge, vacate and surrender the land which the Engineer-in-Charge
may certify as no longer required by the Contractor for the purpose of the work.
b) The contractor shall make good to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge any
damage to areas, which he has to return or to other property or land handed over
to him for purpose of this work. Temporary structures may be erected by the
contractor for storage sheds, offices, residences etc., for non-commercial use,
with the permission of the Engineer-in-charge on the land handed over to him at
his own cost. At the completion of the work these structures shall be dismantled
site cleared and handed over to the Engineer-in-charge. The land required for
providing amenities will be given free of cost from Government lands if available
otherwise the contractor shall have to make his own arrangements.
61.3 Contractor not to dispose off Spoil etc. :-
The contractor shall not dispose off or remove except for the purpose of
fulfillment of this contract, sand, stone, clay ballast, earth, trees and shrubs or
other materials obtained in the excavation made or lying on the site of the work,
and all such materials and produce shall remain property of the Government.
The Department may upon request from the contractor, or if so stipulated in the
conditions of the contract allow the contractor to use any of the above materials
for the works either free of cost or after payment as may be specifically
mentioned or considered necessary during the execution of the work.
62 Roads:
In addition to existing public roads and roads Constructed by Government, if any,
in work area all additional approach roads inside work area and camp required by
the Contractor shall be constructed and maintained by him at his own cost. The
layout design, construction and maintenance etc. of the roads shall be subject to
the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge. The contractor shall permit the use of
these roads by the Government free of charge.

It is possible that work at, or in the vicinity of the work site will be performed by
the Government or by other contractors engaged in work for the Government
during the contract period. The contractor shall without charge permit the
government and such other contractor and other workmen to use the access
facilities including roads and other facilities, constructed and acquired by the
contractor for use in the performance of the works.

The contractor’s heavy construction traffic or tracked equipment shall not traverse
any public roads or bridges unless the contractor has made arrangement with the
authority concerned. In case contractor’s heavy construction traffic or tracked
equipment is not allowed to traverse any public roads or bridges and the
contractor is required to make some alternative arrangements, no claim on this
account shall be entertained.

The contractor is cautioned to take necessary precautions in transportation of

construction materials to avoid accidents.

TENDERER Page # 75 CHIEF ENGINEER

63 Payment for Camp Construction:
No payment will be made to the contractor for construction, operation and
maintenance of camp and other camp facilities and the entire cost of such work
shall be deemed to have been included in the tendered rate for the various items
of work in the schedule of quantities and bids.

64 Explosive and Fuel Storage Tanks:

No explosive shall be stored within ½ (half) KM of the limit of the camp sites. The
storage of gasoline and other fuel oils or of Butane, Propane and other liquefied
petroleum gases, shall confirm to the regulations of Andhra Pradesh State
Government and Government of India. The tanks, above ground and having
capacity in excess of 2000 litres, shall not be located within the camp area, nor
within 200m, of any building.
65 Labour:
The contractor shall, make his own arrangements for the engagement of all staff
and labour, local or other, and for their payment, housing, feeding and transport.

Labour importation and amenities to labour and contractor’s staff shall be to the
contractor’s account. His quoted percentage shall include the expenditure
towards importation of labour amenities to labour and staff;

The contractor shall, if required by the Engineer-in-Charge, deliver to the

Engineer-in-Charge a written in detail, in such form and at such intervals as the
Engineer-in-Charge may prescribe, showing the staff and the numbers of the
several classes of labour from time to time employed by the contractor on the Site
and such information pertaining to Contractor’s Equipment as the Engineer-in-
Charge may require.
65.1 Transportation of Labour:
The contractor shall make his own arrangement for the daily transportation of the
labour and staff from labour camps colonies to the work spot and no labour or
staff of the contractor shall stay at the work spot. No extra payment will be made
to the contractor for the above transportation of the labour and his quoted
percentage to the work shall include the transportation charges of labour from
colonies to work spot and back.

The contractor will at all times duly observe the provisions of employment of
children Act XXVI of 198 and any enactment or modification of the same and will
not employ or permit any person to do any work for the purpose under the
provisions of this agreement in contravention of said Act. The contractor here by
agrees to indemnify the department from and against all claims, penalties which
may be suffered by the department or any person employed by the department
by any default on the part of the contractor in the observance and performance of
the provisions of the employment of children Act. XXVI of 198 or any enactment
or modification of the same.

As per Govt. memo No.721/Gr.(1)/81-5, dt:17.11.87. The contractor shall obtain

the insurance at his own cost to cover the risk on the works to labour engaged by
him during period of execution against fire and other usual risks and produce the
same to the Engineer-in-charge concerned before commencement of work.

TENDERER Page # 76 CHIEF ENGINEER

66 Safety Measures:
66.1 The contractor shall take necessary precautions for safety of the workers and
preserving their health while working in such jobs, which require special
protection and precautions. The following are some of the measures listed but
they are not exhaustive and contractor shall add to and augment these
precautions on his own initiative where necessary and shall comply with
directions issued by the Engineer-in-charge or on his behalf from time to time and
at all times.
66.2 Providing protective foot wear to workers situations like mixing and placing of
mortar or concrete, sand in quarries and places where the work is done under
much wet conditions.
66.3 Providing protective headwear to workers at places like underground excavations
to protect them against rock falls.

66.4 Providing masks to workers at granulates or at other locations where too much
fine dust is floating about and sprinkling water at frequent intervals by water
hoses on all stone crushing area and storage bins abate to dust.
66.5 Getting the workers in such jobs periodically examined for chest trouble due to
too much breathing in to fine dust.
66.6 Taking such normal precautions like fencing and lighting in excavation of
trenches, not allowing rolls and metal parts of useless timber spread around,
marking danger areas for blasting providing whistles etc.
66.7 Supply work men with proper belts, ropes etc., when working in precarious slopes
and heights etc.
66.8 Avoiding un-insulated electrical wire etc., as they would electrocute the workers.
66.9 Taking necessary steps towards training the workers concerned on the
machinery before they are allowed to handle them independently and taking all
necessary precautions in and around the areas where machines hoists and
similar units are working.

67 Fair Wage Clause:

67.1 The contractor shall pay not less than fair wages to labourers engaged by him on
the work.
67.2 “Fair” wages means wages whether for time of piecework notified by the
Government from time in the area in which the work is situated.
67.3 The contractor shall not with-standing the revisions of any contract to the
contrary cause to be paid to the labour, in directly engaged on the work including
any labour engaged by the sub-contractor in connection with the said work, as if
the labourers had been directly employed by him.
67.4 In respect of labour directly or indirectly employed in the works for the purpose
of the contractors part of the agreement the contractor shall comply with the
rules and regulations on the maintenance of suitable records prescribed for this
purpose from time to time by the Government. He shall maintain his accounts
and vouchers on the payment of wages to the labourers to the satisfaction of the
Engineer-in-charge.
67.5 The Engineer-in-charge shall have the right to call for such record as required to
satisfy himself on the payment of fair wages to the labourers and shall have the
right to deduct from the contract amount a suitable amount for making good the
loss suffered by the worker or workers by reason of the “fair wages” clause to
the workers.
67.6 The contractor shall be primarily liable for all payments to be made and for the
observance of the regulations framed by the Govt., from time to time without
prejudice to his right to claim indemnity from his sub-contractors.

TENDERER Page # 77 CHIEF ENGINEER

67.7 As per contract labour (Regulation and abolition) Act. 1970 the contractor has to
produce the license obtained from the licensing officers of the labour department
along with the tender or at the time of agreement.
67.8 Any violation of the conditions above shall be deemed to be a breach of his
contract.
67.9 Equal wages are to be paid for both men and women if the nature of work is
same and similar.
67.10 The contractor shall arrange for the recruitment of skilled and unskilled labour
local and imported to the extent necessary to complete the work within the
agreed period as directed by the Engineer-in-charge in writing.

68 Indemnity Bond:

The tenderers should submit Indemnity Bond at the time of the Agreement as
specified below.
Name of work: Establishment of 100 Bedded Critical Care Block at District
Hospital Kondapur, Rangareddy District.

I __________________________________contractor S/o.________________
aged ____________________________ Resident of
______________________ do hereby bind myself to pay all the claims may
come (a) under Workmen’s Compensation Act. 1933 with any statutory
modification thereof and rules there under or otherwise for or in respect of any
damage or compensation payable in connection with any accident or injury
sustained (b) under Minimum wages Act 1948 (c) under payment of wages
Act.1936 (d) under the Contractor labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act. 1970 by
workmen engaged for the performance of the business relating to the above
contract i.e., Failing such payment of claims of workmen engaged in the above
work, I abide in accepting for the recovery of such claims, effected from any of
my assets with the Corporation and with other Government Departments /
Corporations.

69 Compliance With Labour Regulations:

During continuance of the contract, the contractor and his sub contractors shall
abide at all times by all existing labour enactments and rules made there under,
regulations, notifications and bye laws of the State or Central Government or
local authority and any other labour law (including rules), regulations, bye laws
that may be passed or notifications that may be issued under any labour law in
future either by the State or the Central Government or the local authority and
also applicable labour regulations, health and sanitary arrangements for
workmen, insurance and other benefits. Salient features of some of the major
labour laws that are applicable to construction industry are given below. The
contractor shall keep the Corporation indemnified in case any action is taken
against Corporation by the competent authority on account of contravention of
any of the provisions of any Act or rules made there under, regulations or
notifications including amendments. If the Corporation is caused to pay or
reimburse, such amounts as may be necessary to cause or observe, or for non-
observance of the provision stipulated in the notifications/bye
laws/Acts/Rules/regulations including amendments, if any, on the part of the
contractor, the Corporation shall have the right to deduct any money due to the
contractor including his amount of performance security. The Corporation shall
also have right to recover from the contractor any sum required or estimated to
be required for making good the loss or damage suffered by the Corporation.

TENDERER Page # 78 CHIEF ENGINEER

 The employees of the Contractor and the Sub-contractor in no case shall be
treated as the employees of the Corporation at any point of time.

70 Salient features of some major labour laws applicable to establishment

engaged in buildings and other construction work:

(a) Workmen compensation Act 192: The Act provides for compensation in case if
injury by accident arising out of and during the course of employment.

(b) Payment of Gratuity Act 1972: Gratuity is payable to an employee under the Act
on satisfaction of certain conditions on separation if any employee has completed
5 years service or more, or on death, the rate of 15 days wages for every
completed year of service. The Act is applicable to all establishments, employing
10 or more employees.

(c) Employees P.F. and Miscellaneous provision Act 1952: The Act provides for
monthly contributions by the Department plus workers @ 10% or 8%. The
benefits payable under the Act are:

(i) Pension or family pension on retirement or death, as the case may be.

(ii) Deposit linked insurance on the death in harness of the worker.

(iii) Payment of P.F. accumulation on retirement/death etc.,

(d) Maternity Benefit Act 1951: The Act provides for leave and some other benefits to
women employees in case of confinements or miscarriage etc.

(e) Contract Labour (Regulation & Abolition) Act 1970: The Act provides for certain
welfare measures to be provided by the contractor to contract labour and in case
the Contractor fails to provide, the same are required to be provided by the
Principal Department by Law. The Principal Department is required to take
certificate of Registration and the contractor is required to take license from the
designated Officer before concluding agreement. The Act is applicable to the
establishments or Contractor of Principal Department if they employ 20 or more
contract labour.

(f) Minimum wages Act 1948: The Department is supposed to pay not less than the
Minimum wages fixed by appropriate Government as per provisions of the Act if
the employment is a scheduled employment construction of Buildings, Roads,
Runways are scheduled employments.

(g) Payment of wages Act 196: It lays down as to by what date the wages are to be
paid, when it will be paid and what deductions can be made form the wages of
the workers.

(h) Equal Remuneration Act 1979: The Act provides for payment of equal wages for
work of equal nature to Male or Female workers and for not making discrimination
against Female employee in the matters of transfers, training and promotions etc.

(i) Industrial Disputes Act 1947: The Act lays down the machinery and procedure
for resolution of Industrial disputes, in what situations a strike or lock- out
becomes illegal and what are the requirements for laying off or retrenching the
employees or closing down the establishment.

TENDERER Page # 79 CHIEF ENGINEER

(j) Industrial Employment (Standing Orders) Act 1946: It is applicable to all
establishments employing 100 or more workmen (employment size reduced by
some of the State and Central Government to 50). The Act provides for laying
down rules governing the conditions of employment by the Department on
matters provided in the Act and get the same certified by the designated
Authority.

(k) Trade Unions Act 1926: The Act lays down the procedure for registration of trade
unions of workmen and Departments. The Trade Unions registered under the act
have been given certain immunities from civil and criminal liabilities.

(l) Child Labour (Prohibition & Regulation) Act 1986: The Act prohibits
employment of children below 14 years of age in certain occupations and
processes and provides for regulation of employment of children in all other
occupations and processes, Employment of Child Labour is prohibited in Building
and Construction Industry.

(m) Inter-State Migrant workmen’s (Regulation of Employment & Conditions of

service) Act 1979. The Act is applicable to an establishment, which employs 5 or
more inter-state migrant workmen through an intermediary (who has recruited
workmen in one state for employment in the establishment situated in another
State). The inter State migrant workmen, in an establishment to which this Act
becomes applicable, are required to be provided certain facilities such as
housing, medical aid, travelling expenses from home up to the establishment and
back, etc.

(n) The Building and Other Construction workers (regulation of Employment and
conditions of service) Act 1996 and the Cess Act of 1996: All the establishments
who carry on any building or other construction work and employs 10 or more
workers are covered under this Act. All such establishments are required to pay
cess at the rate not exceeding 2% of the cost of construction as may be modified
by the Government. The Department of the establishment is required to provide
safety measures at the Building or construction work and other welfare measures,
such as Canteens, First-aid facilities, Ambulance, Housing accommodations for
workers near the work place etc. The Department to whom the Act applies has to
obtain a registration certificate from the Registering Officer appointed by the
Government.

(o) Factories Act 1948: The Act lays down the procedure for approval of plans
before setting up a factory, health and safety provisions, welfare provisions,
working hours, annual earned leave and rendering information regarding
accidents or dangerous occurrences to designated authorities. It is applicable to
premises employing 10 person or more with aid of power or 20 or more persons
without the aid of power engaged in manufacturing process.

(p) Payment of bonus act 1965: The Act Is applicable to all establishments
employing 20 or more employees. The Act provides for payment of annual bonus
subject to a minimum of 8.% of wages and maximum of 20% of wages to
employees drawing Rs. 500/- per month or less. The bonus to be paid to
employees getting Rs.2500/- per months or above and upto Rs.500/- per month
shall be worked out by taking wages as Rs.2500/- per monthly only. The Act
does not apply to certain establishments. The newly set-up establishments are
exempted for five years in certain circumstances. Some of the State
Governments have reduced the employment size from 20 to 10 for the purpose of
applicability of this Act.

TENDERER Page # 80 CHIEF ENGINEER

71 Liabilities of the Contractor:
71.1 Accident Relief and workmen compensation:
The contractor should make all necessary arrangements for the safety of
workmen on the occurrence of the accident, which results in the injury or death of
any of the workmen employed by the contractor, the contractor shall within 24
hours of the happenings of the accident and such accidents should intimate in
writing to the concerned Asst. Engineer / Asst. Executive Engineer of the
Corporation the act of such accident. The contractor shall indemnify Corporation
against all loss or damage sustained by the Corporation resulting directly or
indirectly from his failure to give intimation in the manner aforesaid including the
penalties or fines if any payable by Corporation as a consequence of Corporation
failure to give notice under workmen’s compensation Act or otherwise conform to
the provisions of the said Act in regard to such accident.

71.2 In the event of an accident in respect of which compensation may become

payable under the workmen’s compensation Act VIII 2 whether by the contractor,
by the Government it shall be lawful for the Engineer-in-charge to retain such
sum of money which may in the opinion of the Engineer-in-charge be sufficient to
meet such liability. The opinion of the Engineer-in-charge shall be final in regard
to all matters arising under this clause.

71.3 The contractor shall at all times indemnify the Corporation against all claims
which may be made under the workmen’s compensation act or any statutory
modification thereafter or rules there under or otherwise consequent of any
damage or compensation payable in consequent of any accident or injuries
sustained or death of any workmen engaged in the performance of the business
relating to the contractor.

72 Contractor’s Staff, Representatives and Labour:

(a) The contractor shall, at all times, maintain on the works, staff of qualified
Engineers, and Supervisors of sufficient experience of similar other jobs to assure
that the quality of work turned out shall be as intended in the specifications. The
contractor shall also maintain at the works, a Work Manager or sufficient status,
experience and office and duly authorise him to deal with all aspects of the day-
today work. All communications to any commitments by the Work Manager shall
be considered as binding on the Contractor.

(b) The Contractor shall at all times submit details of skilled and unskilled labour and
equipment employed to the Engineer-in-Charge in prescribed proforma as he
may require to assess and ensure the proper progress of work.

73 Accommodation and food:

73.1 The contractor should arrange accommodation he needs, at his own cost. The
contractor shall make his own arrangements for supply of food grains, fuel and
other provision to his staff and labourers including controlled commodities.

74 Relationship:
74.1 Contractor shall have to furnish information along with tender, about the
relationship he is having with any officer of the Corporation.

TENDERER Page # 81 CHIEF ENGINEER

75 Protection of adjoining premises:
75.1 The contractor shall protect adjoining sites against structural, decorative and
other damages that could be caused by the execution of these works and make
good at his cost any such damages.

76 Work during night or on Sundays and holidays:

76.1 The works can be allowed to be carried out during night, Sundays or authorised
holidays in order to enable him to meet the schedule targets and the work shall
require almost round the clock working keeping in view:

(i) The provisions of relevant labour laws being adhered to:

(ii) Adequate lighting, supervision and safety measures are established to

the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge and

(iii) The construction programme given by the Contractor and agreed upon
by the Engineer-in-Charge envisages such night working or working
during Sundays or authorised holidays.

77 Layout of materials stacks:

77.1 The contractor shall deposit materials for the purpose of the work on such parts
only of the ground as may be approved by the Engineer-in-Charge before starting
work. A detailed survey, clearly indicating position and areas where materials
shall be stacked and sheds built is to be conducted by the contractor at his own
cost and only after obtaining necessary approval of the plan for use of sites by
the Engineer-in-Charge, the Contractor can use the sites accordingly.
78 Use of blasting materials:
78.1 Procurement of blasting materials and its storage is the responsibility of the
contractor. The contractor shall engage licensed blaster for blasting operation.
The contractor is to act in accordance with Indian Explosive Act and other rules
prevailing, during the execution of work. It is the responsibility of the contractor to
see, that works by other agencies in the vicinity are not hampered, in such cases
if any claim is made by other agencies that should be borne by the contractor.
Carriage of blasting materials, from the magazine to the work site, is the
responsibility of the contractor.
79 Plant and Equipment:
79.1 The contractor shall have sufficient plant, equipment and labour and shall work
such hours and shifts as may be necessary to maintain the progress on the work
as per the approval progress schedule. The working and shifts hours shall
comply with the Govt. Regulations in force.
79.2 It is to expressly and clearly understood that contractor shall make his own
arrangements to equip himself with all machinery and special tools and plant for
the speedy and proper execution of the work and the Corporation does not
undertake responsibility towards their supply.
79.3 The Corporation shall supply such of the machinery that may be available on hire
basis but their supply cannot be demanded as matter of right and no delay in
progress can be attributed to such non-supply of the plant by the Corporation and
the Corporation cannot be made liable for any damage to the contractor. The
Contractor shall be responsible for safe custody of the Corporation machinery
supplied to him (which will be delivered to contractor at the machinery yard at site
of work) and he has to make good all damages and losses if any other than fire,
wear and tear to bring it to the conditions that existed at the time of issue to the
contractor before handing over the same to the Corporation. The hire charges for

TENDERER Page # 82 CHIEF ENGINEER

 the machinery handed over to the contractor will be recovered at the rate
prevalent at the time of supply. The contractor will have to execute supplemental
agreement with Engineer-in-charge at the time of supply of the machinery.

79.4 The acceptance of Corporation machinery on hire is optional to the contractor.

80 Steel forms:
80.1 Steel forms should be used for all items involving and use of centering and
shuttering shall be leak proof and shall be single plane without any dents and
undulations.

81 Inconvenience to public:
81.1 The contractor shall not deposit materials at any site, which will cause
inconvenience to public. The Engineer-in-Charge may direct the contractor to
remove such materials or may undertake the job at the cost of the contractor.

82 Conflict of interest:
82.1 Any bribe, commission, gift or advantage given, promised or offered by on behalf
of contractor or his partner, agent or servant or any one on his behalf to any
officer, servant, representatives, agents of Engineer-in-Charge, or any persons
on their behalf, in relation to the obtaining or to execution of this, or any other
contract with Engineer-in-Charge shall in addition to any criminal liability, which it
may occur, subject to the cancellation of this or all other contracts and also to
payment of any loss or damage resulting from any such cancellation. Engineer-
in-Charge shall then be entitled to deduct the amount, so payable from any
money, otherwise due to the contractor under this or any other contract.

83 Contract documents and materials to be treated as confidential:

83.1 All documents, correspondences, decisions and orders, concerning the contract
shall be considered as confidential and/or restricted in nature by the contractor
and he shall not divulge or allow access to them by any unauthorised person.

84 General obligations of Contractor:

84.1 The contractor shall, subject to the provision of the contract and with due care
and diligence, execute and maintain the works in accordance with specifications
and drawings.

84.2 The contractor shall promptly inform the Corporation and the Engineer-in-Charge
of any error, omission, fault, defect in the design of or specifications for the works
which are discovered when reviewing the contract documents or in the process of
execution of the works.

85 Disputes
If Contractor believes that a decision taken by the Engineer-in-Charge was either
outside the authority given to the Engineer-in-Charge by the Contract or that the
decision was wrongly taken, the decision shall be referred to the technical expert
within 14 days of the notification of the Engineer-in-Charge’s decisions on
occurrence of such event.

85.1 Procedures for disputes:

a) The technical expert shall give a decision in writing with in28 days after
receipt of a notification of a dispute.
b) The Technical expert shall be paid daily at the rate specified in the
contract data together with reimbursable expenses of the types specified
in the contract Data and the cost shall be divided equally between the

TENDERER Page # 83 CHIEF ENGINEER

 employer and the contractor, whatever decision is reached by the
technical expert. Either party may refer a decision of the technical expert
to an Arbitrator within 28 days of the technical expert’s written decision. If
neither party refers the dispute to arbitration within the above 28 days, the
technical expert’s decision will be final and binding.
c) Appointing Authority for the Technical Expert:
Chairman, Institute of Engineers,
T.S. Chapter, Khairatabad,
Hyderabad.
d) The Technical expert’s daily fee is Rs.1,000/- together with reimbursable
expenses as of the type like stationery, typing, postage, conveyance etc.
if Arbitration takes place in Hyderabad.
e) Replacement of Technical Expert:
Should the Technical expert resign or die, or should the employer and the
contractor agree that the Technical Expert is not fulfilling his functions in
accordance with the provisions of the contract, a new Technical expert will
be jointly appointed by the employer and the contractor. In case of
disagreement between the employer and contractor, within 30 days, the
Technical expert shall be designated by the Appointing Authority
designated in the Contract data at the request of either part, within 14
days of receipt of such request.

85.2 Pending finalisation of disputes, the contractor shall proceed with execution of
work with all due diligence.

86 Security measures:
a) Security requirements for the work shall be in accordance with the Corporation /
Government’s general requirements including provisions of this clause and the
Contractor shall conform to such requirements and shall be held responsible for
the actions of all his staff, employees and the staff and employees of his sub-
contractors.

b) All contractors’ employees, representatives and sub-contractor’s employees shall

wear identifications badges provided by the contractor. Badges shall identify the
contractor, showing employee’s number and shall be worn at all times while at
the site. Individual labour will not be required to wear identification badges.

c) All vehicles used by the contractor shall be clearly marked with contractor’s
name.

d) The contractor shall be responsible for the security of the works for the duration
of the contract and shall provide and maintain continuously adequate security
personnel to fulfill these obligations. The requirements of security measures shall
include, but not limited to maintenance of order on the site, provision of all
lighting, fencing, guard flagmen and all other measures necessary for the
protection of the works within the colonies, camps and elsewhere on the site, all
materials delivered to the site, all persons employed in connection with the works
continuously throughout working and non working period including nights,
Sundays and holidays for duration of the contract.

e) Other contractors working on the site concurrently with the contractor will provide
security for their own plant and materials. However, their security provisions shall
in no way relieve the contractor of his responsibilities in this respect

TENDERER Page # 84 CHIEF ENGINEER

f) Separate payment for provision of security services will not be made and its cost
shall be deemed to have been included in the offer of the tenderer.

87 Fire fighting measures:

a) The contractor shall provide and maintain adequate firefighting equipment and
take adequate fire precaution measures for the safety of all personnel and
temporary and permanent works and shall take action to prevent damage to
destruction by fire of trees shrubs and grasses.
b) Separate payment will not be made for the provision of fire prevention measures.
88 Provisions of Health and Sanitation:
The contractor shall implement the sanitary and watch and ward rules and
regulations for all forces employed under this contract and if the Contractor fails
to enforce these rules, the Engineer-in-Charge may enforce them at the
expenses of the Contractor.
The contractor’s special attention is invited to clause 7, 8, 9 and 51 of the
preliminary specification to the A.P.S.S. and he is requested to provide at his own
expenses the following amenities to the satisfaction of Engineer-in-charge
concerned.
88.1 First Aid: At the work site there shall be maintained in a readily accessible place,
first aid appliances and medicine including adequate supply of sterilized dressing
and sterilized cotton wool. The appliance shall be kept in good order. They shall
be placed under the charge of a responsible person, who shall be readily
available during working hours.
88.2 Drinking water:
Water of good quality for drinking purpose shall be provided for the worker on a
scale of not less than 2 gallons per head per day.
a) Where drinking water is obtained from an intermittent public water supply each
work site shall be provided with a storage tank, where such drinking water shall
be stored.
b) Every water supply storage shall be at a distance of not less than 10 M. from any
latrine drain or other source of pollution where water has to be drained. Any
existing well, which is within such proximity of any latrine, drain or other source of
pollution, the well shall be properly chlorinated before water is drawn from it for
drinking. All such wells shall be dust and water proof.
c) A reliable pump shall be fitted to each inner well. The trap door shall be keep
locked and opened only for inspection or cleaning which shall be done at least
once a month.
88.3 Washing and bathing place:
Adequate washing and bathing places shall be provided separately for men and
women. Such place shall be keep clean and well drained, bathing or washing
should not be allowed in or near any drinking water well.
88.4 Latrine and Urinals:
There shall be provided within the area of every work site latrines and urinals in
an accessible place to men and women separately. For each of them shall be on
the following scales or the scale as directed by Engineer-in-charge in any
particular case.
1. Where the number of persons employed does not exceed 50 :2

TENDERER Page # 85 CHIEF ENGINEER

2. Where the number of persons employed exceeds 50 but does
not exceed 100 :3

3. For every additional 100 :3

If women are employed, separate latrines and urinals separated from those for
men shall be provided on the same scale.
Except in work site provided with water flushed latrines connected with a water
borne sewage systems all latrine shall be cleaned at least four times daily and at
least twice during working hours and kept in a strict sanitary condition. The
receipt scales shall be tarred inside and outside at least once a year.
The excrete from the latrines shall be disposed off at the contractors expenses in
a way approved by the local public health authority. The contractor shall also
employ adequate number of scavengers and conservancy shall to keep the
latrines and urinals in a clean condition.
88.5 Shelters during Rest:
At the work site there shall be provided free of cost two suitable sheds, one for
meals and other for rest for the use of workers.
88.6 Creches:
At every work site at which 50 or more women workers are ordinarily employed
there shall be provided two huts of suitable size for use of children under the age
of 6 years. One hut shall be used for infants games and other as a bed room.
The hut shall be constructed on a standard not lower than the following.
1. Thatched roofs
2. Mud floors and wall
3. Planks spread over the mud floor and covered with matting. The use of huts
shall be restricted to children, their attendants and mothers of the children.
88.7 Canteens:
A cook for canteen on a moderate scale shall be provided for the benefit of works
if it is considered essential.
88.8 Sheds for the workers:
The contractor should provide at his own expense sheds for housing the workers.
The sheds shall be on a standard not less than the cheap shelter type to have in
which the workers in the locality are accustomed. The sheds are to be in rows
with 1.5 Mts., clear space between sheds and 2.5 Mts. clear space between
roofs. If conditions permit, the workers camp shall be laid out in units of 400
persons each unit to have a clear space of 4’ each side.
88.9 Land should be acquired temporarily for Storing Contractor’s materials or for
housing their staff. The
The contractor should make his own arrangements for temporary acquisition of
land required for storing his materials and for the housing of his staff at his own
expenses
89 Training of personnel:
89.1 The contractor, shall, if and as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge provide free of
any charge adequate facilities, for vocational training of Government Officers,
students, Engineers, supervisors, foremen, skilled workmen etc. not exceeding
six in number at any one time on the contractor’s work. Their salaries,

TENDERER Page # 86 CHIEF ENGINEER

 allowances etc. will be borne by the Government and the training schemes will be
drawn up by the Engineer-in-Charge in consultation with the contractor.
90 Ecological balance:
a) The contractor shall maintain ecological balance by preventing de-forestation,
water pollution and defacing of natural landscape. The contractor shall so
conduct his construction operation as to prevent any unnecessary destruction,
scarring, or defacing of the natural surroundings in the vicinity of the work. In
respect of the ecological balance, Contractor shall observe the following
instructions.

i) Where unnecessary destruction, scarring, damage or defacing may occur,

as result of the operation, the same shall be repaired replanted or
otherwise corrected at the contractor’s expense. The contractor shall
adopt precautions when using explosives, which will prevent scattering of
rocks or other debris outside the work area. All work area including
borrow areas shall be smoothened and graded in a manner to conform to
the natural appearances of the landscape as directed by the Engineer-in-
Charge.

ii) All trees and shrubbery which are not specifically required to be cleared or
removed for construction purposes shall be preserved and shall be
protected from any damage that may be caused by the contractor’s
construction operation and equipment. The removal of trees and shrubs
will be permitted only after prior approval by the Engineer-in-Charge.
Special care shall be exercised where trees or shrubs are exposed to
injuries by construction equipment, blasting, excavating, dumping,
chemical damage or other operation and the contractor shall adequately
protect such trees by use of protective barriers or other methods approval
by the Engineer-in-Charge. Trees shall not be used for anchorages. The
contractor shall be responsible for injuries to trees and shrubs caused by
his operations. The term “injury” shall include, without limitation bruising,
scarring, tearing and breaking of roots, trunks or branches. All injured
trees and shrubs be restored as nearly as practicable without delay to
their original condition at the contractor’s expense.

(iii) The contractor’s construction activities shall be performed by methods that

will prevent entrance or accidental spillage of solid matter contaminants,
debris and other objectionable pollutants and wastage into river. Such
pollutant and waste include earth and earth products, garbage, cement
concrete, sewage effluent, industrial wastes, radio-active substances,
mercury, oil and other petroleum products, aggregate processing, mineral
salts and thermal pollution. Pollutants and wastes shall be disposed off in
a manner and at sites approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.

(iv) In conduct of construction activities and operation of equipments the

contractor shall utilise such practicable methods and devices as are
reasonably available to control, prevent and otherwise minimise the air
pollution. The excessive omission of dust in to the atmosphere will not be
permitted during the manufacture, handling and storage of concrete
aggregates and the contractor shall use such methods and equipment as
a necessary for collection and disposal or prevention of dust during these
operations. The contractor’s methods of storing and handling cement
shall also include means of eliminating atmospheric discharges of dust,
equipment and vehicles that give objectionable omission of exhaust gases
shall not be operated. Burning of materials resulting from clearing of

TENDERER Page # 87 CHIEF ENGINEER

 trees, bushes, combustible construction materials and rubbish may be
permitted only when atmospheric conditions for burning are considered
favourable.

b) Separate payment will not be made for complying with the provisions of this
clause and all cost shall be deemed to have been included in the unit rates and
prices included in the contract if any provision is not complied with within a
reasonable time even after issue of a notice in this respect, the necessary
operations would be carried out by the Engineer-in-Charge at the cost of the
Contractor, Orders of the Engineer-in-Charge in this respect would be final and
binding on the contractor.

91 Preservation of existing vegetation:

a) The contractor will preserve and protect all existing vegetation such as trees, on
or adjacent to the site which do not unreasonably interfere with the construction
as may be determined by the Engineer-in-Charge. The contractor will be held
responsible for all unauthorised cutting or damage of trees, including damage
due to careless operation of equipment, stockpiling of materials or trecking of
grass areas by equipment. Care shall be taken by the Contractor in felling trees
authorized for removal to avoid any unnecessary damages to vegetation and
tress that are to remain in place and to structures under construction or in
existence and to workmen.

b) All the produce from such cutting of trees by the contractor shall remain the
property of Government and shall be properly stacked at site, approved by the
Engineer-in-Charge. No payment whatsoever, shall be made for such cutting and
its stacking by the Contractor. If any produce from such cutting is not handed
over to the Government by the contractor, he shall be charged for the same at the
rates to be decided by the Engineer-in-Charge. The recovery of this amount shall
be made in full from the intermediate bill that follows.

c) The contractor shall also make arrangements of fuel deposits for supply of
required fuel for the labourer to be employed for cooking purpose at his own cost
in order to prevent destruction of vegetation growth in the surrounding area of the
work site.
92 Possession prior to completion:
92.1 The Engineer-in-charge shall have the right to take possession of or use any
completed part of work or works or any part thereof under construction either
temporarily or permanently. Such possession or use shall not be deemed as an
acceptance of any work either completed or not completed in accordance with the
contract with in the interest of Clause 28 of APSS except where expressly
otherwise specified by the Engineer-in-charge.

93 Payment upon termination:

93.1 If the Contract is terminated because of a fundamental breach of Contract by the
Contractor, the Engineer-in-Charge shall issue a certificate for the value of the
work done less advance payments received upon the date of the issue of the
certificate, less other recoveries due in terms of the Contract, less taxes due to be
deducted at source as per applicable law and less the percentage to apply to the
work not completed. Additional Liquidated Damages shall not apply. If the total
amount due to the Corporation exceeds any payment due to the Contractor the
difference shall be a debt payable to the Corporation. In case of default for
payment within 28 days from the date of issue of notice to the above effect, the

TENDERER Page # 88 CHIEF ENGINEER

 contractor shall be liable to pay interest at 12% per annum for the period of
delay.

94 Access to the contractor’s books:

94.1 Whenever it is considered necessary by the Engineer-in-Charge to ascertain the
actual cost of execution of any particular extra item of work or supply of the plant
or material on which advance is to be made or of extra items or claims, he shall
direct the contractor to produce the relevant documents such as payrolls, records
of personnel, invoices of materials and any or all data relevant to the item or
necessary to determine its cost etc. and the contractor shall when so required
furnish all information pertaining to the aforesaid items in the mode and manner
that may be specified by the Engineer-in-Charge.

95 Drawing to be kept at site:

95.1 One copy of the drawings furnished to the contractor shall be kept by the
contractor on the site and the same shall at all reasonable time be available for
inspection and use by the Engineer-in-Charge and the Engineer-in-Charge’s
representative and by any other persons authorised by the Engineer-in-Charge in
writing.

96 B.I.S. [I.S.I.] books and APSS to be kept at site:

96.1 A complete set of Indian Standard specification referred to in “Technical
Specifications” and A.P.S.S. shall be kept at site for reference.

97 Variations by way of modification, omissions or additions:

97.1 For all modifications, omissions from or additions to the drawings and
specifications, the Engineer-in-charge will issue revised plans, or written
instructions, or both and no modification, omission or addition shall be made
unless so authorised and directed by the Executive Engineer in writing.

The Engineer-in-Charge shall have the privilege of ordering modifications,

omission or additions at any time before the completion of the work and such
orders shall not operate to annual those portions of the specifications with which
said changes do not conflict.

Engineer-in-Charge’s Decision:
It shall be accepted as in separable part of the contract that in matters regarding
materials, workmanship, removal of improper work, interpretation of the contract
drawings and contract specification, mode of the procedure and the carrying out
of the work, the decision of the Engineer-in-Charge, which shall be given in
writing shall be binding on the contractor.

98 Site Order Book :

98.1 An order book shall be kept at the Department office on the site of the work. As
far as possible all orders regarding the work are to be entered in this book. All
entries shall be signed and dated by the Departmental officer who issues such
orders and by the contractor or by his representative. The order book shall not be
removed from the work spot except with the written permission of the Executive
Engineer.

99 Care and diversion of river/stream:

99.1 The contractor shall submit details regarding the diversion and care of river or
stream during construction of the work along with a separate print-out of the time
table showing earliest and latest start and finish dates of various activities. He
should submit a detailed layout plan with drawings for the diversion and care of

TENDERER Page # 89 CHIEF ENGINEER

 river of stream during construction of work. The above arrangements shall be at
contractor’s cost.

100 Income tax:

a) During the currency of the contract, deduction of income tax at 2.24% or
amended from time to time shall be made from the gross value of each bill of the
contract, the contract value of which is in excess of Rs.10,000/- for deduction of
tax at rates stipulated under section 194-C(4) of Income Tax Act, 1961 shall be
followed.

b) Income Tax clearance certificate should be furnished before the payment of final
bill.

c) The contractor’s staff, personnel and labour will be liable to pay personnel income
taxes in respect of their salaries and wages as are chargeable under the laws
and regulations for the time being in force, and the contractor shall perform such
duties in regard to such deductions thereof as may be imposed on him by such
laws and regulations.

101 Seigniorage charges:

101.1 Seigniorage charges will be added to the bill amount and equal amount will be
deducted from the bill amount as per Government Orders / Mines and Geology
Dept. issued from time to time from the work bills of the contract and based on
the theoretical requirement of materials at the following rates :

S.
Material Seigniorage
No.
1. Sand Rs: 40.00 / Cum
2. Metal Rs: 97.50 / Cum
3. C.R. stone , R.R stone for masonry Rs: 75.00 / Cum
4. Gravel / Earth Rs: 30.00 / Cum
5. Polished Shahabad / Tandur stone slabs 15 to Rs: 8.00 / Sqm
18mmthick
6. Polished black Kadapa slabs minimum of Rs: 8.00 / Sqm
15mm thick
7. Granite 16mm to 18mm thick (Black) Rs: 39.10 / Sqm
8. Granite 16mm to 18mm thick (Colour) Rs: 34.00 / Sqm
9. Marble 16mm to 20mm thick Rs: 4.50 / Sqm

102 Goods & Services Tax (GST) On works contract:

GST for the works contract shall be as per GST Act 2017 and as
per [Link] No.67(I&CAD(Reforms) Department Dated 04-07-2018.
i. The percentage quoted by the contractor is exclusive of GST on all materials.

ii. GST for the works contract shall be as per GST Act 2017. For works
contract, Tax deduction at source will be recovered from each bill of the
contractor at 2% of bill amount. The TDS for GST at 2% will be added and
recovered on each work bill.

iii. It is the liability of the contractor to pay GST as fixed by the Government on
each bill of work done. However 2% TDS recovered from each bill could be
added in monthly returns submitted. The contractors will be reimbursed

TENDERER Page # 90 CHIEF ENGINEER

 of the balance GST paid as fixed by the Government in part “B” of the
estimate
iv. The contractor should produce a valid GST Certificate before the payment of the
final bill, otherwise payment to the contractor will be withheld.

103 Labour CESS: As per the Building and other Construction Workers Welfare
CESS Act, 1996, Section 3 of CESS Act, read with rule 4(3) of the cases rules
and in accordance with [Link].2899, dt.28-03-1996 of Government of India, 1%
CESS will be deducted from the bills paid for works from the contractor. The
deducted amount will be remitted by way of challan to be payable in any
branches of Andhra Bank to the savings Bank Account No. 805015 of the labour
Commissioner office Extension counter (code No. 9039) as per the procedure
prescribed under [Link].42 of LET&F Department, dt.30-04-2007.

104 (a) Supply of construction materials:

i) The contractor has to make his own arrangements for procurements, supply
and use of construction materials.
ii) All materials so procured should confirm to the relevant specifications
indicated in the bidding documents.
iii) The contractor shall follow all regulations of the Department/Government of
India in respect of import licences etc., of the procurement of the materials is
through imports and he shall be responsible for the payment of applicable
duties and taxes, port clearances, inland transportation etc.
iv) The contractor shall make his own arrangements for adequate storage of the
materials.

104(b) The contractor shall procure steel from TATA, SAIL, VSP, JSW, JINDAL
PANTHER, SHYAM STEEL, GOEL TMT, and BALAJI SHAKTI, AF STAR TMT / MS
LIFE TMT, RADHA TMT AND SUGNA TMT. They shall not be permitted to use bought
from other private manufactures

TENDERER Page # 91 CHIEF ENGINEER

 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

[TO BE INCORPORATED AS PER REQUIREMENT OF THE WORK

PUT TO TENDER DULY QUOTING THE RELEVANT
SPECIFICATION NUMBER OF APSS. BSI Code No. , MORT&H,
etc. STANDARD SPECIFICATION NO.]

TENDERER Page # 92 CHIEF ENGINEER

 STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR BUILDING WORK (AS PER A.P.S.S.)

All the items of work shall be executed as per the Standard Specifications laid down in
APSS, the relevant I.S Codes of the Special Specification as indicated in Schedule - 'A'
of the tender

Specification
Sl. No. Name of the specification
No. of APSS
1. STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR MATERIALS
1.01 General 101
1.02 Common Burnt Clay Brick 102
1.03 Broken Brick 103
1.04 Surki 104
1.05 Fly Ash 105-
1.06 Rough Stones for dry packed Revetments and aprons 106
1.07 Stone for Masonry 107

1.08 Broken Stone/Coarse Aggregate for Concrete 108

1.09 Marble 109
1.10 Sand 110
1.11 Lime 111
1.12 Portland Cement of not less than '43' glade 112
1.13 Lime Mortar 113
1.14 Surki Mortar 114
1.15 Cement Mortar 115
1.16 Cement Lime Mortar 116
1.17 Sebara Putty (Lime Putty) 117
1.18 Pan Tiles 118
1.19 Burnt Clay Flat Terracing Tiles 119
1.20 Clay Roofing Tiles, Mangalore pattern 120
1.21 GiazedTlles 121
1.22 Bitumen Felts for Water Proofing and Damp Proofing 122
1.23 Cuddapah/Shahbad Slabs 123
1.24 Galvanized Steel Sheets (Plain and Corrugated) 124
1.25 Un-reinforced Corrugated Asbestos Cement sheets 125
1.26 Steel for Reinforcement 126
1.27 Steel for Structural Work 127
1.28 Asbestos Cement Flat Sheets 128
1.29 Water 129
1.30 Teak Wood 130
1.31 Bamboos 131
1.32 Ballies 132
1.33 Steel Sheets piling Sections 133
1.34 Bitumen Emulsion for Roads (Anionic Type) 134
1.35 Cut back Bitumen 135
1.36 Paving Bitumen 136
1.37 Coal Tar Pitch 137
1.38 Morrum 138

TENDERER Page # 93 CHIEF ENGINEER

 Specification
Sl. No. Name of the specification
No. of APSS
2. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR CLEARING SITE,
DISMANTLING BUILDING AND OTHER STRUCTURES AND
BLASTING
2.01 Clearing Site 201
2.02 Dismantling of Buildings and other Structures 202
2.03 Blasting 203
3. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR EARTH WORK
3.01 Excavation and Forming un compacted banks 301
3.02 Embankment compacted by other than driven equipment 302
3.03 Embankment compacted by power driven equipment 303
3.04 Clay blankets 304
3.05 Filters 305
3.06 Rock-fill in toe of embankment 306
3.07 Turfing 307
3.08 Excavation of foundation 308
3.09 Filling in foundations 309
3.10 Filling in Basement 310
3.11 Well sinking for foundations 311
3.12 Well sinking for Water Supply 312
3.13 RCC Precast and Cast-in-situ pile foundations 313
4. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONCRETES
4.01 lime Concrete and surki concrete 401
4.02 Cement Concrete for plain and reinforced works. 402
4.03 Reinforced cement concrete work 403
4.04 Repair grouting to aprons and revetments with surki 404
Concrete and pointing with surki mortar
4.05 Prestressed concrete work. 405
5. STANDARD SECIFICATIONS FOR BRICK MASONRY
5.01 Brick Masonry-General 501
5.02 Brick in Lime Mortar 502
5.03 Brick in Surki Mortar 503
5.04 Brick in Cement Mortar 504
5.05 Brick in Cement Lime Mortar 505
5.06 Brick in clay 506
5.07 Brick Arch work 507
5.08 Brick in Honey Comb work 508
5.09 Reinforced half-brick partition walls 509
5.10 Boiler Brick works 510
5.11 Honey Comb works with white washed pan tiles 511
5.12 Brick Nogging 512
6. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR STONE MASONRY
6.01 Stone Masonry-General 601
6.02 Cut stone in Lime Mortar 602
6.03 Cut stone in Surki Mortar 603
6.04 Cut stone in Cement Mortar 604
6.05 Cut stone-Rock Rustic or quarry faced in mortar 605
6.06 Cut stone string course and other cornice etc. in mortar 606
6.07 Cut stone arch work 607
6.08 Rubble arching 608
6.09 Coursed Rubble in Lime Mortar (1 st sort) 609
6.10 Coursed Rubble in Surki Mortar (1 st sort) 610

TENDERER Page # 94 CHIEF ENGINEER

 Specification
Sl. No. Name of the specification
No. of APSS
6.11 Coursed Rubble in Cement Mortar (1 st sort) 611
6.12 Coursed Rubble in Mortar (2nd sort) 612
6.13 Uncoursed Rubble or random rubble in lime mortar 613
6.14 Random Rubble in surki mortar 614
6.15 Random Rubble in Cement Mortar' 615
6.16 Random Rubble in Clay 616
6.17 Dry stone masonry (for retaining wall) 617
6.18 Damp proof (or any proof) course with Shahabad stone/Cuddapah 618
stone 50mm thick in cement mortar 1:3
6.19 Rough stone dry packing for aprons and revetment 619
6.20 Laterite or rough stone pitching for fiver conservancy works 620
6.21 Moorum back to rough stone dry packing and gravelling to top and side 621
slopes of bunds 150 mm thick
7. STADARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR FLOORING GENERAL
7.01 Flooring General 701
7.02 Flooring with Shahabad/Cuddapah slabs 702
7.03 Flooring with polished Shahabad/Cuddapah slabs 703
7.04 Flooring with Cement Mortar (1 :3) 12mm thick 704
7.05 Flooring with coloured cement mortar (1 :3),12mm thick 705
7.06 Terraced flooring with brick on edge, 75mm thick broken brick 706
aggregate concrete and 12mm thick cement plastering (1 :3) on top
7.07 Flooring with Glazed Tiles 707
7.08 Flooring with in-situ Terrazzo finish 708
7.09 Flooring with Cement Tiles (A) plain or coloured (B) Terrazzo (C) 709
Chequered or embossed
7.10 In-situ-Granolithic concrete flooring 710
8. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR ROOFING AND CEILING
8.01 Roofing with pan tiles set mortar over flat tiles with lime mortar borders 801
including reepers
8.02 Roofing with pan tiles and lime mortar borders including reepers 802
8.03 Roofmg with Mangalore tiles set in mortar over flat tiles and including 803
reepers
8.04 Roofing with Mangalore tiles including reepers 804
8.05 Roofing with Mangalore tiles over ceiling tiles with air spaces and 805
including reepers
8.06 Madras terraced roofing with brick on edge 75mm thick broken brick 806
aggregate concrete three courses flat tiles and three coats of lime
plaster to top and bottom
8.07 Madras terraced roofing with brick on edge, 75mm thick broken brick 807
aggregate concrete three courses of flat tiles and three coats of lime
plaster to top and one coat of 12mm thick cement plaster (1 :3) to
bottom
8.08 Terraced roofing with brick on edge, 75mm thick broken brick aggregate 808
concrete two courses of flat tiles to top and one coat of cement plaster
(1 :3) to bottom
8.09 Weather proof course for reinforced cement concrete roofing with Lime 809
broken brick aggregate concrete and two courses of flat tiles
8.10 Water proof course for reinforced cement concrete roofing with two 810
courses of flat tiles
8.11 Complete surface repair to leaky lime plastered terrace roof 811
8.12 Water proofing of concrete and masonry (flat or sloping) roofs with 812

TENDERER Page # 95 CHIEF ENGINEER

 Specification
Sl. No. Name of the specification
No. of APSS
Bitumen felts Normal treatment
8.13 Water proofing of concrete and masonry (flat or sloping) roofs with 813
Bitumen felts Heavy treatment
8.14 Roofing with corrugated galvanized steel sheets 814
8.15 Roofing with corrugated asbestos cement sheets 815
8.16 Roofing with semi-corrugated asbestos cement sheets 816
8.17 False ceilings 817
9. STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR PLASTERING, POINTING,
WHITE WASHING, COLOUR WASHING, DISTEMPERING AND
WATER PROOF CEMENT PAINING ETC.
9.01 Plastering General 901
9.02 Plastering with time mortar one coat, 12mm thick, including fine 902
Rendering
9.03 Plastering with cement mortar, one coat 12mm or 20mm thick including 903
fine rendering
9.04 Plastering with cement mortar 2 coats 20mm thick with sponge finish 904
9.05 Plastering with combination mortar, one coat 12mm thick including fine 905
rendering
9.06 Pointing to masonry with cement mortar 906
9.07 Pointing to masonry with surki mortar 907
9.08 White-washing 908
9.09 Colour-washing 909
9.10 Dry distempering 910
9.11 Oil bound distempering 911
9.12 Water proof cement painting 912
10. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR WOOD WORK
10.1 Wood work-General 1001
10.2 Doors, windows, ventilators, ward robes and cup-boards etc., 1002
10.3 Frame work for Roofs 1003
10.4 Wooden Partitions 1004
10.5 Wall Paneling 1005
10.6 Wooden Railing 1006
11. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL WORK
11.01 Materials 1101
11.02 Steel work in single section of R.S. Joists, Flats, Tees Angles and 1102
Channels etc.
11.03 Steel work Riveted and bolted in built-up sections, trusses and framed 1103
work
11.04 Steel work (welded) in built-up sections trusses and Framed works 1104
11.05 Miscellaneous Steel work Collapsible steel structures 1105
11.06 [Link] sliding shutters 1106
11.07 M.S. Sheet Doors 1107
11.08 Rolling Shutters 1108
11.09 Clamps for ceiling Fan 1109
12. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PAINTING AND VARNISHING
12.01 Painting-General 1201
12.02 Removing old paint with patent paint remover 1202
12.03 Removing old paint with caustic soda solution 1203
12.04 Removing old paint with blow lamp 1204
12.05 Painting with wood preservative 1205

TENDERER Page # 96 CHIEF ENGINEER

 Specification
Sl. No. Name of the specification
No. of APSS
12.06 Coal tarring 1206
12.07 Painting priming coat on wood, iron or plastered surfaces 1207
12.08 Painting with ready mixed paint 1208
12.09 Painting of GI. sheets with ready mixed paint 1209
12.10 Spray painting with flat wall paint on new work including priming coat 1210
12.11 Spray painting with flat wall paint on old work 1211
12.12 Painting with synthetic enamel paint 1212
12.13 Painting with Aluminum paint 1213
12.14 Painting with acid proof paint 1214
12.15 Painting with anti-corrosive bitumanistic paint 1215
12.16 Wall painting with plastic emulsion paint 1216
12.17 Varnishing 1217
12.18 Oiling with raw linseed oil 1218
12.19 Wax polishing with ready made wax polish 1219
12.20 Painting cast iron rain water, soil waste and vent pipes and fittings 1220
including priming coal
12.21 Lettering with paint 1221
12.22 French polishing. 1222

16. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR MISCELLANEOUS

16.01 Bamboo chicks with blue Dungary cloth pulleys, rings, ropes, hools, 1601
staples etc., complete including painting two coats.
16.02 Teak wood trellis work for verandahs 1602
16.03 Forming black boards on walls 1603
16.04 Barbed wire for fencing 1604
16.05 Reinforced concrete fence posts 1605
16.06 Fencing with barbed wire or chain link mesh 1606
16.07 Protection of building and altered structures against lighting 1607
16.08 Steel doors, windows and ventilators 1608
16.09 Aluminum doors, windows and ventilators 1609
16.10 Fixing and glazing of metal (steel and aluminum) doors and 1610

SPECIFICATIONS
1.0 PREAMBLE
The technical specifications for various items of work contained herein shall
be read in conjunction with the specifications mentioned for each item of
work in bill of quantities part-I (Schedule – A) and also plans and drawings in
part III.

2.0 GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

2.1 The following are the general technical specifications to be adopted for
construction of buildings. Each item of work shall be executed according to the
relevant standard specification number as described in the “Andhra Pradesh
Standard Specification” (APSS) and Indian Standard (I.S) Specifications,
including Water supply, Sanitary and Electrical Installations. In the absence of
any definite provisions on any particular item of work in the aforesaid
specifications in A.P.S.S., reference may be made to the latest codes and
specifications of Indian Standards or Indian Roads congress (IRC in case of
Roads). Where even these are silent, the construction and completion of
works shall conform to sound engineering practice as approved by Engineer-in-

TENDERER Page # 97 CHIEF ENGINEER

 charge and in case of dispute arising out of the interpretation of the above, the
decision of Engineer-in-charge shall be final and binding on the contractor.

3.0 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

3.1 Drawings, Instructions, Measurements
All works shall be done according to the detailed drawings and specifications.
Figured dimensions shall be followed. Measurement shall be taken of the
actual work done but shall not exceed those marked on the drawings for
payments.
3.2 Site Clearance and Demolition
The site shall be cleared of all trees, stumps, roots, brush wood, bushes and
other objectionable materials. Useful and saleable material shall be the
property of the Owner (A.P.S.F.C.) and shall be stacked properly as directed
by the Engineer-in-charge. The areas to be covered with embankments shall
be stripped of top soil to required depths to expose acceptable founding
strata. Top soil unsuitable for use in embankment construction and other fills
shall be disposed off as directed. All combustible materials shall be stacked
and burnt in locations sufficiently remote to eliminate all danger of fire
hazards. All old concrete, brick works and drains which interfere with
construction works shall be dismantled with the approval of the Engineer-in-
charge duly taking all necessary precautions prescribed in safety
specification. Top soil which is suitable for use in construction work shall be
stockpiled for later use. Other objectionable materials such as trash, debris,
stones, brick, broken concrete, scrap metal etc., shall be disposed off as
directed by the Engineer. Payment for cutting and removal of trees, stumps,
dismantling existing structures and stripping shall be regulated by the
description in the Schedule of Items or Section 2 of A.P.S.S.

3.3 Precision: The works shall be set to the highest precision of dimensions,
levels, grades and lines as per designs and drawings using precise scientific
equipments and measuring instruments.

3.4 Quality of work:

To be the best quality: All the materials, workmanship, articles, Equipment,
tools and plants should be of high and acceptable quality conforming to the
standard specifications.
All materials shall be new and of the kinds and qualities described in the
contract.
3.5 Testing of works and materials
3.5.1 All materials used and works done shall be subject to approval of the
Engineer-in-charge.
3.5.2 The contractor shall arrange sufficiently in advance to test materials and
portions of works in order to prove their soundness and efficiency if required,
including samples and supporting test results from the approved laboratory
and other documentary evidence from the manufacturer, wherever
applicable, and indicate the types of materials and their respective sources.
The delivery of materials at site shall commence only after the approval of
the quality, grading and sources of the materials by the Engineer-in-charge.
3.5.3 The quality of all materials approved shall be maintained throughout the
period of construction and periodical tests shall be carried out to ensure that

TENDERER Page # 98 CHIEF ENGINEER

 it is maintained. The contractor shall conduct tests at work site/approved
laboratories and shall maintain test reports at site for cement, coarse
aggregates, fine aggregates, water, steel, bricks and concrete at the
following frequency :-

Sl. Description of
Frequency of test Allowable limits
No. material
1. CEMENT : (IS : 269-
2015) One for each source of Shall not be less than 3500
a) Fineness supply in a month sqcm / gm
b) Setting time -do- Initial setting time shall not be
less than 30 minutes and final
setting time shall not be more
than 60 minutes.
c) Soundness -do- Expansion (unaerated) shall
be not more than 10mm by
“Le Chatelier” method; if it
fails, expansion of aerated
sample shall be not more than
5 mm.
d) Compressive -do- Compressive strength for 7
strength of cement days shall not be less than
mortar cubes 1:3 (1 330 kg/cm2 and compressive
cement :3 standard strength for 28 days shall not
sand) by mass be less than 430 kg/cm2
2. Coarse aggregate : One test for 15 Cum or 40mm Metal : a)Seive
(IS383-1970) at least on the day of analysis : -63mm – 100%
a) Gradation concrete if concrete 40mm-85 to 100% 20mm-0-2-
quantity is less than 15
%; 10mm-0.5%
cum. b) Flakiness Index : shall be
less than 30% by weight
b) Aggregate impact Once for each source 20mm Metal : a)Sieve
value of supply or when ever analysis : -Limits : 40mm –
change in texture is 100%; 20mm-95 to 100%;
noticed. 10mm-25 to 55%; 4.75-0 to
10%
b) Flakiness Index : less than
25%
c) Aggregate impact value:
20-40(IS 2386-1963)
3. FINE AGGREGATE
(IS383 –m1970)
a) Gradation for One test for every 15 Fineness modules : Fine sand
concrete cum. limit 2.2 to 2.6
b) Gradation for At least once on the Medium sand limit 2.6 to 2.9
masonry day of work
c) Gradation for -do- Coarse sand limit 2.9 to 3.2
finishing
d) Bulkage Three for each day of b) Silt Content : shall be less
work i.e. morning noon than 4% by weight

TENDERER Page # 99 CHIEF ENGINEER

Sl. Description of
Frequency of test Allowable limits
No. material
and evening
e) Silt content At least once on the
day of work
4. WATER : Chemical One test for each The water quantity shall be as
test source per clause 5.4 of ISI 456-
2000. The PH value of water
shall not be less than 6.
5. STEEL : (Fe 415 One for each source of
(IS1786-1985)) supply and once in six
a) 0.2% proof stress months for fresh supply 4150 kg/cm2 (Minimum)
b) Elongation -do- Percentage of elongation
14.5% minimum
c) Tensile strength -do- Ultimate tensile strength 4900
kg/cm2 (Minimum)
6. BRICKS : (IS:1077-
1976) One for each source of Shall not be less than 40
a) Compressive supply and once in two Kg/cm2
strength months when change
in texture is noticed
b) Water absorption -do- Shall not be greater than 20%
by weight

7. CONCRETE : a) Compressive strength (7

(IS456:2000) Frequency of testing as days)
a) Cube strength per clause 15.2 of IS M15-100 Kg/cm2 (Minimum)
456-2000 for example M20-135 KG.cm2
6 cube specimens, 3 (Minimum)
each for 7 days & 28 b) Compressive strength (28
days strength for every days)
15 cum. Cube shall be M15-150 Kg/cm2
prepared, cured and (Minimum)
tested in accordance M20-200 Kg/cm2
with the requirement of (Minimum)
IS 516.

b) Slump Thrice in a day of a) Foundation footing –

concrete in morning, 10mm to 25mm
noon and evening b) Column beams and
slabs – 25mm to 40mm
(with normal
reinforcement)
c) Beams, slabs – 40mm to
50mm (with congested
reinforcement)

A Register of record of material testing and Register of daily events showing

materials received, labour engaged, out turn of work etc. shall be maintained at
site and shall be signed by the contractor or his authorised representative and the
Engineer

TENDERER Page # 100 CHIEF ENGINEER

3.6 Rejection of Materials/works
3.6.1 Any material brought to site which in the opinion of the Engineer is defective,
sub-standard, damaged, contaminated, deteriorated or does not comply with
the requirement of the specification shall be rejected. The contractor shall
remove from site such materials within 4 hours of notice from site.

3.6.2 If the work or portion of the work which in the opinion of the Engineer is found
to be defective or unsound, the contractor shall pull it down and re-execute
the same work at his own cost.

3.7 Measurement Materials

For Design mix where site mixing is permitted shall be with concrete mixtures
fitted with weigh batching scale. Materials shall be weighed and batched in
mechanical weigh batchers as per the specified proportions of the approved
design mix.

Materials requiring Volumetric mixing, wherever permitted, should be

measured separately in boxes of appropriate size before being mixed in the
specified proportions.

3.8 Storage of Materials

3.8.1 Adequate safe, dry storage shall be provided for all materials particularly
cement.

3.9 Codes
3.9.1 Unless mentioned otherwise, current versions of all codes, specifications and
standards issued by the Indian Standards Institution and Indian Roads
Congress shall be fully applicable to these specifications. In the absence of
appropriate publications by ISI or IRC, adoptable specification of the
International Organization for Standardization shall apply.

3.9.2 In case of any conflict in meaning between the specifications mentioned hear
in and those of ISI or IRC, the provisions of these specifications shall prevail.

3.9.3 The following codes shall be applicable for the purpose. However the latest
revision of these codes shall only be used.

TENDERER Page # 101 CHIEF ENGINEER

 LIST OF SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE VARIOUS ITEMS OF WORKS
SUPPLEMENTING THOSE DESCRIBED IN SCHEDULE ‘A’ BY S.S. NUMBERS

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
[Link]. and as
[Link]. Short title/ Description amended from
time to time

A) LIST OF INDIAN STANDARDS

I. CEMENT

1 Specifications for 43 Grade ordinary portland cement IS 8112:1989

2 Methods of physical tests for hydraulic comments IS 4031 (part 1

to 15) :1988
3 53 Grade cement IS 12269:1989

II. AGGREGATES

1 Specifications for Coarse and Fine aggregates from IS 383:1970

Natural resources for concrete
2 Specification for Sand for Masonry IS 2116:1980

3 Methods of tests for aggregates for concrete. IS 2386:1963

Part-1 Particle seize and shape (Part I to IV)
Schedule - B Estimation of deleterious materials &
Organic impurities
Part-III – Soundness
4 Specification for test sieves. IS 460:1978
Part-I Wire cloth test sieves (Part-I)
III. BRICKS

1 Specifications for Common burnt clay building bricks IS 1077:1992

2 Methods of test for burnt clay building bricks IS 3495:1992

(Part I to IV)
3 Pulverized Fuel Ash-Lime Bricks - Specification IS 12894:2002

4 Specification for concrete masonry units Part 3 IS 2185:1984

Autoclaved cellular Aerated concrete blocks (Part-III)
IV BUILDING STONES:

1 Method of Tests for determination of strength IS 1121 (Part –1

properties of natural building stones ( compressive to Part 4): 1974
strength, Transverse strength, Tensile Strength, Shear
Strength.
2 Schedule of properties and availability of stones for IS 7779:1975
construction purposes (Part 1 to Part 5)
3 Quarrying stones for construction purposes, IS 8381:1977
recommended practice
4 Stone Masonry: Specifications for dressing natural IS 1129:1972
building stones (Part-IV)

TENDERER Page # 102 CHIEF ENGINEER

 [Link]. and as
[Link]. Short title/ Description amended from
time to time
V. STEEL

1 Specification of Mild steel and medium tensile steel

bars and hard drawn steel wires for concrete
reinforcement. IS 432:1982
Part-I Mild Steel & Medium tensile steel bars (Part I & II)
2 Specifications for Cold-worked steel, High strength IS 1786:1985
deformed steel bars and wires for concrete
reinforcement.
3 Specification for steel for General structural purposes IS 2062:1999

4 Specification for structural steel (Standard quality) IS 226:1975

5 Specification for steel tubes for structural purposes IS 1161:1998

6 Hand Drawn Wire IS432:1953

VI CERAMIC TILES IS 13712:2006

VII STACKING AND STORAGE OF MATERIALS

1 Recommendation of stacking and storage of IS 4082:1996

construction materials and components at site
VIII MASONRY
1 Brick Masonry IS 2212:1962
2 Code of practice for construction of Stone Masonry IS 1597:1992
Part-1 (Rubble stone masonry)
3 Code of practice for permeability test for masonry IS 11216:1985
(during and after construction)
4 Code of practice for brick work IS 2212:1991

5 Construction of hallow and solid concrete block IS 2572:2005

masonry
6 Code of practice for construction of autovlaved cellular IS 6041:1985
concrete block masonry
IX CONCRETE
1 Code of practice for Plain and reinforced concrete IS 456:2000
2 Method of Sampling and analysis of concrete IS 1199:1959
3 Method of test for strength of concrete IS 516:1959
4 Recommended guide lines for Concrete Mix Design IS 10262:1982
5 Code of practice for Ready-Mixed Concrete IS 4926:2003
6 Specification for Admixtures for concrete IS 9103:1999
7 Guidelines for false work for concrete structures. IS:14687:1999
8 Code of practice for use of immersion vibrators for IS 3558:1983
consolidating concrete

TENDERER Page # 103 CHIEF ENGINEER

 [Link]. and as
[Link]. Short title/ Description amended from
time to time
9 Specifications for Pre-cast concrete coping blocks IS 5751:1984
10 Laying in situ cement concrete flooring IS 2571:1970
11 Code of practice for concrete structures for the storage IS 3370:1965
of liquids (Part 1 & 2)
IS 3370-1967
(Part 3 & 4)
12 Code of practice for concrete roads IRC: 15-2002

X REINFORCEMENT/ STRUCTURAL STEELWORK

1 Code of Practice for Bending and fixing of bars for IS 2502:1963

concrete reinforcement
2 Recommendations for detailing of reinforcement in IS 5525:1969
reinforced cement concrete works
3 Mils steel wire for General Engineering purposes IS 280:2006

4 Recommendation for welding of cold worked bars for IS 9417:1989

Reinforced concrete construction
5 Code of practice for general construction in steel IS 800:1984
6 Code of practice for use of metal arc welding for IS 816:1969
general construction in mild steel
7 Safety code for erection of structural steel work IS 7205:1974

8 Tolerance for fabrication of steel structures IS 7215:1974

XI. JOINERY:
1 Specifications for timber paneled and glazed door, IS 1003-Pat 1-
window and ventilator shutters 2003 and
IS1003-Part2-
1994
2 Specifications for cut size timber IS 1331:1971

3 Code of practice for Glazing in Buildings IS 3548:1988

4 Specification for aluminium doors, windows and IS 1948:1961
ventilators
XII EARTH WORK:

1 Code of Safety for excavation works IS 3764:1966

2 Safety code for piling and other deep foundations IS 5121:1969

3 Code of practice for earth work on canals IS 4701:1982

4 Methods of Test for soils IS 2720

TENDERER Page # 104 CHIEF ENGINEER

 [Link]. and as
[Link]. Short title/ Description amended from
time to time
XIII OTHER SUBJECTS:

1 Code of practice for design and insulation of joints in IS 3414:1968

buildings.
2 Code of practice for design and construction of IS 1904:1986
foundations in soils : general requirement
Colours for Ready mixed paints & enamels IS 5: 2004

XIV. MACHINERY

1 Batch type concrete mixer IS 1791:1968

2 Concrete Vibrators – Immersible type IS 2505:1980

3 Specifications for moulds for use in tests of cement IS 10086:1982

and concrete
4 Compression testing machine used for testing of IS 14858:2000
concrete and mortar
5 Sheep foot roller IS 4616:1968
XV. SAFETY
1 Code of practice for fire safety of buildings (general): IS 1642:1989
Details of construction
2 Criteria for earthquake resistant design of structures. IS 1893:2002
Part-1
3 Code of practice for earthquake resistant design and IS 4326:1993
construction of buildings.
4 Safety code for scaffolds and ladders
Part-I – Scaffolds IS 3696:1987
(Part-I)
Part-I – Ladders IS 3696:1991
(Part-II)
XVI DRAWINGS:
1 Code of practice for general engineering drawings IS 696:1972

2 Code of practice for architectural and building IS 962: 1989

drawings (First revision).

XVII MEASUREMENT

1 Methods of measurement of building and civil IS : 1200

engineering works.
Note:- The above I.S specifications mean latest over and above with amendments if
any.

3.10 PERFORMANCE OF WORK

3.10.1 Execution of Works

TENDERER Page # 105 CHIEF ENGINEER

[Link] All the works shall be executed in strict conformity with the provisions of the
contract documents, explanatory detailed drawings and specifications.

[Link] The site should be cleared of all obstructions, vegetation, loose stones and
materials before start of work.

[Link] The Engineer in charge, Supervisor will inspect the work on a Day-to-Day
basis.

3.10.2 Work in Monsoon

[Link] The construction may entail working in monsoon also. The contractor must
maintain a minimum labour force and execute the construction according to
the prescribed schedule.

[Link] Contractor is responsible for keeping the construction work site free from
water.

3.10.3 Plinth Levels

[Link] A proper level should be maintained, in terms of horizontal and vertical

alignment. A minimum acceptable plinth level above road level shall be
maintained. The plinth level shall be agreed with the Engineer’s
representative.

4.0 DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS OF MATERIALS

4.1 Water (APSS No. 129)

4.1.1 Water should be clean, fresh and free from all chemicals, oils, salts and
deleterious materials and vegetable growth. Water has to meet the
requirements mentioned in Cl. 5.4 of IS:456-2000. Storage for water should
be sufficient and adequate for the regular consumption of works and for the
use of labour on site.

4.2 Earth (APSS No. 309 & 310)

4.2.1 For filling, the soil shall be free from all rubbish, organic or vegetable growth
including roots, weeds etc. Black cotton soil should not be used for
basement filling.

4.3 Sand/ fine aggregate (APSS No. 110)

4.3.1 Sand to be used shall be composed of hard siliceous material and shall be
clean, sharp, hard, strong and angular type. Sand shall be clean river or pit
sand of approved quality and free from salts, earth, dust or other impurities.
Sand for plain and reinforced concrete shall confirm to IS : 383-1970. Sand
for various purposes shall confirm grading as below.
Sand for Masonry --- table 110-A of APSS No.110
Sand for Plastering --- table 110-B & 110-C of APSS No. 110

Sand for Plain and Zone I to III of table 110-D of APSS No.110
Reinforced concrete

TENDERER Page # 106 CHIEF ENGINEER

 TABLE – II
4.3 FINE AGGREGATE (SAND)
Percentage passing by Mass
L.S. Sieve Grading Zone Grading Zone Grading Grading Zone
Designation -I – II Zone - III - IV

10 mm 100 100 100 100

4.75 mm 90-100 90-100 90-100 95-100

2.36 mm 60-95 75-100 85-100 95-100

1.18 mm 30-70 55-90 75-100 90-100

600.00
15-34 35-59 60-79 80-100
microns
300.00
5-20 8-30 12-40 15-50
microns
150.00
0-10 0-10 0-10 0-15
microns

4.4 Stone for Masonry (APSS No. 107)

4.4.1 Stones used shall be strong, durable, dense, compact, close grained,
homogeneous, fire resistant and shall be obtained from sources approved by
Engineer. Stones shall additionally be hard, sound, free from cracks, decay
and other flaws or weathering and shall be easily workable. Stones with
round surfaces shall not be made use of.

4.4.2 Stones shall have a crushing strength of not less than 1000 Kg/cm2. Stones
with lesser crushing strength may be used in works with prior approval of the
Engineer. Stones shall be non-porous and when tested in accordance with
IS: 1124-“Method of Test for Determination of Water Absorption” etc., shall
show water absorption of less than 5% of its dry weight when soaked in
water for 24 hours. Tests for durability and weathering shall be done in
accordance with ARE: 1126 and IS: 1125 respectively. The working of
stones to required sizes and their dressing shall be as per IS: 1127
“Recommendations for dimensions and workmanship of natural building
stones for Masonry work” and IS: 1129 “Dressing of Natural Building Stones”.
Stones especially limestones and sand stones, shall be well seasoned by
exposure to air before use in construction works.

4.5 Cement(APSS No. 112)

Any of the following cements may be used with prior approval of the
competent authority.

[Link]. Type Conforming to

(i) Ordinary Portland Cement 43 Grade IS : 8112
(ii) Ordinary Portland Cement 53 Grade IS : 12269
(iii) Portland Pozzolana Cement 53 Grade IS : 1489-Part-I
(iv) Portland Blast Furnace Slag Cement 53 Grade IS : 455

TENDERER Page # 107 CHIEF ENGINEER

4.5.1 For concrete made with Portland Pozzolana cement, Portland Blast Furnace
Slag cement or mineral admixtures, the setting time and rate of gain of
strength are different from those of concrete made with OPC alone.
Cognizance of such modified properties shall be taken in deciding
de-shuttering time, initial time of pre-stressing, curing period and for early
age loading.

4.5.2 Compatibility of chemical admixtures and super-plasticizers with Portland

Pozzolana cement, Portland blast furnace slag cement and mineral
admixtures shall be ensured by trials.
4.5.3 Some other properties of concrete such as modulus of elasticity, tensile
strength, creep and shrinkage are not likely to be significantly different. For
design purposes, it will be sufficiently accurate to take the same values as
those used for concrete made with OPC.

4.5.4 Cement should comply with the requirements of IS:8112-1989 for making
plain and reinforced concrete, mortar etc. The quality of cement shall be
inconformity to the performance characteristics given in IS : 8112 - 1989.

4.5.5 The contractor shall procure bulk cement required for the works only from
reputed cement factories (main producers) acceptable to the Engineer and
should obtain, furnish from suppliers of cement a test certificate for every
consignment of cement. The cement bag shall bear the manufacturer's name
or their registered trade mark. Cement shall be tested in accordance with IS:
4031-1988 and IS: 4032-1988.

4.5.6 The cement should be delivered to the site in sound dry bags and shall be
stored properly. Cement packed in LDPE Bags may be preferred to ensure
protection from moisture and dampness.

4.5.7 The contractor has to make his own arrangements for the procurement of
cement of required specification for works subject to the following:
a) The contractor shall procure bulk cement required for the works, only from
cement factories (Main producers) of approved make and brand only as
approved by the Engineer-in-charge. The contractor shall make own
arrangements for adequate storage of cement.
b) The contractor shall procure cement in standard packing (50 Kg per bag) from
the authorised manufacturers. The contractor shall make necessary
arrangement at his own cost to the satisfaction of Engineer-in-charge for
actual weighment of random sample from the available stock and shall
confirm with the specification laid down by the Bureau of Indian standards or
other standard institutions as the case may be. Cement shall be got tested
for all the tests as directed by the Engineer-in-charge at least once in a month
in advance before the use of cement bags brought and kept at site godown.
c) Cement bags required for testing shall be supplied by the contractor free of
cost.
d) The contractor should store the cement of 60 days requirement at least one
month in advance to ensure the quality of cement so brought to site and shall
not remove the same without the written permission of the Engineer-in-
charge.
e) The contractor shall forthwith remove from the works area any cement that the
Engineer-in-charge may disallow for use on account of failure to meet with

TENDERER Page # 108 CHIEF ENGINEER

 required quality and standard. Damaged or reclaimed or partly set cement will
not be permitted to be used and shall be removed from the site.
f) The contractor will have to construct sheds for storing cement having capacity
not less than the cement required for 90 days use at appropriate locations at
the work site. The Engineer-in-charge or the representatives shall have free
access to such stores at all times.
g) The contractor shall further at all times satisfy the Engineer-in-charge on
demand by production of records and books or by submission of returns and
other proofs as directed that the cement is being used as tested and
approved by Engineer-in-charge for the purpose and the contractor shall at all
times keep his records up to date to enable the Engineer-in-charge to apply
such checks as he may desire.
h) Cement which has been unduly long in storage with the contractor or
alternatively has deteriorated due to inadequate storage and thus become
unfit for use on the work shall be rejected by the department and no claims
will be entertained. The contractor shall forthwith remove from the work area
any cement the Engineer-in-charge may disallow for use on work and replace
it by cement complying with the relevant Indian Standards.

4.5.8 STORAGE OF CEMENT

[Link] Portland cement readily absorbs moisture not only in the form of free water but
also moisture from the atmosphere or from damp material in contact with it and
becomes hydrated and loses strength. It is necessary therefore that it should be
protected from absorption of moisture before it is used if it is to fulfill its function.
An absorption of one or two percent of water has not appreciable effect but
further amounts of absorption, results in hardening of the cement and reduced
the strength. If the absorption exceeds 5% the cement is for all ordinary
purposes ruined.
[Link] American, Spanish and German experiments have shown that on average the
strength of cement stress in bags is reduced.
After 3 months by 15 to 20 percent.
After 6 months by 20 to 30 percent.
After 12 months by 30 to 50 percent.
After 2 years by 40 to 50 percent.
These figures prove that special attention should be paid to the storage of
cement, even when its strength is equal to or suspense’s the specified
normal strength.

[Link] As a general principle the cement must be protected as far as possible from
any form of moisture prior to mixing concrete mortar.
[Link] The cement should be stored in a well constructed dry godown or shed. The
cement store should be weather tight construction with a sound wooden or
ground to ensure that it is damp proof building. The storage place required
for a given quantity of cement can be calculated at the rate of 2.50 sqm for a
ton of cement. Cement should not be placed directly on cement plaster
flooring and other types of flooring commonly meant with which are not damp

TENDERER Page # 109 CHIEF ENGINEER

 proof. A wooden platform or false floor a sheet of water proof paper should
be provided.
If none of these is possible, then floor should be covered with straw, hay,
cinder or ash or such other material densely and uniformly packed to a
thickness of at least one inch and over a laid worth tarpaulin of old cement.
Large windows and ventilators if any should be tightly shut to prevent from
circulation of air inside the stores. Drainage should be provided if necessary
to prevent accumulation of water in the vicinity of the store.

[Link] Cement should be stored in piles arranged parallel to the walls. It is not
advisable to pile bags against the walls and an allowance of at least 0.3M all
round should be made between the exterior walls and piles. At least 0.6M
wide should be left for each access and delivery.
When storing the bags, the floor should be raised 30 cms. above the ground
and stacked in rows not exceeding 10 bags high. The cement is to be stored
in such a manner that easy access and proper inspection and counting is
possible.

Successive consignments covered with some water proof cover as a both

measure of protection and prevent the free circulation of air as each lot of
proper fresh air will bring in more moisture. Once the cement has been
properly stored should not be disturbed until it is to be used. There is no
advantage in moving and stacking the bags to reduce where house set as
this practice only exposes fresh cement to the air resulting in loss due to the
shifting of cement through the cloth mesh and in damage to the stacks.

[Link] Even during the dry weather and when the relative humidity of the
atmosphere even in nights is low (that is to say when there is very little
moisture in the air) the cement in its stock shall be protected with a tarpaulin
through for the stack. When the atmosphere is damp at any time of day or
night, greater care has to be taken of the cement and proper strength
provided it from the damp.
[Link] Cement required for use immediately after delivery to the site may be stored
in the open on a raised damp proof floor so long as it is fully protected by
tarpaulin or either weather resisting covers. Storage under these conditions
should be limited to 48 hours. The tarpaulin should be raised well above the
top most Ties of bags and must be sloped for rapid drainage in case of
showers.
[Link] Consignments should be used in the same sequences as they are delivered.
To ensure this the date of arrival of each consignment should be clearly
indicated. This is best done by tying a piece of country twins or cord to the
end bags in the bottom most tier of the days pile, tacking the two places of
card up the sides and along the top of pile an tying the main the center. The
date of receipt in the store being clearly written on a bin card high from the
card. Dead storage where the cement remains in place for a long time which
other consignments of cement come in and out should be avoided.
[Link] In issuing cement from a store the cement bags should be removed in
vertical column of the pile and not horizontal so as to avoid dead stoppage
space.

TENDERER Page # 110 CHIEF ENGINEER

[Link] As a rule cement should not be stored longer than three months. Cement
held in storage for a period of 90 days or longer shall be re-tested. Especially
in the rainy season prolonged storage should be avoided. If stock is likely to
be held over for more than three months anticipatory measures should be
taken to use it on the works.
[Link] Cement that has become supply due to storage in damp positions due to
exposure to the weather is generally useless for making concrete and should
be removed from the site.

4.6 Bricks (APSS No. 102)

4.6.1 Bricks for masonry shall be common burnt clay building bricks having
minimum crushing strength of 40 Kg/cm² and shall conform the relevant
specifications of IS 1077-1992.

4.6.2 They shall be sound, hard and thoroughly well burnt, but not over-burnt, with
uniform size having rectangular faces with parallel sides and sharp straight
right angled edges and be of uniform colour with fine compact uniform
texture. Bricks shall be of uniform deep red cherry or copper colour. They
shall be free from flaws, cracks and nodules of free lime.

4.6.3 Water absorption after 24 hours immersion in cold water shall be not more
than 20% by weight. They shall not absorb more than 10% by weight of
water after immersion for six hours.

4.6.4 They shall emit a clear metallic ringing sound when struck by a mallet and
shall not break when dropped on their face, from a height of 60 cm.

4.6.5 Fractured surface shall show homogeneous, fine grained uniform texture,
free from cracks, air holes, laminations, grits, lumps of lime, efflorescence or
any other defect which may impair their strength, durability, appearance and
usefulness for the purpose intended. Under-burnt or vitrified bricks shall not
be used.

4.6.6 Samples of bricks brought to the site shall be tested periodically for
compression and other tests according to IS: 3495, Parts-I, II & III - “Method
of Test for Burnt Clay Building Bricks”.

4.7 Coarse Aggregate (APSS No. 108)

The coarse aggregate shall be from hard granite crushed stone conforming
to IS 383:1970. The pieces of aggregate shall be non porous, hard, strong
durable clean and free from clay, rounded in shape and shall have granular
or crystalline non powdery surfaces. The aggregate shall be well graded.
Tests where required shall be carried out in accordance with IS : 2386 -
1963.

TENDERER Page # 111 CHIEF ENGINEER

 I.S. 383 / 1970 Table – I
4.7.1 Coarse Aggregate

I.S. Sieve Percent passing for single- Percentage passing for graded-
designation seized aggregate of metal size aggregate of nominal size
12.50
mm 40 mm 20 mm mm 10 mm 40 mm 20 mm
(1) (3) (4) (6) (7) (8) (9)

80 mm --- --- --- --- 100 ---

63 mm 100 --- --- --- --- ---

40 mm 85-100 100 --- --- 95-100 100

85 -
20 mm 0-20 100 --- --- 30-70 95-100

16 mm --- --- 100 --- --- ---

12.50 mm --- --- 85 - 100 100 --- ---

10 mm 0-5 0-20 0-45 85 - 100 10-35 25-55

4.75 mm --- 0-5 0-10 0-20 0-5 0-10

2.36 mm --- --- --- 0-5 --- ---

TABLE – III
ALL-IN AGGREGATE GRADING

L.S. Sieve Designation 40mm Nominal 20mm Nominal

80.00 mm 100 ---

40.00 mm 95-100 100

20.00 mm 45-75 95-100

4.75 mm 25-45 30-50

600.00 microns 8-30 10-35

150.00 microns 0-6 0-6

TENDERER Page # 112 CHIEF ENGINEER

4.8 Steel Reinforcement (APSS No. 126)
STEEL
4.8.1 Mild steel bars shall conform to Grade I of IS: 432.
4.8.2 High yield steel strength deformed bars shall conform to IS:1786 -1985.
Binding wire shall conform to IS: 280. The various types of steel shall
conform to the relevant IS specification as provided in A.P.S.S. No.126.

4.8.3 The contractor has to make his own arrangements for procurement of tested
steel required for the work. He shall also make his own arrangements for
transportation and storage.
4.8.4 The contractor shall procure mild steel (MS) reinforcement bars, High yield
strength deformed bars (HYSD) bars, rods and structural steel etc., required
for the works, only from the reputed main steel manufacturing units
manufacturing the steel to the prescribed specification of Bureau of Indian
Standards or equivalent and licensed to affix ISI or other equivalent
certifications, marks and acceptable to the Engineer-in-charge.
4.8.5 The contractor should invariably obtain necessary ISI test certificates from
the suppliers of steel for each and every consignment and furnish them to the
Engineer-in-charge, before use on works. Test certificates conforming to IS
1786-1985 are to be furnished. The HYSD steel (IS 1786-1985) bars should
have TOR mark.
The original bills of procurement should be submitted to the Engineer-in-
charge for making payment of the item. The contractor shall purchase the
steel on the name of the work, number and the name of the contractor and
furnish the same to the Engineer-In-Charge. The steel without the above two
names will not be accepted on the works. Vendors test certificates and
weighment bills are to be furnished to the Engineer-In-Charge and any
quantity purchased without test certificates will not be accepted for use on
the works.
4.8.6 If any difference is observed on carriage inwards, carriage outwards and
theoretical requirement of steel for finished work, the contract will be
cancelled and the contractor will be blacklisted.
4.8.7 The diameter and weight of steel should be as per IS 1786-1985 or relevant
IS specification with subsequent revisions from time to time:

[Link]. Diameter of rod Sectional weight in Kg/ RM

both for Plain and HYSD steel
1 6 mm 0.22

2 8 mm 0.39
3 10 mm 0.62
4 12 mm 0.89
5 14 mm 1.21
6 16 mm 1.58
7 18 mm 2.00
8 20 mm 2.47
9 22 mm 2.98
10 25 mm 3.85

TENDERER Page # 113 CHIEF ENGINEER

 11 28 mm 4.83
12 32 mm 6.31

13 33 mm 6.71
14 36 mm 7.99
15 40 mm 9.86
16 42 mm 10.88

Note: If any rods other than those diameters specified above are procured the
weights shall be as per standard steel tables.

4.8.8. Quality control: The contractor shall furnish the samples for testing for each
batch and consignment along with the test certificates issued by the vendors to
the Engineer-In-Charge immediately after receipt of the steel in the stockyard at
site of work for verification and testing.

No steel procured by the contractor shall be used in any work until the Engineer-
In-Charge has given notice that the test results are satisfactory.

4.8.9. STEEL STORAGE:

a) Reinforcement steel and binding wire shall be stored above ground surface
upon platform, skids or other supports protected as for as possible from
surface deterioration by direct contact with undesirable elements or by
exposure to conditions producing rust and corrosion. Bars shall be so
supported as to avoid distortion and sagging of long lengths. All the
reinforcement of same designation shall be stacked separately and distinctly
marked.

b) Steel shall be stacked and stored in accordance with IS 4082: 1996 as per
Recommendations on stacking and storage of construction materials.
c) If the reinforcing rods have to be stored for a long duration, they shall be
coated with cement wash before stacking and/or be kept under cover.

4.8.10 Reinforcement shall be free from pitting due to corrosion and free from loose
rust, dirt, dust, mill scale, paint, oil, grease, adhering earth etc.

4.8.11 Erected and secured reinforcement after fabrication shall be inspected and
approved by the Engineer-in-Charge prior to placement of concrete.

4.9.1 TEAK WOOD FOR JOINERY/ DOORS

The wood shall be well seasoned, uniformly coloured and shall be free from
knots, cracks, shakes, splits, cross grains etc.

The wood shall be durable and of reasonably straight grains.

Moisture content of wood used shall be as near as possible to the following

values:

TENDERER Page # 114 CHIEF ENGINEER

 Recommended values of moisture content in timber at the time of assembly
or framing:

Type of work Coastal area Inland area

Frames for doors and 16 to 18% 14 to 15%
windows
Shutters of doors and 15 to 16% 12 to 14%
windows etc

4.9.2 GLAZED TILES (APSS No. 121)

The tiles shall be covered by a glaze on the top and under side. The edges
shall be free from glaze in order that the tiles may adhere properly to the
base. The glaze shall be uniform in quality and free from welts, ships, craze,
specks, crawlings, or other imperfections visible from a distance of one
meter. The glazed tiles shall be white or color and size of 300mm x 200 mm
with a thickness of 7mm. The tiles shall be true to shape and conform to the
performance requirements of IS 13712:2006 and supplier shall submit a
certificate with respect to the quality of tiles and detailed there in.

5.0 DETAILED SPECIFICATION OF WORKS

5.1 Standard

A high standard of workmanship in all trades will be required. The Contractor

shall ensure that only skilled and experienced workmen are employed.

5.2 Supervision

5.2.1 The Contractor’s supervising staff shall be fully qualified and experienced in
the types of work being carried out under the supervision and shall be
capable of ensuring that they are done well and efficiently.

5.3 Temporary works

Where required, the Contractor shall furnish such details of his temporary
works as may be called for by the Engineer and the Contractor shall satisfy
the Engineer as to their safety and efficiency. The Engineer may direct that
temporary works, which he considers unsafe or insufficient, shall be removed
and replaced in a satisfactory manner.

5.4 Codes

5.4.1 Unless mentioned otherwise, current versions of all codes, specifications and
standards issued by the Indian Standards Institution and Indian Roads
Congress, wherever mentioned, shall be fully applicable to these
specifications. Where standards are not yet published by the ISI or IRC,
adaptable British Standards or Specifications of the International
Organization for standardization shall apply.

5.4.2 In case of any conflict in meaning between the specifications mentioned

herein and those of ISI or IRC, the provisions of these specifications shall be
prevail.

TENDERER Page # 115 CHIEF ENGINEER

5.5 Base lines and bench marks

5.5.1 The Contractor shall establish and maintain, to the satisfaction of Engineer,
the base lines and bench marks, based on which the works are set out.
Where such base lines and bench marks are provided by the Engineer, the
Contractor shall maintain these throughout the period of construction without
causing any disturbance to them.

5.6 Setting out

5.6.1 The Contractor shall set out all the works to be executed by him, in line with
the standard base lines, position and bench marks and truly as per drawings
within the accepted tolerance limits at no extra cost to Owner. The
Contractor shall be solely responsible for the correct setting out of all the
works, to be executed by him and the approval of such setting out by the
Engineer shall in no way absolve the Contractor of his responsibility for
carrying the work to the true lines, levels and positions as per drawings.

5.7 Dewatering

5.7.1 The Contractor shall carryout all the works, in dry and workable condition and
maintain the same in dry condition till the final handing over of works at no
extra cost to the Owner. For this the Contractor shall make at his cost all the
necessary provisions of dewatering, wherever necessary, to the full
satisfaction of the Engineer.

5.8 Safety of existing work

5.8.1 Before taking up any construction adjoining other property or existing work,
the Contractor shall take all steps necessary for the safety and protection of
such property or work.

5.9 Protection of existing services

5.9.1 The Contractor shall take all precautions necessary to prevent damage to or
interference with under-ground or over-ground services such as cables,
drains, piping or piles, whether shown on drawings or not. Equipment etc.,
mounted in position shall be protected against falling debris etc., by means of
tarpaulin or such other material.

5.10 Handing over of work site

5.10.1 On completion of work, the Contractor shall remove all rubbish, debris,
surplus materials, temporary work etc., from the site. The site shall be
handed over in a tidy and workmanlike manner.

5.11 CRS Masonry in CM (1:8) in 1st sort (APSS 107 & APSS 611)

5.11.1 The work shall consist of a facing of selected stones hammer dressed at
faces and joints with only a small proportion of smaller stones in the hearting.

TENDERER Page # 116 CHIEF ENGINEER

5.11.2 The face stones shall be set in regular courses of uniform thickness from
bottom to the top throughout. The height of the course should be uniform
throughout by using stones of same height. The face stones shall be laid in
headers and stretchers alternately so as to break joint by atleast 75mm and
headers shall project atleast 100mm beyond stretchers. The stones shall be
solidly bedded, set full in mortar with joints not exceeding 12mm in thickness
and shall extend well back into the hearting.

5.11.3 Bond stones shall be placed in the wall @ interval of 2m in length and
600mm in height and shall run through the wall if the wall is not more than
600mm thick. If the wall is more than 600mm thick line of headers shall be
laid from face to back each header overlapping the other by atleast 150mm.

5.11.4 The heart portion shall be filled with good flat bedded stones set as close as
possible, well set in mortar.

5.11.5 The work on interior face shall be precisely the same as on the exterior face
unless the work is to be plastered in which case the side joints need not be
vertical.

5.12 Coursed Rubble Masonry in CM (1:8) 2nd sort: (APSS NO. 612)

5.12.1 This work shall be executed similar to the specifications for C.R.S. masonry
1st sort with the exception that the hearting and backing shall conform to the
standard specification for random rubble masonry and bond with the face
stones being carried up continuously with the face work.

5.13 RRS Masonry in CM (1:8) (APSS 107 & APSS 615)

5.13.1 The face stone be hammered dressed on the face, side and the beds to
enable to come into close proximity with the neighboring stone. Face stone
shall be of not less width in plan than 150mm for walls of 400mm thick,
200mm for walls of 450mm thick. The face stone shall be laid in headers and
stretchers alternatively so as to break joints by at least 75mm. Care is to be
taken to break joints vertically.

5.13.2 Bond stones should built in the wall at intervals of 2m in length and 600mm in
height and shall run through the wall if the wall is not more than 600mm thick.
The heart portion shall be filled with good flat bedded stone set as close as
possible, well set in mortar.

5.14 Brick Work: (APSS 102 APSS 501 & 504)

5.14.1 All bricks to be used in the work shall be thoroughly soaked in water before
use to prevent absorption of water from the mortar.

5.14.2 The bricks shall be set in cement mortar of 1:8 proportions by adopting a
proper bond (preferably either English bond or a Flemish bond) throughout
the wall.

5.14.3 The walls shall be taken up truly plumb. All courses shall be truly horizontal
(level) and truly vertical. Vertical joints of consecutive courses shall not come
directly over one another. Vertical joints, in alternate course shall come
directly over one another. Joint’s shall be fully filled with mortar and raked.
Every brick shall be laid with full joints of cement mortar on its bed, ends and

TENDERER Page # 117 CHIEF ENGINEER

 side in one operation. No feeding of mortar by using excess water shall be
allowed.

5.15 Reinforced Half Brick Partition Walls (APSS 102, 501, 504, 509)

5.15.1 All bricks to be used in the work shall be thoroughly soaked in water before
use to prevent absorption of water from the mortar.

5.15.2 The cement mortar used for reinforced brick work shall be in cm (1:4) and
mortar used shall conform APSS No. 113. Reinforcement for half brick walls
shall be in the form of MS Bars and shall be of specified qualities. The brick
shall be constructed only in stretcher bond. The reinforcement shall be well
embedded in cement mortar at every third course and half the joint thickness
of mortar shall first be laid and the other half laid after the reinforcement is
placed in the position. The free ends of the reinforcement where ever
possible shall be pegged into the mortar joints of main brick walls.

5.16 NOTES ON MASONRY

5.16.1 i) All stones, bricks etc., used in the masonry work shall be thoroughly
soaked in water before use to prevent absorption of water from the
mortar.
ii) Stones shall be laid on their broadest faces which give better
opportunity to fill the faces between stones.
iii) To give sufficient lateral bond a stone in any course shall overlap the
stone in the course below i.e. joints parallel to the pressure in two
adjoining course shall not lie too closely in the same vertical line. A
minimum overlap of 6" shall be maintained.
iv) To give sufficient transverse bond, prescribed no. of headers shall be
used.
v) The practice of building two thin faces, tying width occasionally through
stones and filling up the middle with small stones or dry packing shall
be strictly guarded against.
vi) Jambs for door and window opening shall be formed with quoins of the
full height of the course. The quoins shall be of breadth at least one
and a half times the depth for the course and in length at least twice the
depth.

vii) It is advisable to erect the door and window frames first and build the
masonry around.

viii) Thickness of the joint should not be more than 12mm.

ix) Every course of the masonry shall be truly vertical. Use of plumb bob
to check verticality by the mason shall be encouraged.
x) Care should be taken to keep all corners and sides including door and
window opening truly vertical.

TENDERER Page # 118 CHIEF ENGINEER

 5.16.2Theoretical requirement of cement should be as follows: -

Cement bags of 50 kgs.

a. C.R.S. Masonry in C.M. (1:6) 1.54 bags per Cum

b. C.R.S. Masonry in C.M. (1:8) 1.15 bags per Cum
c. Brick Masonry in C.M. (1:4) 1.44 bags per Cum
d. Brick Masonry in C.M(1:6) 0.96 bags per Cum
e. Brick Masonry in C.M. (1:8) 0.72 bags per Cum

5.17 Plain and Reinforced cement concrete (A.P.S.S. 402 & 403)

5.17.1 All R.C.C. work shall be carried out in strict accordance with latest IS
specification. No concrete work shall be cast in the absence of the works-in-
charge/Engineer. All the materials used should be of good quality as
mentioned in Sec. 4.0 above.

5.17.2 Cast-in-place concrete for the structures shall conform to the requirements of
the section. The structures shall be built to the lines, grades and dimensions
as per the designs and drawings.

5.18 Deleted.

5.19 Mix Proportions & Strength requirement of concrete: The proportions of

various ingredients to be used in the concrete for different parts of the work
shall be established by proper mix through design mix. The contractor shall
produce concrete mix design and establish the strength of concrete with this
concrete mix design for 3 days, 7 days and 21 days as per IS 456-2000. For
controlled concrete, the mix design shall be so designed as to attain in
preliminary tests a strength atleast 33 percent higher than that required on
work tests. The design mix shall be got approved by the Engineer-in-charge
before proceeding with the concreting. The contractor is required to carryout
the mix design and the design mix shall be got approved by the Engineer-in-
charge and the mix shall be within the limitations of parameters and other
stipulations laid down in IS-456/2000.

The specified characteristic compressive strength of 150 mm size cube at 28

days attained for M20, M25 and M30 grades of concrete shall be 20
N/sqmm, 25N/sqmm and 30 N/sqmm respectively. The mix shall be designed
to produce the grade of concrete having the required workability and a
characteristic strength at 28 days not less than the appropriate values
mentioned in Table-2 of IS-456:2000 The target mean strength of the
concrete mix should be equal to the characteristic strength plus 1.65 times
the standard deviation.

TENDERER Page # 119 CHIEF ENGINEER

 TABLE
MINIMUM COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF 15 CM. CUBES
AT 7 AND 28 DAYS AFTER MIXING, CONDUCTED
IN ACCORDANCE WITH IS.516

Preliminary test Works test Maximum

N/mm2 N/mm2 size of
Class
at 7 at 28 at 28 aggregate
at 7 days
days days days mm
M40 33.50 50.00 27.00 40.00 20
M35 30.00 44.00 23.50 35.00 20
M30 25.00 38.00 20.00 30.00 40 or 20
M25 22.00 32.00 17.00 25.00 40 or 20
M20 17.50 26.00 13.50 20.00 40 or 20
M15 13.50 20.00 10.00 15.00 40 or 20

Whenever the grade of concrete such as M25, M30 etc., is specified it shall
be Contractor’s responsibility to ensure the minimum crushing strength
stipulated for the respective grade of concrete is obtained at works.

In the case of M25 grade concrete minimum cement content of 380Kgs/ Cum
shall be used to obtain a minimum cube strength of 25N/ mm2 at 28 days
age.

In the case of M30 grade concrete minimum cement content of 400Kgs/ Cum
shall be used to obtain a minimum cube strength of 30N/ mm2 at 28 days
age.

The contractor shall maintain the test results on regular basis as indicated in
I.S.456/2000 and subsequent amendments thereon.

In all cases, the 28 days compressive strength specified shall be the criterion
for acceptance or rejection of the concrete.

The sample of water taken for testing shall be typical of the water proposed
to be used for concreting.

The contractor shall be responsible for production of controlled concrete as

per design mix to ensure the required works cube strength is attained and
maintained. In the designation of concrete mix, letter ‘M’ refers to the Mix and
the number to the specified 28 days works cube compressive strength in
Newton per [Link].

The concrete where site mixing is permitted shall be with concrete mixtures
fitted with weigh batching scale. All measuring equipment shall be
maintained in a clean serviceable condition and their accuracy periodically
checked.

5.19.1 The proportions of cement concrete, if specified in volumetric proportions i.e.,

nominal mixes shall be as follows which are indication of approximate proportion
of cement, fine aggregate and coarse aggregate which may have to be altered
suitably at site to obtain desired strength and workability. However, the quantity of
cement shall not be less than specified below.

TENDERER Page # 120 CHIEF ENGINEER

 Nominal Mix Cement in bags of 50 kgs / 1Cum (net) of cement
concrete
a) 1:3:6 4.42 bags of 50 Kgs
b) 1:4:8 3.31 bags of 50 Kgs
c) 1:5:10 2.65 bags of 50 Kgs

As per sanctioned estimate the design mix are proposed for all RCC members
with the following design mix mentioned in Bill of Quantities towards the minimum
cement quantity required for attaining such design which is specified below.
Design Mix Cement in Kgs
a) M25 380 Kgs
b) M30 400 Kgs

The contractor shall ensure the tests of Design Mix from the Reputed Agencies /
University or any Research Lab for ensuring the strength of Design Mix with the
provided quantity of cement in the estimate.

5.19.2 The quantity of water shall be varied to suit the moisture content of the
aggregate and shall be just sufficient in produce a dense concrete with
workability. Workability should be checked at frequent intervals as per IS:
1199. An accurate and strict control shall be kept on the quantity of mixing
water.

5.20 Concrete quality control measures and concrete quality Assurance Test
Programme

a) Concrete quality control measures: The contractor shall be responsible for

providing quality concrete to ensure compliance of the bid requirements.

b) Concrete quality Assurance Programme: The concrete samples will be taken

by the Department and its quality will be tested in any other recognized
laboratory per the relevant Indian Standard Specifications IS 516:1959 and LS.
1199-1959.

Samples shall be drawn on each day for each type of concrete.

Tests: The Department will obtain samples and conduct tests as specified in
B.I.S. 456- 2000, I.S. 1199- 1959 and I.S. 416 - 1959.

Test Facilities : The contractor shall furnish free of cost samples of all
ingredients of concrete for testing and obtain approval from the Engineer-in-
Charge. He should also supply free of cost, the samples of all the ingredients of
concrete for conducting the required tests.

Test results: The Engineer-in-charge will pass the concrete if average strength
of the specimens tested is not less than the strength specified. Concrete not
meeting requirements of specification in all respects may be rejected by the
Engineer-in-charge in which case it shall be removed and reconstructed entirely
at the expense of the contractor.

5.21 Preparation for placing: No concrete shall be placed until preparation of

surface involved, all form work, reinforcement, installation of items to be
embedded have been approved by the Engineer-in-charge.

TENDERER Page # 121 CHIEF ENGINEER

5.21.1 All surfaces, forms, embedded material shall be free from dried mortar, dirt,
foreign substances, waste papers etc. Temporary openings shall be provided to
facilitate inspection, especially of bottoms of columns and wall forms, to permit
removal of sawdust, wood shavings, binding wire, dirt etc. Such openings/holes
shall be suitably plugged later.

5.21.2 Foundation surface: Rock surfaces shall be free from oil, objectionable
coatings, loose, semi- detached and unsound fragments. Immediately prior to
placement of concrete, surfaces of rock shall be washed with an air water jet
and shall be brought to a uniform surface dry condition.

5.21.3 Concrete shall not be placed in standing water or on a water-covered surface.

Any concrete that has been washed away by heavy rains shall be entirely
removed, if there is any sign of cement and sand having been washed away
from the concrete mixture.

5.21.4 Starters: Before proceeding with erection of form work for RCC columns,
Starters shall be cast with 25 mm thick concrete with string lines placed in
position as per the layout.

5.21.5 Slots, openings, holes, pockets etc shall be provided in the concrete work in the
positions specified or required or as directed by Engineer-in-charge.

5.21.6 Reinforcement and other items to be cast in concrete shall have clean surfaces
that will not impair bond.

5.21.7 Approval by the Engineer-in-charge of any materials and work as required

herein shall not relieve the contractor from his obligation to produce finished
concrete in accordance with the requirements of the specifications.

5.22 Placing of Concrete: The contractor shall notify the Engineer–in-charge before
batching begins. Batching , mixing and placing of concrete shall be performed
only in the presence of an authorized representative of the Engineer-in-charge.

5.23Weather: Concrete shall not be placed in rain sufficiently heavy or prolonged to

wash mortarfrom concrete.

The contractor is not entitled for any additional payment over the unit prices
bid in the schedule for concrete, by reason of any limitation in placing of
concrete under the above paragraphs.

5.24Mixing: All cement concrete shall be machine mixed and machine vibrated.

5.24.1 The mixer machines should comply with IS 1971-1968 ( IS specifications for
batch type concrete mixers).

5.24.2 The mixers with other accessories shall be kept in first class working condition
and so maintained throughout the construction.

5.24.3 Any mixer that at any time produces unsatisfactory mix, shall not be used until
repaired. If repair attempts are not successful, the defective mixer shall be
replaced.

TENDERER Page # 122 CHIEF ENGINEER

5.24.4 The Cement and aggregates shall be mixed thoroughly in the specified
proportion in a mechanical mixer until the mixture is of uniform colour. Where
machine mixing is done the concrete shall be mixed, until the mixture is of
uniform colour and, in no case, for less than two minutes.

5.25Transportation, placing and compaction of concrete:

5.25.1 Equipment & methods: Equipment for conveying concrete shall be of such size
and design as to ensure a practically continuous flow of concrete during
depositing without segregation of materials. The entire placing programme
consisting of equipment, layout, proposed procedures and methods shall be
submitted to the Engineer-in-charge for approval

5.25.2 After mixing, the concrete shall be transported from the mixer to the position of
placing as rapidly as possible by appropriate mean without causing separation
or segregation of concrete, maintaining the required workability.

5.25.3 Concrete shall only be placed after the Engineer has inspected the shuttering
and reinforcement. The concrete shall be placed and compacted before initial
setting of concrete commences and should not be subsequently disturbed.

5.25.4 The concrete shall be deposited as nearly as practicable directly in its final
position and shall not be rehandled in a manner which will cause segregation,
loss of materials, displacement of reinforcement, shuttering or embedded
inserts, or impair its strength. Concrete shall be placed in the shuttering by
approved implements and shall not be dropped into place from a height
exceeding 1 meter or handled in a manner which will cause segregation.

5.25.5 Concrete shall be deposited in successive horizontal layers to a compacted

depth of not more than 0.45 meters. These shall be placed as rapidly practicable
to prevent the formation of cold joints or planes of weakness between each
succeeding layer within the pour.

5.25.6 When concrete is conveyed by chutes, the plant shall be of such size and design
as to ensure practically continuous flow. Slope of the chute shall be so adjusted
that the concrete flows without the use of any excessive quantity of water and
without segregation of its ingredients. The delivery end of the chute shall be as
close as possible to the point of deposit. The chute shall be thoroughly flushed
with water before and after each working period and the water used for this
purpose shall be discharged outside the form work.

5.26 Compaction: All concrete shall be compacted to produce a dense

homogeneous mass. Concrete after depositing should be compacted
thoroughly by means of a mechanical vibration. Vibrators shall conform to IS
specifications. Vibrators of the surface, form or Immersion type shall be used
and the concrete shall be thoroughly worked out around the reinforcement,
around embedded fixtures and into corners of form work. The hardened
concrete shall be free from voids or cavities. Over vibration and under vibration
of concrete are harmful and should be avoided. Use of polythene sheet is
recommended above the shuttering to arrest the slurry loss through the
shuttering joints while placing and compacting the concrete.

5.26.1 Vibrators shall be operated by experienced men. Immersion vibrators shall be

inserted vertically at points not more than 45 cms apart. Immersion vibrators
shall be withdrawn slowly. Blending and melding of the concrete between
successive layers shall be ensured. Vibrations shall not be applied through

TENDERER Page # 123 CHIEF ENGINEER

 reinforcement and where vibrators of the immersion type are used, contact with
reinforcement and all inserts shall be avoided.

5.26.2 Prior to beginning concrete placement the contractor shall make ready sufficient
number of properly operating vibrators & operators and shall have readily
available additional vibrators to replace defective ones during the progress of
concrete placement.

5.27 Finishing : When the structure is in service all the surfaces shall receive no
special finish except removal of fine and abrupt irregularities and clean up of
loose debris. Unless varied by the Engineer-in-charge, the type of finish for
formed concrete shall be as follows. The concrete surfaces shall be
consolidated, smooth screeded, and leveled to produce even surfaces. Floating
shall be done only after the screeded surface has attained a stiffness to permit
finishing operations. The surface shall be uniform is texture and free from
screed marks or other imperfections.

5.27.1 Concreting shall be carried out continuously up to construction joints already

planned. Joint shall be kept where shear force is minimum. The work shall be
resumed at the earliest by scrubbing the wet surface with wire brush and
coating the surface with neat cement slurry. The prepared surface shall be
approved by the Engineer-in-charge. Special care shall be taken to obtain
thorough compaction and to avoid segregation of the concrete along the joint
plane.

5.28Protection of works: The contractor shall protect all concrete against damage until
final acceptance by Engineer-in-Charge. The fresh concrete shall be protected
from defacements and damage due to construction operations, rain, sun and
winds. The contractor shall provide protection to prevent erosion to fresh
concrete whenever precipitation either periodic or sustaining is imminent or
occurring. All fresh concrete surfaces shall be protected from contamination
and from foot traffic until the concrete has hardened.

5.29 Replacement of unsatisfactory concrete: Immediately after the shuttering is

removed, the surface of the concrete shall be very carefully gone over and all
defective areas called to the attention of Engineer-in-charge. If reinforcement is
exposed or the honey combing occurs the work may be rejected. Rejected
concrete shall be removed and replaced by the contractor. Superficial honey
combed surfaces and rough patches if permitted by the Engineer-in-charge
shall be made good and finished neatly as per specifications and as directed.

5.30 Curing of concrete:. Rigid supervision shall be maintained for curing the
concrete after laying for complete hydration and hardening to take place. The
set concrete shall be cured by ponding with clean water. All exposed faces of
concrete shall be kept continuously moist for a minimum period of 28 days by
spraying water or by covering with gunny bags which shall be constantly
sprinkled with water. The curing operation should be done by using stirrup
pump, or by any other methods given code IS 456-1984. For curing floors, flat
roofs, concrete pavements and other level surfaces the ponding method of
curing shall be adopted.

TENDERER Page # 124 CHIEF ENGINEER

5.31CENTERING (FORM WORK) AND SHUTTERING

5.31.1 Steel Formwork: Only steel forms of approved make (Acrow steel centering)
shall be used. Forms with surface dents, bulges, undulations or holes shall not
be used on the work and shall be removed from the site.

5.31.2 Form work shall be substantially and rigidly constructed of steel and shall be true
to the dimensions described. Form work shall be constructed to confine and
shape the concrete to the required shape, lines and dimensions described.
Liners and cores shall be provided where necessary and shall be due to space
and securely fixed.

5.31.3 Shuttering shall be erected true to line and securely braced, cross braced,
strutted and supported to prevent deformation under the weight of pressured wet
concrete and constructional loads, wind pressure and other forces.

5.31.4 The surfaces of the forms shall be clean and free encrustation of mortar, grout or
other foreign materials.

5.31.5 The variation in thickness of RCC roof slab due to varying spans or special
covering materials should not effect the general roof bed which should be
uniform, unless otherwise shown in drawing or as instructed.

5.31.6 All joints shall be sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of cement slurry. All faulty
joints shall be adequately caulked.

5.32.1 Mould Oil: Before laying the reinforcement, all faces of shuttering and moulds in
contact with wet concrete shall be treated with a coat of oil to prevent adherence
to concrete. Release agent should be applied so as to provide thin uniform to the
forms without coating the reinforcement.

5.32.2 The mould oil (The de-bonding agent) to be applied shall be standard
shuttering oil, engine oil or filtered waste oil (Carbon particles and impurities
should not be present).

5.32.3 Plumb and string lines in sufficient numbers shall be installed before and
maintained during concrete placement. During concrete placement the
contractor shall continuously monitor plumb, string line and form positions.

5.32.4 In case of columns, retaining walls and vertical structural components suitable
arrangement shall be made for securing the form to the already poured
concrete.

5.33 Reinforcement for RCC works:

5.33.1 Unless shown otherwise in the drawings, the reinforcement to be used shall be
of High Yield Strength Deformed (H.Y.S.D.) bars of grade Fe-415 conforming to
IS 1786-1985.

5.33.2 Reinforcement shall be steel and shall be free from corrosion, oil, grease, paint
or dirt at the time of fixing in position and subsequent concreting.

5.33.3 Reinforcing steel bars shall conform accurately to the sizes, dimensions and
shapes given as per designs and drawings. Bars shall be bent cold to the
specified shape and dimensions and the bars shall be hooked or bent accurately

TENDERER Page # 125 CHIEF ENGINEER

 and placed in exact position as per designs and drawings. Bars having kinks or
bends other than those required by design shall not be used.

5.33.4 Bars of full length shall be used. Reinforcement shall be lap jointed or spliced
only if unavoidable. The overlaps shall be staggered for different bars and
located at points, along the span where neither shear nor bending moment is
maximum. Not more than 33% of the bars as specified in drawing shall be
lapped at one section.

5.33.5 The reinforcement shall be securely held in position and bound together tight
by annealed binding wire, and by using stays, blocks or metal chairs, spacers,
metal hangers, supporting wires or other approved devices at sufficiently close
intervals.

5.33.6 Bars shall not be allowed to sag between supports. Layers of bars shall be
separated by spacer bars, pre-cast blocks or other approved devices. Binders,
stirrups, links should be securely wired to the main ring.

5.34.1 Binding Wire: Wire for binding reinforcement shall be soft and annealed mild
steel of 16 SWG and shall conform to IS: 280-2006. Binding wire shall have
tensile strength of not less than 5600 Kg/Cm2 and a yield point of less than 3850
Kg/Cm 2.

5.34.2 Proper cover shall be maintained between the reinforcement and the shuttering
as per approved drawings and IS codes.

5.34.3 The contractor shall ensure that the bars are not displaced during concreting or
any other operation over the work. The contractor shall also ensure that there is
no disturbance is caused to the reinforcing bars in concrete that has already
been placed.

5.34.4 All bars protruding from concrete and to which other bars are to be spliced and
which are likely to be exposed for an indefinite period shall be protected by a
thick coat of neat cement grout.

5.35 Measurement and payment

a. Measurement:

Measurement for payment for the reinforcing bars will be made only on the
calculated weight of the bars placed in concrete, in accordance with the
drawings or as directed by the engineer. The calculated weight for reinforcing
bars shall be determined as follows:

i. Reinforcement shall be measured in length separately for different

diameters as actually used in the work including the lengths of hooks at
ends, spacer bars; reinforcement chairs and overlaps to the extent
permitted by Engineer-in-charge.

ii. From the length measured, weight of reinforcing bars shall be calculated
on the basis of weights specified in the table in this section.

TENDERER Page # 126 CHIEF ENGINEER

 iii. Wastage and annealed steel wire for binding shall not be measured as the
cost of these items were already included in the unit rate for
reinforcement.
Payment rate
The unit rate in the bill of quantities for reinforcement is inclusive of the
cost of all wastage of steel and the cost of binding wire or welding materials
at site of work, cover blocks and cost of all incidental and operational charges
in cutting , bending ,cleaning , placing , binding or welding and fixing in
position as shown on the drawings and as necessary to complete the work
as per specification.

5.36 Cover Blocks

a) Before concreting, cover blocks shall be fixed in all R.C.C works to

separate the reinforcement from the shuttering so that when the
concrete is set the reinforcement is well within the concrete section at a
distance from the outer surface, with specified cover to reinforcement.

b) Use of stone chips as cover for the reinforcement will not be accepted.
Only cement mortar cover blocks of required thickness to maintain the
specified cover shall be used.

c) Normally a bottom cover of 12mm to 15mm is sufficient for slabs. For

columns the cover should be about 40mm, and for beams it is 25mm.

d) Cover blocks shall be reasonably good for using in appropriate grade of

R.C.C. work. The mortar for preparing cover blocks shall at least be of
proportion 1:2. Cover blocks shall be prepared on a clean and level
platform by spreading the mortar in the moulds of required size and
depth. When the mortar is still green strands of tying wire shall be
inserted into each block. This wire is useful for tying the block to the
reinforcement. After 24 hours the blocks shall be removed from the
mould and cured for about seven days.

e) A properly made cover block does not get crushed when the
reinforcement is tied over it and during the concreting work.

5.37 Reinforcement chairs

a) When the reinforcement is tied there is a need to separate bottom steel
from the top steel and to maintain correct effective depth.

b) For ensuring separation to top and bottom steel and to ensure that the
reinforcement work does not get disturbed due to the load or
movement of workers when concrete is being laid, reinforcement
spacers or chairs shall be fixed.

c) Use of large sized stones or bricks to separate top and bottom steel will
not be allowed.

d) Reinforcement chairs shall be of slightly lesser size so as to

accommodate the chair underneath the top steel and after allowing for
the required covers to the top and bottom steel.

e) The chair shall be minimum 450mm long and should have legs bent in
opposite directions to ensure stability,

TENDERER Page # 127 CHIEF ENGINEER

 f) The chairs shall be placed on a cover block so that the legs do not stick
out once the shuttering is removed.

5.38 Removal of Form work: Centering and shuttering shall be removed after
maturity gradually without jerking. Before removal of the shuttering the
concrete shall be examined properly. Form shall not be released until the
concrete has achieved strength of at least twice the stress to which the
concrete may be subjected at time of removal of form work. The strength
referred to shall be that of concrete using the same cement and aggregates,
with the same proportions and cured under conditions of temperature and
moisture similar to these existing on the work. Where possible, the form
work shall be left longer as it would assist the curing.

Stripping Time: In normal circumstances where ordinary portland cement is

used and adequate curing is done, form work may generally be removed
after expiry of the following period:

Type of Formwork Minimum Period Before

Striking Formwork

a) Vertical formwork to columns, walls, beams 24-48 hours

b) Soffit formwork to slabs (Props to be refixed
Immediately after removal of formwork) 3 days
c) Soffit formwork to beams/ Flat slabs
(Props to be refixed immediately 7 days
after removal of formwork)
d) Props to slabs:
1) Spanning up to 4.5 m 7 days
2) Spanning over 4.5 m 14 days
e) Props to beams and arches:
1) Spanning upto 6 m 14 days
2) Spanning over 6 m 21 days
The number of props left under the concrete element, their sizes and
dispositions shall be such that they shall be able to safely carry the full dead
load and live load likely to occur during further construction.
The contractor shall be liable for damage and injury caused by removing the
forms or props before the concrete has gained sufficient strength.
5.39 Conditions on RCC slabs/ Roof Slabs
5.39.1 The R.C.C. slab laid should be leak proof. After observing for two rainy
seasons as defect liability period if the roof or floor is found to be perfectly
leak proof and no moisture or dampness is seen underneath at ceiling of the
slab, the contractor can ask for refund of E.M.D. or F.S.D. from the
department. If there are any defects noticed after laying of roof they must be
attended to by the contractor at his own cost. Further the contractor must
arrange to get the structure treated as per clause 21 of ISI code
No.456/2000 at his own cost on the instructions of the department.
When R.C.C. slab is laid, the contractor shall carry out the following tests at
his own cost to prove that the slab is impervious.
a) After the centering is removed and curing period is over the slabs shall be put
to test by stagnating water of 15 cms depth for one week and watched
carefully to test the leakages if any.

TENDERER Page # 128 CHIEF ENGINEER

 b) If there are any leakages, the contractor shall immediately rectify the same at
his own cost and again test the same to see that there are no leakages. No
payment will be made to the contractor on this account either for testing or for
rectifications thus carried out.
c) The officer observing the leakage test shall issue a certificate to this effect
before final bill is made.
5.39.2 The variation thickness of R.C.C. roof slab due to varying spans, or special
covering materials should not effect the general roof bed which should be
uniform unless otherwise shown in drawings or instructed.
5.39.3 For all slabs to be laid MS hooks to be provided as directed by the department
for fixing fans and lights etc., G.I. pipes or PVC pipes has to be provided as
directed by the department in the masonry walls or concrete at the specified
places for making electrical wiring.
TABLE – IV
For Vibrated Reinforced Concrete Items (V.R.C.C.)
Characteristic Strength of Cube at the age of 28 days of curing

M-30 Design mix 30 N/mm2 = 300 Kgs / cm2

M-25 Design mix 25 N/mm2 = 250 Kgs / cm2

Nominal mix 1:1 1/2:3 20 N/mm2 = 200 Kgs / cm2

Nominal mix 1:2:4 15 N/mm2 = 150 Kgs / cm2

TENDERER Page # 129 CHIEF ENGINEER

5.40 Cement Plastering in two coats CM 1:6 & CM 1:4 (APSS 901, 903 & 904)

5.40.1 The surface shall be prepared by roughening of the back ground and raking the
joints. The surface of the wall shall be kept wet for 2 hours before plastering.

5.40.2 Guides: Patches of 15cm X 15cm of required thickness at not more than 2
meters intervals horizontally and vertically shall be applied over the entire
surface truly in the plane and truly plumb to serve as guides.

5.40.3 Plaster shall be started from the top and worked down towards plinth. The work
shall be tested frequently with a plumb bob and straight edge.

5.40.4 The Mortar in 1:6 proportions shall be dashed and pressed over the surface and
then brought to smooth and uniform surface by means of float and trowel. The
plaster shall be well pressed into the joints.

5.40.5 After the first coat the surface is left rough to receive the second coat. The final
coat shall be applied a day or two after the first coat put on has set, but the first
coat shall not be allowed to dry. The final coat shall consist of 1 part of cement
to 4 parts of fine sieved sand and shall be applied as in the first coat and brought
to a uniform surface and then finished with a sponge to give granular
appearance.

5.40.6 All corners, junctions and arises shall be brought truly to a line, level and plumb.

5.40.7 The finished surface shall be watered for a period of atleast 10 days.

5.40.8 Theoretical requirement of cement for plastering should be as follows :-

Cement bags of 50 kgs.

a. 12 mm plastering in C.M. (1:5)& C.M. (1:3) 1.02 bags per 10 Sqm.

b. 12 mm plastering in C.M. (1:6)& C.M. (1:4) 0.82 bags per 10 Sqm.
c. 20 mm plastering in C.M. (1:6)& C.M. (1:4) 1.15 bags per 10 Sqm.
d. 12 mm plastering in C.M. (1:4) 1.08 bags per 10 Sqm.
e. 12 mm plastering in C.M. (1:6) 0.72 bags per 10 Sqm.

5.41 Water proof plaster over the roof

5.41.1 On the clean wet surface of the concrete slab, before it has set, a layer of
cement plaster shall be laid to give an average depth of 20mm over the
concrete.

5.41.2 The Mortar to be used shall be of CM 1:3 proportions mixed thoroughly with a
standard water proofing material with water repelling properties to ensure non-
absorption.

5.41.3 Gauges should be put on the floor about ten feet apart to ensure even thickness.

5.41.4 Plastering must be done in squares or strips to avoid cracks. After the floor has
been completed, it shall be covered with two inches of grass; sand or saw-dust
and kept wet for three weeks.

TENDERER Page # 130 CHIEF ENGINEER

5.42 Pointing: (APSS - 906)

5.42.1 Cement mortar for pointing shall conform to SS:115 and shall be of 1:3
proportions.

5.42.2 The joints in the masonry shall be raked out to a depth not less than the width of
the joint, when the mortar is green. Joints are to be brushed clean of dust and
loose particles with a stiff brush. The area shall then be washed and the joints
thoroughly wetted before pointing is commenced.

5.42.3 The mortar shall be pressed into the raked out joints according to the type of
joint required. The mortar shall not be spread over the corners, edges or surface
of the masonry. The pointing shall then be finished with proper tool. The
superfluous mortar shall be cut off from the edges of the line and the surface of
the masonry shall be cleaned of all mortar.

5.42.4 Pointing could be either flush pointing, or groove pointing.

5.43 Notes on Pointing

i) Flush pointing with a groove or a line appears neat and does not spoil
the look of the stone or brick masonry.

ii) As far as possible a minimum amount of mortar shall be used to avoid

wastage.

iii) The edges shall be neatly trimmed with a trowel and a straight edge.

iv) While mortar is green a groove shall be formed by running a tool along
the center lines of the joints. This operation shall be continued till a
smooth and hard surface is obtained.

v) Even the vertical joints shall be finished in a similar fashion.

vi) Even when the job is done carefully, there is always an amount of
superfluous mortar sticking to the masonry. This should be wiped off
with a wet cloth.

vii) After the work is set and dry i.e., after one or two days the stones shall
be cleaned with a strong acid so as to remove the cement stains.

viii) After cleaning with acid the stones shall be cleaned with soap water to
ensure natural colour of the stones.

ix) If care is taken as shown above the pointing work will look attractive
and neat, and the natural appearance of the stone masonry is retained.

TENDERER Page # 131 CHIEF ENGINEER

5.44 Flooring: (APSS 701 & 702)

5.44.1 Granite Flooring:

Flooring shall be with high polished colour granite stone slabs 18 to 20 mm

thick of size not less than 2.40 mts length, laid over existing RCC slab or CC
bed.

All the stones in one room shall be preferably of same width and shade. The
width of all the slabs in one row must be uniform with longitudinal joints
parallel to each other.

The joint width shall be kept minimum and the sides of the slab shall be
chisel dressed to ensure a correct joint.

5.44.2 Granolithic concrete flooring (APSS No. 701 & 710)

The mix proportions for the Granolithic concrete floor topping shall be (1:2:4)
(Cement : F.A. : C.A) by volume. The minimum amount of water which will
give necessary workability for adequate compaction shall be added. The
grading of the course aggregate for Granolithic concrete shall be from 6mm
to 12mm. The finished thickness of flooring shall be 50mm thick or as
specified in the approved drawings and the panels into which the floor is
divided for laying the Granolithic concrete shall not have any panel
dimensions in excess of 5.0m.

5.45 Joinery :

For all wood/iron/ Aluminium work a sample of each item i.e., frame with
shutters complete should be prepared and got approved by the Engineer-in-
Charge before they are manufactured in full quantities and fixed in position.

The furniture and fixtures and wind appliances for wood work should be of
best quality available in the market, and should be got approved by the
Engineer-in-Charge before fixing.

5.46 Door Frame :

Wooden Doors & Windows:

The wood shall be of Best Sal wood/Best Teak wood as specified in Bill of
quantities for frames and shutters.

The wood shall be well seasoned, uniformly coloured and shall be free from
knots, cracks, shakes, splits, cross grains etc.

The wood shall be durable and of reasonably straight grains.

Moisture content of the wood used shall be as near as possible to the following
values:

Recommended values of moisture content in timber at the time of assembly or

framing.

TENDERER Page # 132 CHIEF ENGINEER

 Type of work Coastal area Inland area

Frames of windows 16 to 18% 14 to 15%

Shutters of windows etc. 15 to 16% 12 to 14%

Construction and fixing

Frames shall have dovetail, tenon or mortise joints.

Before fixing in position, the frames shall be inspected and passed by the
Engineer-in-charge. A coat of primer shall be applied before the frames are fixed
in position. All portions of untreated timber abutting against masonry or concrete
shall be painted with boiling coal tar or approved preservative, before placed in
position.

The frames shall be erected in position and held plumb with strong supports from
both sides.

Hold fasts shall be embedded in C.C. beds as specified.

Frames shall have dovetail, tenon or mortise joints.

Frames without sills shall be provided with temporary wooden bracings between
the styles at sill level which can be withdrawn after the frame is firmly set.

5.47 Flush shutters for doors :

5.47.1 Flush shutters (Double/Single) : should be factory made ISI marked confirming
to IS 2202-1991 (part-I), 35mm thick with bond wood solid block board type core
having cross bonds and face veneers hot pressed bonded with water proof
phenol formaldehyde synthetic resin, with lipping on all sides.

5.48 Construction :The block board core shall confirm to the requirements specified
in clause 7.1.1. of IS 2202 (Part I) : 1991. The frame constructed of stiles and
rails shall be provided for holding the core. The width of the frame including
internal lipping shall not be less than 45 mm and not more than 75 mm.

5.49.1 Plywood :used in flush door shutter shall confirm to IS 710 : 1976 with surface
requirements confirming to type AB of IS 303 : 1989.

5.49.2 Cross-bands used in flush door shutter shall confirm to the requirements laid
down in IS 710:1976.

5.50.1 Face Veneers :used in flush door shutters shall confirm tot he requirements laid
down for veneer for BWP grade plywood in IS 710:1976.

5.50.2 All Plywood, cross – boards and veneer used shall be treated in accordance with
clause [Link]. of IS 2202 (Part I) : 1991.

5.50.3 Adhesive used for bonding plywood or cross bond and face veneer to core shall
be phenol formal dehyde synthetic resin adhesive confirming to BWP grade
specified in IS 949:1974.

TENDERER Page # 133 CHIEF ENGINEER

5.50.4 Internal lipping shall be of Teak wood and shall have a total depth not less than
25mm. It may be provided separately, when it is of species different from that of
backing or as one piece with the style, designated as frame-cum-lipping, when
internal lipping and backing are of the same species.

5.50.5 External lipping shall be of teak wood and shall be solid and shall measure at
least 6mm on the face of the door. It shall be provided all round the shutter in
case of single shutter and on three sides in case of double shutter.

5.50.6 In case of double leaved shutters, the sheeting of the stiles shall be rebated by
8mm to 10mm. The rebating shall be either splayed or square type as per clause
7.7 of IS 2202 (Part – I) : 1991. The depth of lipping at the meeting of stiles shall
not be less than 30mm.

5.50.7 Shutter shall be shop prepared for taking mortise locks or latches as may be
ordered.

5.50.8 Workmanship and the finish of the face panels shall be in confirmity with those
specified in IS 303:1989

5.51 Tests :Knife test, glue Adhesion test, End Immersion test, slamming test shall be
carried out as per clause 10 of IS 2202 (Part – I) 1991. The sampling and criteria
for conformity, making etc. shall also be as per IS 2202 (Part – I) : 1991.

5.52 Windows

5.52.1 Seccolar Systems

Windows / Ventilators

Windows / Ventilators fabricated from pre painted Steel Sections, made out of
cold rolled steel as per ISD 513 of 0.6mm thick ‘D’ quality, galvanized as per IS
277 with sinc of 120 gm/[Link]. Primer Coat of Epoxy Primer of 7 microns thick,
finish paint with a modified polyster paint of thickness between 13 – 20 microns,
and back coat with Alkyd/Polyster of 7-12 microns. The size of profiles is
approximately 56 x 46mm for internal shutter frames and 46 x 52mm for External
shutter frames. Shutter in fitted with 4mm thick plain/pinheaded glass fixed with
EPDM gaskets in the groove provided in the profile.

5.53ALLUMINUM DOORS, WINDOW & VENTILATORS:

(i) Aluminium doors, windows and ventilators: All extruded aluminium section to
be used for fabrication shall be hollow aluminium alloy extrusions confirming
to designation 63400 of IS: 1285. Aluminium Doors, Windows and Ventilators
shall confirm to IS 1948:1961

(ii) All extruded aluminium sections and fixtures shall be coated with natural
colour anodic coating in accordance with IS 1868.

(iii) The mortice locks shall be provided in accordance with IS 2209.

(iv) The floors springs (hydraulically regulated) shall be in accordance with IS

6315:1992.

TENDERER Page # 134 CHIEF ENGINEER

5.54 Q.C. Clearance: The doors & windows (both frames & shutters) and
ventilators should be got cleared by the Engineer / Quality Control agency
authorised by the Engineer-in-Chief. The tests will be conducted at the
manufacturer’s place and Q.C. clearance certificate will be issued for the lot
before supply to site for use in construction. All the arrangements for testing
at the manufacturer’s place should be made by the contractor at his cost. No
door, window or ventilator should be fixed without clearance of Engineer/
Q.C. agency. The contractor should inform the Engineer/Q.C. agency for
testing and clearing at least 7 days in advance.

6.0 ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS:

6.1 Anti Termite Treatment

If the site is infected with white ants, all the ant hills shall be dug out
completely and queen ants destroyed. Anti-termite treatment, before
construction in foundation and basement where required shall be done as per
I.S. code 6313 Part II 2001.

Chemicals used, the relevant I.S. specifications for the same and their usual
concentrations as water emulsions for soil treatment shall be as given in
table 201.9 of S.S. 201 APSS.

6.2 Structural Glazing:

The structural glazing shall be made up of electro colour anodized (having 15

micron anodic coating) aluminium structural sections of not less than 101.5
x 57 x 2 mm box sections for all mullions and not less than 63 x 57 x 2 mm
box section for all transoms of structural glazing system and sub frame of
26.5 x 20 x 1.8 mm size. The members shall be fixed in grid pattern
mechanically joined with Aluminium cleats and GI metal screws. The frame
shall be fixed to the beam / slab/ soffit with GI brackets and fasteners. Glazed
panels shall be made using 5 mm thick heat strengthened reflective glass of
[Link] / Glaverbel / Equivalent make fixed to the sub frame with 6 x
12mm spacer tapes of Norton make or equivalent and structural silicone
bonding using G.E. SILICONE (SSG 4000) or DOW CORNING (795). The
gaps between glazed panels shall be sealed with suitable Bakor rod and
Silicon weather sealant of GE / DOW CORNING are to be applied to provide
water tightness of glazing frame. Necessary masking tapes are to be used to
prevent spreading of sealant over glass panels.

6.3 ACP Cladding:

The Aluminium wall cladding shall be fabricated with a minimum of 4mm thick
Aluminium composite panel of approved make comprising of thermoplastic
resin core sandwiched between two skins of 0.25mm thick aluminium alloy.
The panel shall be PVDF coated to minimum 35 micron thickness of
approved metallic colour. The resin content pf PVDF shall be 75% to 80%.
The back of the panel shall be chromatised 3 -4 microns. The Aluminium
composite panel shall be mounted on frames made of 50 x 25 x 1.5 mm
aluminium extruded tubes fixed to the column / beams / walls with Anchor
bolts, screws and GI brackets and fasteners wherever required.

TENDERER Page # 135 CHIEF ENGINEER

6.4 Aluminium Louvers:

Supply and fixing of powder coated (approved shade) Aluminium Louvers,

using 63 x 37 x 1.5mm, Aluminium box section for main frame, the aluminium
louver blades of size 103 x 50 x 1.5 mm thick shall be fixed to the main frame
using G.I sheet metal screw as shown in the drawing. The spacing between
the each louver blade shall be 75 mm.

6.5 Blasting Operations

Blasting operations when considered necessary shall be resorted to only with

written permission of the Engineer-in-charge. Where blasting is resorted to
only small charges shall be used. Prior inspection shall be carried out for the
safety and stability of the public property. Blasting operations in the proximity
of over head power lines, communication lines, or other structures shall
not be carried until the operator or the owner of both of such lines have been
notified and precautionary measures deemed necessary shall be taken as
per the procedure laid down in S.S. No. 203 APSS and code 4081-1986 shall
be followed.

Excavation in Hard rocky chiseling:

This includes rock which is easily excavated by blasting, but due to close
proximity of structures or any other reason that the Engineer-in-charge may
consider, will have to be excavated by chiseling.

The contractor may resort to any of the following methods to excavated rock
by chiseling:

(i) Wedging by means of crowbars, pick axes or pneumatic drills

(ii) Heating and quenching

(iii) Controlled blasting with a small charge just sufficient to make a crack in
rock which will be subsequently removed by wedging.

No extra payment shall be made for removal of rock by chiseling and

controlled blasting.

6.6 a) Expansion Joints

Structures in which marked changes in plan dimension take place abruptly

shall be provided with expansion joint at the section where such changes
occur. Expansion joint shall be so provided that the necessary movement
occurs with a minimum resistance at the joint. The structures adjacent
should preferably supported on separate columns of walls but not necessarily
on separate foundations reinforcement shall not extend across an expansion
joint and the break between the sections shall be complete. The details as
to the length of a structure where expansion joints have to be provided can
be determined after taking into consideration various factors such as
temperature exposure to weather etc. For the purpose of general guidance
however it is recommended that structure exceeding 45M in level to shall be
decided by one or more expansion joints (SS No. 403.8 & IS 456).

TENDERER Page # 136 CHIEF ENGINEER

 b) Construction Joints

Vertical joints in floor and roof slabs shall be provided in the case of long
building of more than 30M in length specially when the width or depth of such
buildings are less than 15M and when narrow corridors connect blocks of
relatively greater width. The most suitable position for such vertical joints are
where the corridors take off from inner blocks. On soils such as black
cotton, such joints are more essential shall be invariably provided at the
places shown in the drawing or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
Construction joints when necessary shall be located as follows.

In the main beam over the centre of support. No vertical joint shall be permitted in case
of main beams. In other cases they shall be provided if necessary in the
following location.

i) In subsidiary beams at mid span.

ii) In the case of slabs the joints wherever possible shall be parallel to main
reinforcement. In the case of one way reinforced slabs and over the centre
of supporting beams or walls in other cases. In general the joints shall
not be provided in locations of considerable shear or under concentrated
loads.

Suitable water stops as specified shall be provided in the case of water

retain structures (SS No. 403.7).

6.7 Bearings of R.C.C. Slabs & Beams

a) Where supports are not monolithic with the beam or slab the bearing
surface shall be plastered with cement mortar 1:3 with the craft paper
laid over the plaster, before laying the concrete.

b) The vertical face of the masonry rebate at bearings shall be plastered

smooth with CM 1:3. For beams the craft paper shall be continued to
the sides by folding the paper neatly to the plastered vertical face of the
masonry opening.

6.8 Load testing of structures

Load testing of structures shall conform to SS No. 403 APSS. Load tests on
completed structures shall be made of required by the specifications or
condition of contract or by the Engineer-in-Charge in the event of reasonable
doubt as to the adequacy of the strength of the structure. Such tests shall be
carried out after expiry of 56 days of effective hardening of the concrete test
loading of structures, allowable deflections, recovery of deflection etc., shall
be as per clause 17.6 of IS: 456-2000.

6.9 OVERHEAD TANKS

6.9.1 The tenderer shall be solely responsible for handing over a watertight
structure. Failing which, he will not be entitled to final payment under this
contract. The period of guarantee required for the contract, before which he
will not be entitled to final payment under this contract, shall be two years
after completion of the reservoir and putting in into commission and-during
this period the structure under full working head of water shall neither develop
any defects which will endanger its stability nor shall it show signs of leakage.

TENDERER Page # 137 CHIEF ENGINEER

 The above guarantee period of two years shall commence from the date of
first filling of the reservoir with water upto the maximum water level.

6.9.2 Cash security to the value of 5 (five) percent of each bill will be recovered
from payments due to be made to the contractor and credited to deposits.
These deposits together with earnest money arid security deposit required
under the terms of the contract will be retained till the expiry of the guarantee
period and until a certificate of soundness of the structure is furnished by the
Engineer-in-charge. The whole of the above sum together with any recovery,
from the payment already made, as may be assessed by the Engineer-in-
charge shall be forfeited to the Department if the reservoir developed leaks.
The above percentage recovery shall be exclusive of the amount with-held
under Clause 68 of Preliminary Specifications to the APSS.

6.9.3 The work shall be executed according to the standard specifications for the
reinforced concrete given in APSS and relevant Indian Standard No. IS:3370
parts I, II and IV and also the notes on reinforced concrete, contained therein,
subject however to the modifications indicated hereunder. All concrete shall
be mixed in power or diesel driven concrete mixers and placed in such a
manner so as to prevent segregation of heavy aggregate. It is absolutely
essential that most careful attention is to be paid by the contractor in
preparation, mixing and placing to secure a dense concrete necessary for
water tight structure. Special care is necessary at expansion joints, where 6"
wide Rubber water stopper is to be inserted and all construction joints shall
be treated as stipulated in IS:3370 part I to ensure water tightness. The
amount of water required to produce the least shrinkage effects should be
carefully gauged. The clear cover of reinforcement rods shall confirm to those
specified in IS:3370 Part II.

6.9.4 The contractor should be prepared to arrange on his own responsibility

sufficient number of concrete mixers and vibrators as may be required. Test
cubes' should be taken and got tested periodically at the expense of the
contractor and the results shall confirm to IS:456-1964. No patent water
proofing compound shall be mixed in concrete, nor applied to the surface nor
shall plastering be done to the interior of the reservoir as those are liable to
give defective results on the life and water tightness of the reservoir.

6.9.5 All faces of the reservoir interior, and sub-structures shall be free from honey-
combing and shall present a smooth dense surface and shall be free from
work ridges and shall be given cement wash to improve the appearance. If
any honey combing is seen on the finished surface of the concrete, it shall be
rectified by gunting at the contractor's expense.

6.9.6 Testing and Inspection of Tanks:

After the tank is constructed, it shall be filled gradually with potable water.
During testing, lime or sodium silicate or any other chemical shall be added to
the water. After filling the water upto full supply level (Le. MWL) of the tank, it
is maintained for seven days initially. After this initial period, the fall in the
water level shall be obtained at every 24 hours interval for a further period of
seven days.

TENDERER Page # 138 CHIEF ENGINEER

 The average loss of water in 24 hours shall not exceed the following:
a)0.1% of the capacity of tank
b) 5mm fall in the level
c) 2 Litres per Sq. Metre of the water contact area.

6.9.7 Additional allowance upto 0.5mm fall in level may be made for high exported
loss in summer depending upon the local conditions. Records shall be kept
of leaks, if any, at different levels of water.

6.9.8 If the water tightness test is still found to be not satisfactory the contractor
shall be required to carryout tests to localise the leakages at his cost.

The contractor shall then be required to take such measures as the Engineer-
in-Charge specify to make the structure water tight to the extent described.
Entire rectification work shall be at the contractor's cost. All the arrangements
required for testing shall be at the contractor's cost. Payment will be made at
the quoted rate only after conducting water tightness test successfully
however subject to operation of condition.

7.0 Safety Specification:

7.0.1 All the necessary safety appliances as per IS: 4130 shall be issued to the
workers and their use explained. It shall be ensured that the workers are
using all the safety appliances while at work.

7.0.2 Walkways and passageways shall be provided for the use of the workman
who shall be instructed to use them and all such walkways and passageways
shall be kept adequately lighted, free from debris and other materials.

7.0.3 During night, red lights shall be placed on or about all the barricades.

7.0.4 All the roads and open area adjacent to the work site shall either be closed or
suitably protected.

7.0.5 All nails in any kind of lumber shall be withdrawn, hammered or bent over as
soon as such lumber is removed from the structure and placed in pipes for
future cleaning or burning.

7.0.6 No electric cable or apparatus which is liable to be a source of danger or a

cable or apparatus used by the operator shall remain electricity charged.

7.0.7 Where in any work of demolition it is imperative, because of danger existing

to ensure that no unauthorized person shall enter the site of demolition
outside working hours, a watchman should be employed. In addition to
watching the site, he shall also be responsible for maintaining all notices,
lights and barricades.

7.0.8 On every demolition job, danger signs shall be conspicuously posted all-
round the structure and all door openings giving access to structure shall be
barricaded or marked except during the movement of actual workmen or
equipment. However provision shall be made for at least two independent
exits for escape of workmen during any emergency.

TENDERER Page # 139 CHIEF ENGINEER

7.0.9 The removal of a member may weaken the side wall of an adjoining structure
and to prevent possible damage, these walls shall be supported until such
time as permanent protection is provided. In case any danger is anticipated
to the adjoining structure the same shall be got vacated to avoid any danger
to human life.

7.0.10 The power on all electrical service lines shall be shut off and all such lines cut
or disconnected at or outside the property line, before the demolition work is
started. Prior to cutting of such lines the necessary approval shall be
obtained from the electrical authorities concerned for demolition work itself.

7.0.11 All gas, water, steam and other service lines shall be shut off and capped or
otherwise controlled at or outside the building line, before demolition work is
started.

7.0.12 All the mains and meters of the building shall be removed or protected from
damage.

7.0.13 If a structure to be demolished has been partially wrecked by fire, explosion

or other catastrophe, the walls and damaged roofs shall be shored or braced
suitably.

7.0.14 All practical steps shall be taken to prevent danger to persons employed from
risk of fire or explosion or flooding. No floor, roof or other part of the building
shall be so overloaded with debris

TENDERER Page # 140 CHIEF ENGINEER

 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SANITARY AND WATER SUPPLY

TENDERER Page # 141 CHIEF ENGINEER

 STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR BUILDING WORK (AS PER A.P.S.S.)

All the items of work shall be executed as per the Standard Specifications laid down in
APSS, the relevant I.S Codes of the Special Specification as indicated in Schedule - 'A'
of the tender

Specification
Sl. No. Name of the specification
[Link]
13. SANITORY WORKS AND ROOF PLUMBING
13.01 Stoneware pipes and fittings 1301
13.02 Cast iron pipes & special castings for water & Sewage 1302
13.03 Galvanised mild Steel Pipes & Fittings 1303
13.04 Concrete & pre-stressed Concrete Pipes & Collars 1304
13.05 Asbestos Cement Pressure Pipes & Fittings 1305
13.06 Unplasticised (Rigid) PVC pipes and fittings for potable water supplies 1306
13.07 Polyethylene pipes and fittings for potable water supplies 1307
13.08 Cast iron manhole covers & frames intended for use in drainage works 1308
13.09 C.I. Surface boxes for sluice valves, fire hydrants and air valves 1309
13.10 C.I. Grating for drainage works 1310
13.11 Sheet metal rain Water Pipes, gutters, fitting & accessories 1311
13.12 C.I. Rain water pipes and fittings 1312
13.13 Asbestos cement rain water pipes, gutters and fittings (spigot and 1313
socket type)
13.14 Asbestos cement soil, waste and ventilating pipes and fittings 1314
13.15 C.I. Soil, waste and ventilating pipes & fittings 1315
13.16 Handling, transport and custody of pipes, fittings valves etc. 1316
13.17 Trench work excavation and back filling 1317
13.18 Laying and Jointing of glazed stoneware pipes and fittings 1318
13.19 Laying & Jointing of C.I. pipes, fittings & fixing accessories 1319
13.20 Laying & Jointing of Galvanised mild steel pipes & fittings 1320
13.21 Laying & jointing of cement pipes 1321
13.22 Laying & jointing of AC pressure pipes & fittings 1322
13.23 Laying & jointing of Unplasticised (Rigid) PVC pipes and fittings for 1323
potable water supplies
13.24 Disinfection of water mains before commissioning 1324
13.25 Construction of manholes, flush tanks & other masonry works on 1325
sewers
13.26 Fixing and Plumbing of sanitary fittings 1326
13.27 House Drains Connection – Construction 1327
13.28 fixing of rain water gutters & down take pipes for roof drainage 1328

TENDERER Page # 142 CHIEF ENGINEER

 DRAINAGE, SEWERAGE, WATER SUPPLY, PLUMBING ETC.

1.0 DRAINAGE, SEWERAGE, WATER SUPPLY, PLUMBING ETC.

1.01 General

1.01.1 All water supply, drainage and sanitary work shall be executed by a licenced
or authorised plumbing supervisor or licenced or authorised plumber and shall
be in accordance with the requirements of relevant bye-laws of-municipal or
other authorities in whose jurisdiction the work is being carried out.

1.01.2 All items such as earthwork excavation, concrete, brick work, stone work,
painting, etc., relevant specifications for those shall apply unless otherwise
specified.

1.01.3 Unless otherwise specified, all exposed work such as cisterns, brackets etc.,
shall be painted with synthetic enamel paint of approved colour in two coats
over a priming coat.

1.01.4 The diameter of pipes and fittings wherever mentioned shall mean the internal
diameter of nominal bore unless otherwise specified.

1.01.5 The job shall include the cost of making necessary chases, grooves, holes
etc, in walls, floors and in other places and also making good or completion of
the works. ANY DAMAGE caused to floors, walls etc., during the execution of
the sanitary and plumbing works shall be made good by the Contractor at his
own cost to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge.

1.01.6 All the water supply and sanitary connections are to be tested against
leakage and satisfactory performance based on standard tests before they
are fixed.

TENDERER Page # 143 CHIEF ENGINEER

 Codes and Standards
SCHEDULE -C

LIST OF SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE VARIOUS ITEMS OF WORKS

SUPPLEMENTING THOSE DESCRIBED IN
SCHEDULE ‘A’ BY S.S. NUMBERS
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
[Link]. and as
amended
[Link]. Description
from time to
time
A) LIST OF INDIAN STANDARDS
I. PIPES & FITTINGS FOR SANITARY, PLUMBING, DRAINAGE
1 Lead Pipe IS 404:1993
2 Lead sheet IS 405:1992
3 Pre-cast Concrete pipes with or without reinforcement – IS 458:2003
Specifications
4 Specification for Salt-glazed stone ware pipe and fittings IS 651:1992

5 Method of test for concrete pipes. IS 3597:1998

6 Specification for Caulking lead. IS 782:1978
7 Centrifugally cast (spun) iron pressure pipes for water, IS 1536:2001
gas and sewage.
8 Vertically cast iron pressure pipes for water, gas and IS 1537:1976
sewage.
9 Cast iron fittings for pressure pipes for water, gas and IS 1538:1993
sewage
10 Specifications for Centrifugally Cast (Spun) Ductile Iron IS 8329:2000
Pipes for Water, Gas and Sewage
11 Specification for high density polyethylene pipes for IS 4984:1995
potable water supplies.
12 Mild steel tubes and tubulars. IS 1239
13 Specification for Chemically resistant salt-glazed stone IS 3006:1979
ware pipe and fittings.
II WATER SUPPLY FITTINGS
1 Specification for Pillar taps for water supply purpose IS 1795:1982
2 Specification for Plug cocks for water supply IS 3004:1979

3 Washers for use with fittings for cold water services. IS 4346:1982

4 Specification for Self closing taps for water supply IS 1711:1984

5 Specification for cast copper alloy screw down bib taps IS 781:1984
and stop valves for water services.
6 Water meter boxes domestic type. IS 2104:1981
7 Water fittings - Copper alloy float valves (horizontal IS 1703:2000
plunger type) - Specification
8 Specification for copper alloy gate, globe and check IS 778-1984
valves for water works purposes.

TENDERER Page # 144 CHIEF ENGINEER

 [Link]. and as
amended
[Link]. Description
from time to
time
III SANITARY FITTINGS
1 Vitreous sanitary appliances (Vitreous china) IS:2556

2 Specification for Glazed fire clay sanitary appliances. IS 771: 1979

3 Flushing cistern for water closets and urinals. IS 774:2004

4 Brackets and supports for wash basins and sinks IS 775:1970

5 Wooden water closet seats and covers. IS 776:1962

6 Plastic seats and covers for water closets IS 2548:1996

7 Waste plug and its accessories for sinks and wash IS 3311:1979
basins.
8 Non ferrous waste fittings for wash basin and sink. IS 2963:1979

IV LAYING OF PIPES
1 Code of practice for water supply in buildings. IS 2065:1983
2 Code of practice for building drainage. IS 1742:1983
3 Code of practice for laying of cast iron pipes. IS 3114:1994
4 Code of practice for laying of glazed stone-ware pipes. IS 4127:1983
5 Laying and jointing of polyethylene pipes and PVC pipes IS 7634:
parts- I to III
6 Laying of D.I pipes IS 3114:1965
7 Code of practice for laying concrete pipes. IS 783 :1985
V ROOF DRAINAGE SYSTEM
1 Cast iron rain water pipes and fittings. IS:1230:1979

2 Specification for Asbestos cement building pipes, gutters IS 1626:1994

and fittings (spigot and socket type )
3 Cast iron/Ductile iron drainage pipes and fittings IS 1729:2002
3 Specification for Centrifugally cast (spun) iron spigot and IS 3989:1984
socket soil, waste and ventilating pipes, fittings and
accessories.
4 Code of practice for fixing rainwater gutters and down IS 2527:1984
pipes for drainage.
5 Code of practice for building drainage. IS 1742:1983
VI TANKS/ MANHOLE COVERS / MISC.
1 Rectangular pressed steel tanks. IS 804 :1967
2 Code of practice for design and construction of septic IS 2470:1985
tank
3 Specifications for Cast iron manhole covers and frames IS 1726:1991

Note:- The above I.S specifications mean latest over and above with amendments
if any.

TENDERER Page # 145 CHIEF ENGINEER

1.02 Materials: Materials, fittings and appliances for sanitary and plumbing work,
used in the work shall be as specified in the Bill of quantities. The contractor
shall submit to the Engineer-in-charge, samples of all materials, fittings and
appliances for approval well in advance before starting the work. All materials,
fittings and appliances used in the work shall confirm to the approved
samples.

1.02.1 Galvanised pipes and fittings: -Galvanised steel pipe, fittings and
accessories shall be of tested quality and shall confirm to IS: 1239 - (Part-I)
1968.

1.02.2 Lead Pipe:- Lead pipes shall confirm to IS:404 Weight and thickness of
pipes shall be indicated in the drawings or in the Bill of quantities.

1.02.3 Lead sheets: Sheet lead for finishing shall weight at least 30 Kgs. per sq.m.
unless specified otherwise and shall confirm IS:405.

Bottle trap shall be of approved quality heavy brass chromium plated trap and
made particularly smooth on the inside and shall have minimum 50 mm water
seal and cleaning screw at bottom.

1.02.4 Lead trap; Lead traps shall be of the same weight and thickness for lead
pipes. Lead traps wherever provided hall have minimum 50 mm water seal
and cleaning screw at bottom. Traps shall be connected to wasted pipes with
brass cap and lining of required sizes and wiped solder joints.

1.02.5 High density polythelene pipes and fittings: High density polythelene
pipes and fittings shall be of tested quality and shall confirm to IS:4984-1972
and IS: 8008

1.02.6 Cast iron pipes and accessories: Cast iron pipes with sockets spigots ends
shall confirm to IS:1230 and IS:1729.

1.02.7 IS:8008 : Specification for injection moulded HDPE (Part I to IV) fittings for
potable water supplies.

1.02.8 Manhole covers: Manhole covers shall confirm to IS: 1726.

1.02.9 Concrete pipes: Concrete pipes shall be non-pressure type and shall confirm
to IS: 458 and the type of joints shall be as indicated in the drawings.

1.02.10 Salt-glazed stoneware pipe: Salt glazed pipe shall conform to IS: 651 and
IS: 4006.

1.02.11 Sanitary appliances and non-ferrous fittings: All sanitary appliances and
non-ferrous fittings shall be of tested quality and shall confirm to the relevant
Indian Standards.

1.03 Joints
1.03.1 Cast iron Pipes: The type of jointing for CI pipes confirming to IS: 1729 shall
be socket and spigot either with molten lead wool and gasket confirming to IS:
782.

TENDERER Page # 146 CHIEF ENGINEER

 If the joints used are spigot and socket types, the spigot shall be careful
centered in the socket by one or more pieces of clean white hemp/spun yarn
with about 25mm overlap; sufficient yarn only shall be forced into the socket
to leave a correct depth for lead caulking. The pipe shall then be examined
again for line and level and the proper depth of each joint shall be tested
before running the molten lead. For pouring of molten lead of ring of hemp
rope shall be wrapped round the pipe at the end of the socket and the joint
shall be covered with stiff damp clay. The rope shall then be removed
carefully leaving V shaped large hole at the top of the joint to pour the molten
lead. Lead shall be poured in one operation only. After a section of
convenient length of pipe has been laid, lead shall be caulked sufficiently with
caulking tools and hand hammer till the excess lead is removed and the joint
shall be made neat and clean.

The type of jointing CI pipes conforming to IS: 1230 shall be socket and
spigot with cement and sand. mortar (1 : 1) and gasket yarn.

The spigot shall be carefully inserted and centered in the socket by and or
more pieces of thick clean hemp/spun yarn and shall be forced into the socket
to leave a correct depth of 30 mm around for cement mortar. The pipe shall
then be examined again for line and level and the proper depth of each joint
shall be tested before inserting the cement mortar. The joints shall then be
adequately carefully filled with stiff cement and sand mortar (1: 1) and the
joints shall be levelled to the edge of the socket. Each joint shall be
adequately cured by covering with wet clothes and pouring water at frequent
intervals.
The parking ring or washer for the flanged joints shall be rubbed for the full
diameter of the flange with proper pipe hole and the holes cut out suitably.
The packing shall be smeared with graphite paste or a mixture of red lead
and white lead and shall be introduced between the flanges of both the pipes
and nuts tight in opposite pairs keeping the longitudinal axes adjoining pipe
lines in exactly the same straight line. Lead washers shall be provided along
with bolt, to prevent any leakage through bolt holes.

1.03.2 Stoneware pipes: The type of jointing for stoneware pipes shall be
socket and spigot as indicated on the drawings. The inside of the socket shall
be first painted with a layer of cement mortar (1 :2) and a gasket of yarn
dipped in cement slurry shall be inserted in the socket of the pipe with in
wooden caulking tool and wooden mallet in such a way that the gasket shall
fully encircle the spigot with a slight overlap. When the spigot end received
the gasket, it shall be wrapped round with two or three turns of treated spun
yarn its end before being inserted into the sockets. The rest of the joint shall
be then completely filled with cement sand mortar (1 : 1) having very little
water and the joint shall be leveled to form a smooth splayed; filled at the
angle of 45 degree. All excess of cement mortar left inside the pipe joint shall
be neatly cleaned off and the joint shall be adequately cured by covering with
gunny bags and pouring water at frequent intervals. In jointing stoneware
pipes, care shall be taken that the pipes and kept concentric and the socket
especially on the under side, shall be completely filled with cement mortar.
Where settlement of earth is envisaged, the joint shall be made with
bitumenastic filler or any other materials as approved by the Engineer-in-
charge.

TENDERER Page # 147 CHIEF ENGINEER

1.03.3 Concrete Pipes: The type of jointing for concrete pipes shall be with loose
concrete collars and the joints shall be packed from other side with spun yarn
dipped in cement slurry as specified for jointing stoneware pipes; stiff cement
mortar (1: 1) shall be filled from both sides and splayed at an angle of 45
degree on both side, the joints shall be adequately cured as specified for
joints in stoneware pipes.

1.04 Laying of pipes :

1.04.1 Cast iron pipes: The laying of cast iron pipe lines shall commence only after
the bottom of the trench at various points have been levelled and aligned in
accordance with the drawings. The sides of the trenches shall be vertical as
far as possible and the width of the bottom shall be 300 mm wider than the
diameter of the pipe. Where joints are made, the trench shall be widened
suitable to provide room for caulking joints. Shorting and Timbering shall not
be used without prior approval of the Engineer. For pipes buried in the
ground, the Contractor shall take care to maintain always the minimum
cushion of earth over the pipes as indicated in the drawings. All pipes, Water
mains, cables etc met within the course of excavation shall be carefully
protected and supported. All pipes and fittings shall be sounded with a light
hammer and checked properly to detect any crack or blow holes before
laying. The excavated materials shall be thrown on one side of the trench and
the pipes stacked on the other side.

The inside of the socket and the outside of spigot shall be thoroughly cleaned
of all foreign matter before laying. The pipes shall be laid with their socket
ends facing the directions of the flow. The pipes shall then be lowered in the
trenches by a method as approved by the Engineer. The pipes shall then be
jointed by caulking as specified in clause 8.01.15. After each section of the
pipeline has been laid it shall be tested for water tightness before back filling
the trench. On successful completion of testing, the trench shall be backfilled
with the excavated earth in layer of200 mm and shall be watered and
rammed. Any subsidence accruing in the line of branches after backfilling
shall be repaired by the contractor at his own cost. Where the pipe lines cross
roads, the sides of the trenches shall be suitably shored.

1.04.2 Concrete pipes: The laying of concrete pipelines shall conform to clause
9 of IS:783. Pipes shall be laid true to line and grade. Laying of pipes shall
always proceed upgrade of a slope.

1.04.3 Stoneware pipes: The laying of stoneware pipeline shall commence only
after the bottom of the trench at various points have been levelled as shown
in the drawings. The centre line of the trench shall be first marked out on the
ground and shall be excavated correct to depth, slope and width at all points.
The pipes shall be carefully laid to the alignment, levels and gradients as
shown on the drawings. The trench shall be excavated wide enough under
the sockets to allow hands to pass for making joints. The pipes between
manholes shall be laid truly in straight lines and without any vertical or
horizontal deviations on a bed of concrete as shown in the drawings. While
laying pipes, portion of concrete under each socket shall be dug and taken off
so that the barrel of the pipe gets full support on the concrete bed. Pipes shall
be launched with concrete tangentially upto the crown of the diameter of the

TENDERER Page # 148 CHIEF ENGINEER

 pipe as shown on the drawing. When it crosses under a road, the pipes shall
be fully encased in concrete as shown on drawings. The contractor shall take
precautions to maintain always a minimum cushion of earth over the pipes as
indicated in the drawings. All pipes shall be carefully examined with a light
hammer for soundness before laying. After each section of the pipeline has
been laid, the joints hall be allowed to sit properly and shall be inspected and
carried out only after approval of the Engineer. After testing, the trench shall
be back filled with selected earth in layers of 200 mm and shall be watered
and thoroughly rammed all pipes, water mains, cables etc. met within the
course of excavation shall be carefully protected and supported.
When the pipelines cross roads, the trenches shall have vertical sides with
suitable shoring. Any subsidence in the line of trenches after backfilling shall
be repaired by the contractor at his own cost.

1.04.4 Cast iron rain water pipes:

Cast iron rainwater pipes shall confirm to IS:1230 and IS: 1729 and shall be
installed as shown in the drawings.
Cast iron rainwater pipes fixed exposed to external walls shall confirm to IS:
1230 and shall be blocked out at least 20 mm from the plastered surface by
means of cast iron bobbing. The rain water pipes at the roof level shall be
fitted with a cast iron band with a masonry bell mouth of suitable size fitted
with a cast iron grating. The bottom of the down pipe shall be fitted with a
shoe fixed 150mm above ground / apron level of the building as shown on the
drawings. The sockets spigots of pipes and fittings shall be joined as
specified in clause 8.01.15.

Cast iron rainwater pipes embedded in concrete or masonry shall confirm to

IS: 1729 and shall be securely fixed to wall with wooden plugs and nails.
Joints of the sockets and spigots of pipes and fittings shall be as specified in
clause 8.01.15.

1.05 Inspection pits and trap pits:

Construction of pits shall commence only after the pipes have been laid in
position to true line and levels as shown on the drawings to the satisfaction of
the Engineer.
Inspection Pits: Inspection pits shall be constructed as indicated in the
drawings/bill of quantities. Unless otherwise specified, all inspection pits shall
be constructed with rubble masonry in cement mortar (1 :4). Half round
channels of size suitable for the inlet and outlet pipe diameter shall be formed
on the floor of the pit with M-10. The floor on the pit shall be haunched
towards the channel as shown in the drawings. Inside pits shall be finished
with cement sand plaster as specified in the specification and finished smooth
with cement punning. Care shall be taken to avoid invert level after finishing
and shall be as shown in drawings and/or as directed by the Engineer.
Inspection/master trap pits: The pits for the glazed stoneware master trap
shall be constructed as indicated in the drawings/bill of quantities. The
construction and finishing of the pit shall be haunched towards the
interception/master trap pits. Gully trap pits shall be constructed as indicated
in the drawings/bills of quantities. The construction and finishing of the pit
shall be as described in specification for inspection pit. The cast iron grating
shall be set flush with the finished ground/ apron level.

TENDERER Page # 149 CHIEF ENGINEER

1.06 Testing of Cast Iron Soil and Waste Pipelines:
On completion of laying the cast iron soil waste and ventilation pipeline shall
be tested by the contractor at his own cost and to detect leakage and any
other defects in the pipe line.
Test shall be conducted using proper apparatus with attachments for smoke
making machine for applying smoke to the pipelines under pressure, jute
cotton waste or brown paper soaked in creosote oil shall be used and fixed to
obtain dense and pungent smoke. While conducting smoke test top of soil
waste and ventilation pipes shall be kept open till smoke starts coming out of
openings. The opening shall then be surely plugged with expanding rubber,
traps and other openings for connecting sanitary fixtures shall be sealed with
water or other approved plugs. The entire pipeline shall be tested in suitable
sections as directed by the Engineer. The entire length of the pipelines
including all joints under test shall be closely observed for any sign of smoke
leakage. All leakage and defects shall be rectified by the contractor to the
satisfaction of the Engineer.

1.07 Testing of underground Sewer lines:

The drainage system shall be tested in accordance with the provisions of IS:
1742. All defects and deficiencies detected during the watch shall be promptly
rectified by the contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

2.0 WATER SUPPLY:

2.01 Jointing and laying of galvanised steel water supply pipes:

2.01.1 Screwed galvanised steel pipes, conforming isIS: 1239 shall be jointed with
screwed socket joints and screwed fittings of the same materials as that of
the pipes. Any burrs remaining on the pipes and after the threads are cut shall
be removed. An approved jointing compound together with a grumet of a few
stands of fine yarn shall be used for jointing pipes and fittings. Any pipe
threads exposed after jointing shall be painted with white synthetic enamel
paint and in the case of underground piping, thickly coated with approved
bituminous compound to prevent corrosion.

2.01.2 The depth at which the underground water supply pipe is to be laid shall be as
shown in the drawings. The service pipe passing into or beneath the building
shall be laid at least 200mm below the ground floor level and accommodate in
a previously laid sleeve in the structure where it enters the building. The
space between the sleeve and the pipe as its entry into the exit from the
building shall be filled with bituminous materials for a minimum of 150mm at
both ends. Piping shall not be buried in walls or floors as far as possible.
However when unavoidable, piping shall be buried for the shortest distance
necessary and adequate protection shall be provided against damage.

2.01.3 Galvanised steel piping shall be secured by iron or steel clamps and hooks
when fixed on walls. All pipe work shall be completely water tight and the
joints shall be such that there are no projections of jointing materials or the
like in the interior of pipes. Before the pipeline is commissioned, all piping and
fittings shall be flushed clean.

TENDERER Page # 150 CHIEF ENGINEER

2.01.4 Testing: After the laying and fixing of all galvanised steel water supply pipes
and fittings are completed the line shall be slowly and carefully charged with
water to a test pressure of 5 Kg. per [Link]. or the specified working pressure
plus 50% as may be prescribed by the Engineer. Care shall be taken that air
in pipelines is completely exhausted while filling the pipelines with water. This
pressure shall be maintained for at least one hour, unless otherwise specified.
The pipes and fittings shall be inspected for any leakage of water. Defects in
pipes and fittings, if detected, shall be remedied by the Contractor at his own
cost.

2.02 Jointing and laying of high density polythelene water supply pipes:
All higher density polythelene pipes shall have screwed ends and shall be
jointed with screwed fittings of the same materials of the pipes. Any burrs
remaining on the pipe ends after cutting threads shall be removed if
necessary and approved jointing compound with a few strands of fine yarn
may be used for jointing pipes and fittings. All exposed high density
polyethelene pipes shall be installed with PVC saddles Screwed on 25mm
thick wooden blocks securely fixed on walls, at suitable intervals, not
exceeding 1m. Pipes wherever installed on wall, clamps shall be fixed as in
the case of galvanised steel pipes.

2.03 Jointing of lead pipes: Jointing in lead pipes shall be wiped solder joints.
Joints shall be wiped in a continuous circular motion in one direction so as to
leave a neatly formed elliptical shaped joints free from tears, burns, dropping
etc. All exposed lead pipes, exceeding 25mm in diameter shall be secured to
walls by iron clips or lead ears. The spacing of the clips shall not exceed
900mm.

2.04 Storage water tanks :All tanks for storage of water shall be as indicated in
the drawings and bill of quantities and shall be completely and properly
covered with dust, light and mosquito proof cover of approved type as shown
on the drawings or as described in the bill of quantities. They shall be fitted
with a ball valve of approved type, securely fixed to the tank independent of
the inlet pipe. A mosquito proof overflow pipe shall be fixed to the tank with
the pipe invert about 25mm above the top of water line.

Approved type of stop valve shall be provided for every outlet pipe. All outlet
and inlet pipes shall be fixed as shown in the drawings. Support of the tanks
shall be 'as indicated in drawings. Inside surface of galvanised steel tanks
shall be painted with anti-corrosive drinking water paints as indicated in bill of
quantities.

2.05 Cleaning and disinfection: All storage tanks water supply fittings and pipes
before being put into commission, shall be disinfected with liquid chlorine by
the Contractor as his own cost.

3.0 INSTALLATION OF SANITARY APPLIANCES:

All sanitary appliances shall be fixed in position rigidly on floor and walls as
indicated in the drawings/ bill of quantities or as directed by the Engineer.

3.1 Water closet-Squatting type: Squatting type water closet shall be fitted with
specified trap and shall be jointed with gasket yarn and cement mortar. Rim
of the pan shall be levelled properly and set flush with the finished floor. The
pan shall be connected to flushing cistern of capacity as indicated in the bill of

TENDERER Page # 151 CHIEF ENGINEER

 quantities. The flushing cistern shall be supported on pair of CI cantilever
brackets firmly embedded in the wall in cement mortar (1:4) or screwed to
wall suitable plugs. Heights of the bracket from the top of pan shall be as
shown in the drawings. The flush pipe from the cistern shall be 32 mm of
specified tested quality and connected to the pan inlet by means of hemp and
putty joint.

3.2 Water closet-pedestal type : Pedestal type water closet shall be rigidly fixed
on the finished floor by means of 75mm long brass screw with suitable plugs.
The flushing cistern shall be porcelain or PVC or cast iron low level push
down cistern of capacity as indicated in the bill of quantities. The cistern shall
be supported on pair of cast iron or rolled steel cantilever brackets firmly fixed
on wall with brass screws and suitable plugs. The flush pipe from the cistern
shall be 40mm dia chromium plated. Brass bend fitted to the closet by means
of rubber adopter. The closet shall be provided with double plastic seat cover
confirming to IS:2548 and chromium plated hinges.

3.3 Urinals: Flat backtype urinals shall be firmly fitted. on finished wall by means
of 50mm long brass screws and suitable plugs. Height of the lip from the
standing point shall be as shown in the drawings. Urinals shall be fitted with
specified type of automatic flushing cistern of capacity as described in the bill
of quantities and as shown on the drawings. Flushing pipes shall be of
galvanised steel pipes of required sizes and connected to the Urinal with
15mm dia. PVC connector fitted with brass cap and lining at one end. The
joint to the inlet of urinal shall be neatly finished with putty joints.

SENSOR FITTED URINALS

Flat back urinals shall be fitted with sensors for automatic flushing shall be
firmly fitted on finished wall by means of 50mm long brass screws and
suitable plugs. height of the lip from the standing point shall be as shown in
the drawings.

The arrangement of waste pipes and discharge to the floor trap shall be as
shown on the drawings or as directed by Engineer. For single urinal, the
discharge may be direct to the floor trap through a 40mm dia waste pipe. For
range of urinals the discharge may be collected to the common discharge
pipe by 40mm dia pipe shall be led to the 100mm SWG half round channel
laid on the floor leading to the floor trap.

3.4 Wash hand basin

Wash hand basin shall be fitted in position to true level on a pair of cast iron
brackets rigidly fixed on wall with 50mm long brass screws and suitable plugs.
The type of waste pipes and their connection shall be as shown on the
drawings or as directed by the Engineer.

3.5 Porcelain sink of size as indicated in the bill of quantities shall be levelled
properly and fitted in position on a pair of cast iron cantilever brackets firmly
embedded in the wall in cement mortar (1 :4) The sink shall be fitted with
chromium plated brass waste fittings of standard size. The type of waste
pipes and their connections shall be as shown on drawings. or as directed by
the Engineer.

TENDERER Page # 152 CHIEF ENGINEER

3.6 Other miscellaneous fittings (e.g. Mirror, towel rails, soap cases etc.)
All such fittings shall be of type and sizes prescribed in the bill of quantities
and shall be fitted in position true to line, level, and plane as shown on the
drawings or as directed by the Engineer.

4.0 LIST OF APPROVED BRANDS/ NAMES OF APPROVED

MANUFACTURERS/ SUPPLIERS

Sl. NAMES OF THE NAMES OF THE APPROVED BRAND/

SECTION
No ITEMS MANUFACTURER/ SUPPLIER
Somany, H & R Johnson,
Naveen Ceramics, Kajaria, Nitco, Sphinx,
Orient Bell, AGL, Hindware,
Cera, Varmora, Vitero, Ambani, SUNHEART
CERAMIK, Bandhan,
WALL & FLOOR
1 SECTION – C Kerrogres by KAJARIA, Regency Tiles, H & R
TILES
Johnson Marbonite, H & R Johnson Endura, H
& R Johnson GPS, RicasilCermaics Exxaro,
NCL Vitristik, NCL TILOSTIK, NCL Marbostik,
Maha Bhima, Tricon, Pheonix, Eurocon,
Ultra,Cemtech, Amstrong
MYK LATICRETE, Ambani, JK TileMaxX, NCL
Vitristik, NCL Tilostik NCL Marbostik for fixing
TILE ADHESIVES Marble stones NCL Masonry glue, NCL
Render, MAPEI, DEC Industries, Berger,
Master Builder solutions, Kerakoll, Polyglaze.
PAVING & Super Decorative, Aditya Designer,
2 SECTION – D INTERLOCKING Maha Bhima, Tricon, Pheonix, Eurocon, Ultra,
TILES Sphinx, Cemtech, DEC Industries PVT LTD.
Jyoti, Classic, Hardwyn, AKS for SS, Crown,
GLOBEL (Aluminium Udyog)/Prayag Polymer,
FIXTURES FOR
3 SECTION – P EUREKA WINDOOR SYSTEMS, M/s DEC
DOOR & WINDOWS
Industries Pvt Ltd, Global ISI, Assa Abloy,
Dorset.
Asian Paints, Berger, Nerolac, British Paints,
JK Cements, Nexon paints, Indocem, ESSAR,
Sheenlac, Suryacem, Neon, Wallz, Walrus
NCL NCL NCL-Alltek NCLSkimcoat,
Allteck Spray Plaster, NCL Gaiety, NCL-
Delight, NCLHarmony, NCL-Alltek Dune, NCL
Alltek Acrylic Coarse, NCL Grey Coarse Putty,
NCL Base Coat, NCL Flora, Allteck Deco
Orient, MYK LATICRETE, Multichem, Essar,
4 SECTION – G PAINTS & POLISHES JK ShieldMaxX - White Cement, JK
WhiteMaxX, LevelMaxX , JK GypsoMaxX , JK
BondMaxX , Wall Putty (White cement based)
JK WallMaxX, JK Primaxx(White Cement
Based Primer), Smoothtek, Shalimar,
Snowcem, Nippon, New World Paints
Pvt. Ltd, Fortune Paints Pvt. Ltd, BAKELITE
COATINGS AND PAINTS, NCL Topcoat paint,
Alltek Trendy, Alltek Goldline, Dulux
Professional,DEC Industries, JSW PAINTS

TENDERER Page # 153 CHIEF ENGINEER

Sl. NAMES OF THE NAMES OF THE APPROVED BRAND/
SECTION
No ITEMS MANUFACTURER/ SUPPLIER
NCL Bison, Ramco-Hilux, Ramco-Hicem,
Everestboard,Visaka-board, Rajshri, Innsula,
5 SECTION – H PARTICLE BOARDS Birla Aerocon, Aerolite,Novopan, Bhutan-
board, Greenply, Greenpanel, Kajariaply,
ECOBOARD
Ramco-Hilux, Everestboard, Visakha-board,
Rajshri, Innsula, Gypsum India, Saint-
CEILINGS, WALL Gobain, Armstrong-Knauf Ceilings, Daikin,
6 SECTION – K PARTITIONS & WALL NCL-Seccolor, NC Bison, Rock Strength,
LININGS Aerolite, USG Boral, Birla Aerocon,
Diamond, Aerolite DIAMOND FRAMES,
Almo Laminates, DEC Industries, QUTE
NCL Buildtek, QUTE Anand, Raavila, Kutty,
Standard, Shubhdwar, ITP, Rajshri, NCL-
Bison, Elixir, Sintex, Elgi, Oasis, Polywood,
Sintex, NCL Prelaminated ABS door shutter,
NCL FPS Door Frame, NCL Scientific Door
Frames, NCL UPVC Door Shutter, Fenesta,
LG, Masonite, Everest, Vishaka, Ambience,
Aamoda, Rehau, Arpitha, Nandi, Aparna-
Venster, Ecoste, Ecocell, Marcolini,
DOORS, SHUTTERS &
7 SECTION – L Greenpanel, Kajariaply, HDHMR Doors –
FRAMES
NCL, Yashpoly EUREKA WINDOOR
SYSTEMS, ULTIMATE SAFETY METAL
DOORS, SUDHAKAR PROFILE SYSTEMS,
SHREEJI WOODCRAFT PVT LTD, DEC
Industries PVT LTD , Elegant Door and Ply
Innovations, Plastone, Black cobra, Galwin,
Shakti Hormann, Ambieance,HDF-MDF,
PVC, NCL, ZYLOS, Eroline/Sarvesh, Ahlada

NCL-Buildtek, NCL-Bison, Elixir, Elgi, Oasis,

NCL- Wintech, Fenesta, LG, Ahlada, Rehau,
Arpitha, Win-Eshtas-Viswajeet Industries,
Aparna Venster, ecoVUE, Marcolini,
8 SECTION – M WINDOWS
EUREKA WINDOOR SYSTEMS, DEC
Industries PVT Schueco, NCL Veka,
Plastone, SS Secure, Eroline/Sarvesh,
Ambieance, QUTE
NCL Buildtek, NCL-Bison, Elixir, Sintex, Elgi,
STRUCTURAL GLAZING & Oasis, Polywood, NCL - Zylos, Fenesta, LG,
9 SECTION – N
CURTAIN WALLING Rehau, Arpitha, EUREKA WINDOOR
SYSTEMS
EXPANSION JOINT
10 SECTION – U Silseal, Silflex, Armour, Shalitex
FILLERS
Sintex, Aquatech for PVC tanks, Century
wells & Sudarshana for Galvalume sheets,
MISCELLANEOUS Elixir for PEB structures, Aluminium Sections -
11 SECTION – R
ITEMS Hindalco, Nalco, Jindal, Geetha series, ACP
Sheets - Alucopanel, alucobonel, Reynobond,
Lennox Durabuid, lstronglegame, Alpolic,

TENDERER Page # 154 CHIEF ENGINEER

Sl. NAMES OF THE NAMES OF THE APPROVED BRAND/
SECTION
No ITEMS MANUFACTURER/ SUPPLIER
Alcomat, Alshine, Viva, Aludecorf)Gypsum
plaster-NKV Home Depot, Gyplite, Eurobond,
Alex Panels, AC Sheets – Charminar Fortune,
Ant termite Treatment – Bayer, MPC ( Mineral
Polymer Composite)Grills/Jali – Esoste,
Carpets – Welspun, Polycarbonate sheets –
DPIDaylighting, Design, fabrication & supply of
light weight preengineered buildings - DEC
Industries PVT LTD, NCL Buildtek, Kirby, tile -
Welspun

TENDERER Page # 155 CHIEF ENGINEER

4.1 LIST OF MAKES FOR CIVIL ITEMS TO BE USED (NOT COVERED UNDER
SCHEDULE OF RATES)

[Link]. Item Makes Suggested

1. Cement Ultra Tech / Ramco / Priya / Rajashree / Birla /

Kesoramor any other ISI marked or ISO
accredited makes confirming to Bureau of Indian
Standards.

2. Steel The contractor shall procure steel from TATA,

SAIL, VSP, JSW, JINDAL PANTHER, SHYAM
STEEL, GOEL TMT, and BALAJI SHAKTI, AF
STAR TMT / MS LIFE TMT, RADHA TMT AND
SUGNA TMT. They shall not be permitted to use
bought from other private manufactures.

3. Aluminium Sections Hindalco, Nalco, Jindal, Geetha series or any other

equivalent makes confirming to Bureau of Indian
Standards.

4. M S Tubes& Pipes TATA / Khandelwal / Zenith/ JSW/ Oswal/ or any

other as per IS-1161 equivalent makes
confirming to Bureau of Indian Standards.

5. MS /GI Sheets Jindal / TATA or any other equivalent makes

confirming to Bureau of Indian Standards.

.
NOTE: ALL MATERIALS TO BE USED FOR CIVIL WORKS SHOULD BE FIRST
QUALITY AND AS PER THE STANDARDS OF BIS.

TENDERER Page # 156 CHIEF ENGINEER

5.0 LIST OF MAKES FOR WATER SUPPLY AND SANITARY ITEMS TO BE
USED.

Sl. Names of the approved brand /

Section Name of the items
No. Manufacturer / Supplier

C.I. Pipes & Fittings -

1 Section-C As per - IS BIC/ NECO/ Jayaswal Neco or equivalent
1729:1979
Hindustan Sanitary ware/ Parryware/
Vitreous Chinaware -
Neycer/ CERA/Jaquar / Somany, Watertec,
2 Section-E Sanitary Appliances
Kerovit by Kajaria, Goel Sinks, Futura,
as per IS :2556-1974
Naturesani, Bandhan, Merino
Seiko/ Senior/ Nice/ Senior/ Nice/ CERA/
Hindware - PREMIUM MAKE - Jaquar/
Hindware / Plumber/ Parryware/
H & R Johnson, Karla / Essco / Somany/
3 Section-F Taps & Faucets Kingston/Prayag Polymer/ KUNCHAL
(Aluminium Udyog)/ M/s Sumo Polyplast Pvt.
Ltd (Sumolex), Watertec, Ambani, Kerovit by
Kajaria, Austro,/ ESS ESS/ BATHSENSE/
ROYALE/Futura/Player, DEC Industries
Tata/ JSW/ Oswal/ Zenith HB / Kirti/ R-Brand,
4 Section-G G.I. Pipes & Fittings
Zoloto/ R-Brand
Prince/Sudhakar/Kisan/Supreme/ Astral/
Finolex/ Ajay/Ashirvad/ Birla Aerocon/
TRUFLO by Hindware/ Prayag Polymer,
Watertec, Austro, Nandi/ APOLLO PIPES
LTD / DEC Industries PVT LTD/ Vectus/
5 Section-H PVC Pipes & Fittings
Suki, Flowkem, CCAL, ORIPLAST, Sintex,
Aquatech, Nandi, Agarwal, TRUFLO by
Hindware, Flowkem, OXYGEN, Parryware/
Slimlines/ CERA/ Hindware/Prayag
Polymer/ APOLLO PIPES LTD
Centrifugal Cast Iron
6 Section-D Pipes & Fittings as BIC/ NECO/ Jayaswal Neco - ISI brand
per IS: 3989-1984
Kitec/ Kisan/ Uniflex/M/s Sumolex Polyplast
Pvt. Ltd/ APOLLO PIPES LTD, Supreme/
Ashirvad/ Astral/ Prince / Kisan / Ajay/Birla
Aerocon/ Hindware
TRUFLO/Sudhakar/Prayag Polymer/ M/s
7 Section-J Miscellaneous Sumolex
Polyplast Pvt. Ltd, Watertec, Ambani, Austro,
Nandi/ DEC Industries
PVT LTD , Suki, Supreme/ Ashirvad/ Astral/
Prince/ Kisan / SFMC / KPT/
M/s Sumolex Polyplast Pvt. Ltd

NOTE: ALL MATERIALS TO BE USED FOR SANITARY WORKS SHOULD BE

FIRST QUALITY AND AS PER THE STANDARDS OF BIS.

TENDERER Page # 157 CHIEF ENGINEER

 INTERNAL ELECTRIFICATION
(AS PER NUMBERS OF APSS, BIS CODE, MOST, ETC)

1.0 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS Electrical

I.E. RULE 1956: the installation shall generally be carried out in conformity with
Indian electricity rule 1956 as amended from time to time and national electrical code
which contains specific regulations to be adhered to in the supply and use of
electrical energy in the interest of safety.

PRESURE AND FREQUENCY OF SUPPLY: all current consuming devices shall be

suitable for the pressure and frequency of supply stated in the special conditions of
contract.

SYSTEM OF WIRING: the wiring shall be carried out on such a system as may be
specified in the conditions of contract. Power wiring shall be kept separate and
distinct from lighting wiring. All conductors shall be run as far as possible along the
walls and ceiling, so as to be easily accessible for inspection. The balancing of
circuits in three phase system shall be arranged before hand by the engineer.

CONDUCTORS: The material and size of the conductors shall comply with the
bureau of the Indian standards and as per the provision of I.E. rules, 1956. all cables
shall have the maker’s name and identifications printed on the insulated surface. In
case of dispute regarding make it is the responsibility of the contractor to prove that
the material is original of the company.

MATERIALS: All materials, fittings, equipment and their accessories, appliances,

etc, used in an electrical insulation shall confirm the bureau of India standard
specification wherever they exist. Incase the Indian standard does not exist, the
materials and other items shall be those approved by the competent authority. A list
of approved materials for use in the electrical works is enclosed.

2.0 TESTS TO BE COMPLIED WITH: Before the installation is permanently put in to

service the following test shall be complied with.

a) INSULATION RESISTANCE: the insulation resistance shall be measured by

applying between earth and the whole system of conductors or any section there of
with all fuses in place and all switches on a direct current pressure of not less than
twice the working pressure shall be deemed to be that which is maintained between
the phase conductors and the neutral.

b) The insulation resistance of an installation measured as in above shall not be less

than 1 mega ohm.
Lighting circuits shall be tested with all lamps in place except in the case of earthed
concealed wiring system.
Heating and power circuits may be tested, if desired with the heating and power
appliances disconnected from the supply.

TENDERER Page # 158 CHIEF ENGINEER

3.0 EARTH RESISTANCE: It is recommended that the value of any earth system shall
not be more than 1 ohm unless otherwise specified. Care should be taken select a
material which is resistant to corrosion in the soil in which, it will be used. The
electrode shall be kept free from paint, enamel and grease. The size of the earth
continuity conductor should not be less than 14 S.W.G.(2.8.94sqm). earth resistively
test shall be carried out in accordance with Indian standard code of practice for
earthing.

4.0 FANS AND REGULATORS: All ceilings fans shall be wired to a ceiling rose and
suspended from hook or shackle and insulated from the same. All joints in the
suspension rod shall be screws and all joints or bolts in connection shall be
additionally secured by means of split pins.

5.0 CONDIUT SYSTEM OF WIRING: The conduit shall be electrically continuous front
distribution board to out let boxes of lighting switches and other appliances. The
lengths of conduits shall be joined by means of screws sockets. Threads shall be
free from grease or oil and no material of this nature shall be allowed to come in
contact with the conductors. The whole system of the conduits shall be electrically
continuous throughout and shall be Permanently and efficiently connected to the
earthing system.

6.0 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL: All excavation and backfill including tempering,
shorting and strutting required from the installation of the cable shall be carried out
by the contractor in the accordance with the drawing and requirements laid down
elsewhere. Trenches will be filled in layer not exceeding 150mm. Each layer shall be
properly rammed and consolidated before laying the next layer. The contractor shall
restore all surface, road ways, sidewalks, curbs, wall or other worked out by
excavation to their original condition, satisfactory to the departmental officers.

Prior to burying of cables, following tests shall carried out

Insulation test between phases, phase and earth for each length of cable before and
after jointing. On completion of cable laying work, the following test shall be
conducted in the presence of the departmental engineer.
Insulation resistance test
Continuity test
Earth test

7.0 MEDIUM VOLTAGE AND LOW VOLTAGE SWITCH GEAR PANEL BOARD:

The main panel board shall be floor mounted and totally enclosed. The design shall
include all provisions for safety of operating and maintenance personal. The general
construction shall confirm to appropriate Indian standard specifications. Cubical type
switch board shall be fabricated out of sheet steel not less than 2.00mm thick. Such
sheet steel member shall be stiffened by angle iron frame work. Unless otherwise
approved, incomer bus section panel or sections shall be separate and independent.
The general arrangement for multiplier construction shall be such that the horizontal
bar framed present apleasent and authentic look. The general arrangement shall be
got approved before fabrication. All cable entries shall be through gland plates.
Cable entry plates shall be sectionalized. The construction shall include necessary
cable supports for crimping the cable allay or rear cable chamber. incomer
termination shall be suitable for receiving busbartrunking. Busbar shall be firmly fixed
on support constructed from a suitable inculting material which confirms to relevant
Indian standards. The support shall be sufficiently robust to effectively with stand

TENDERER Page # 159 CHIEF ENGINEER

 electromechanical stresses produced in the event of short circuit. The minimum
clearance to be maintained for open and closed indoor air insulated
busbars/electrically iron exposed and working at system voltage up to 600volts shall
be as follows:

BETWEEN MAINCLEARANCE
Phase to earth 26mm
Phase to phase 32mm

8.0 DISTRIBUTION: Distribution boards shall be assembled, aligned and installed as per
installation manual of the switch board supplier and relevant Indian standard
specifications. Phase sequence for each incomer shall be tested and connections
adjusted accordingly. A mechanical endurance test shall be carried out by closing
and opening of the circuit breaker.

9.0 COMPLETION DRAWINGS: At the completion of the work and before issuance of
virtual completion contractor shall submit to the departmental officer five sets of
layout drawings drawn at approved scale indicating the complete wiring system “as
installed”. The drawings shall in particular give the following information.
Run and size of conduits, inspection and junction boxes.
Number and size of conductors in each circuit
Location and rating of sockets and switches controlling the light and power out lets.
Location and details of distribution boards, main switches and others particulars.
A complete wiring diagram as installed and schematic diagram showing all
connections in the complete electrical system.
Instructions, maintenance and operation manuals if any for the equipments.
Contractor should obtain necessary approval, from electrical inspectorate submitting
necessary drawings test certificates etc.

10.0 SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR THE ELECTRICAL WORKS (GENERAL)

• The work shall be carried out strictly in conformity with (1) code of practice for
electrical wiring and fittings in Govt. buildings (2) the Indian standard specification (3)
the departmental specification, if the work carried out does not comply with the code
of practice and departmental specifications and if the workmanship is unsatisfactory
it will be binding the contractor to redo the job without any extra cost and pay penalty
as decided by the department.
• The work should be carried out under the direct supervision of persons holding a
certificate of competency for the type of work involved.
• After completion of work a plan of building should be prepared indicating the location
of various main and sub-boards and all the fitting together with a circuit diagram duly
numbered (in the diagram). The final bill will not be paid till the above and the
diagram submitted and approved after verification.
• The contractor will be responsible for any defects noticed for either improper
workmanship or defective materials supplied by him for one calendar year from the
date of final completion of work.
• Lugs should be provided for all earth connections.
• Ferrules should be arranged for each circuit for identification.
• The contractor himself should arrange for the transportation of men and material to
their work spot.
• All civil works and patch works indicated for providing electrical installations should
be well finished to the satisfaction of the civil authorities. A certificate from them
should be obtained to the effect that the civil and patch work done is to the

TENDERER Page # 160 CHIEF ENGINEER

 satisfaction civil authorities. It will be the responsibility of the electrical contractor to
obtain such certificate from the civil engineer. Unless such certificate is produced this
office will have right to with held the bill.
• Concerting to the pole and providing independent earthing should be done in
presence of departmental staff.
• The distribution board with switch controls shall be separate in each floor for normal
supply and essential supply.
• The lighting circuits shall be provided with separate conductor to enable to connect
the normal lighting and essential lighting with linking to any of the above system to
ensure to switch over to essential supply in the order to have minimum to avoid
inconvenience to the staff working.
• The control for the luminary to be provided in the hall for both to be connected to the
normal supply and essential supply shall be separate and away from the each
system.
• For the points to be connected to essential supply a separate conduit system is to be
laid as enumerated in the above conditions includes circuit a main of any system.
• The location for the D.B’s and switch controls for essential supply will be decided
during the course of execution where the circuit conduit way have to be terminated.

TENDERER Page # 161 CHIEF ENGINEER

Conditions for Supply, Erection and Commissioning of Lift.

1) GURARANTEE :-
The equipment offered should be covered by the usual guarantee by which any
part or parts which fail within 24 months from the date of handing over due to defective
materials or bad work should be replaced by the firm at free of cost. The period 24
months is to be reckoned from the date of handing the lift to this department after testing
and commissioning in satisfactory operating condition. No extra amount will be paid for
any reasons what so ever.

2) The delivery and erection shall be completed as per the rate of progress as specified
in the tender conditions under rate of progress.

3) Deputation of erector
Before the commencing the erection, the erection engineer should be deputed when
ever asked from by the department. No separate charges will be paid for such
deputation.

4) (a) The design and drawings of all civil works have to be furnished by the firm
(b) The firm shall supply the lay out drawings of lift and its switchgear after the
Completion of the work
(c) Finial bill shall be paid only after the entire work is completed to the satisfaction
of the department.
(d) The rate offered by the firm shall be inclusive of all charges such as packing
forwarding and insurance etc. the rate also shall be inclusive of Excise duty,S.T
etc., including all other incidental charges, such as accommodation for erection
crew journeys boarding and lodging inclusive of training to an operator
concerned etc., .The price shall also include any statutory increase in excise
duty, S.T if any during the currency of the contract. However the department
shall help the firm in procuring the materials at concessional sales tax (i.e., the
department shall provide the firm with D-form for obtaining S.T concession )

5) Servicing : Free servicing will have to be done by the firm for a period of twenty
four months from the date of commissioning the lift i.e., during the guarantee period.

6) Terms of payment :80% of the contract value will be paid on receipt of the all lift
material at site. The balance 20% will be released after handing over the lift in
satisfactory working condition, inclusive of erection, commissioning and testing.

7) Specification : The supply and erection of lift should be inconformity of standards as

per I.S.I specifications.

8) Scaffolding : Scaffolding to the required extent has to be erected by the firm at their
cost.

9) Steel : The rate quoted should also include necessary steel required for still support
angles, hitch beams, buffer supports channels and bearing plates etc., . The
department will not be responsible for any mishaps during execution of equipment.

10) Minor civil works : Doing all minor works comprising of cutting holes and making
good, quide rail brackets and landing batton fixtures, frames for collapsible gates and
civil works, associated with the laying of the stills at each entrances and on the
landing buffer supports channels and other works ancillary to the erection work in lift
making groom and all other civil works will have to be carried out by the firm only to

TENDERER Page # 162 CHIEF ENGINEER

 the satisfaction of the departmental officer and the company will responsible for any
defects in the said works that might be noticed at later dates.

11) Transport &Storage : The materials will have to be delivered at site and stored at
the cost of the firm. The safety of the material will be firms responsibility till the
equipment is handed over duly commissioned. Any damage or loss of the material
stored will be to the account of tenderer. Any repairs or replacement etc., needed to
the materials so stored should be done at the cost of tenderer till the lift is handed
over in satisfactory operation condition after testing and commissioning. All the
expenses should be borne by the company. However, storage facilities will be
provided free of cost.

12) Earthing : Necessary earthing is to be provided by the firm in confirmation to the

relevant I.S.I specifications.

13) Other conditions will be as per APSS ( Manual AP detailed standard specifications)

CONDITIONS Exclusively for Transformers

RATES: The rates should be inclusive of all taxesand other charges except GST for
packing forwarding, insurance, transportation of the material to the site.
DEPUTATION OF ERECTION ENGINEER & STAFF: The erection Engineer and staff
should be deputed at the time of erection. No. Separate charges will be paid for such
deputation.
DELIVERY & ERECTION: The transformers should be supplied to erecting,
commissioning and handing over in satisfactory working condition within (2) months from
the date of agreement. All the H.T and L.T switchgear transformers etc., should be
erected as per latest Electrical Inspectorate rules and for any deviations from rules, the
contractor will be held responsible.
GUARANTEE; All the equipment supplied should be guaranteed for two year from the
date of handing over or from the date or charging of installation whichever is later in
satisfactory working condition. Any part or parts, which fail during the guarantee period
due to defective manufacturing or bad workmanship, should be replaced repaired by the
firm free of cost.

TEST REPORTS: The contractor should furnish test reports for transformers, oil
breather, OCB’s etc., issued by the competent authority.
The contractor should hand over all the required manuals of transformers supplied by
him.

TENDERER Page # 163 CHIEF ENGINEER

CONDITIONS FOR SUPPLY, ERRECTION AND COMMISSIONING DIESEL
GENERATOR SETS

1) GUARANTEE:The Generator set and its connected switch gear, offered shall be
covered by the usual guarantee period during which if any part / parts fall either due to
defective materials bad workmanship shall be repaired / replaced by the firm at free of
cost. This guarantee period of 24 months will be reckoned from landing over the
generator set after testing and commissioning in satisfactory working condition.
2) DELVERY & ERRECTION: The delivery and erection shall be complete as per the
rate of progress as specified in the tender conditions under rate of progress.
3) A) The design and drawings of all civil works have to be furnished by the firm.
B) The firm shall supply the layout drawings of generator set and its switch gear after
completion of the work.
C) Final bill shall be paid only after the entire work is completed to the satisfaction of
the department.
D) The rate offered by the firm shall be inclusive of all charges such as packing
forwarding and insurance etc., S.T etc., including all other incidental charges such as
accommodation for erection crew, journeys bearing and lodging inclusive of training to
an operator concerned etc. The price shall also include statutory increase in Excise
Duly, S.T. if any during the currency of the contract.
SERVICING: Free monthly servicing and maintenance shall be done by the firm for a
period of 24 months from the date of handing over the DG set and also the firm shall
depute servicing Engineer as and when required by the Department without claiming
any extra charges duly replacing the parts defective due to manufacture, free of cost
and without any obligations.
4) TERMS OF PAYMENT: 80% of the contract value on delivery of all materials at site
based on payment schedule and balance after handing over the set in satisfactory
working condition inclusive of erection, commissioning and testing.
5) The current transformers which are proposed to be used shall be resin cast shall be
of fibre glass which can withstand a temperature of 130 degrees.
6) CIVIL WORKS: All the Civil works contingent to installation of generator set shall be
done to the satisfaction of the Departmental officers concerned. The firm shall be
responsible for any defects in the said works that might to be noticed at a later dated.
7) TRANSPORT & STORAGE: The materials should be stored at the firms cost and
responsibility. The storage accommodation will be provided by the Department
subjects availability of the accommodation. This department will not defray of
reimburse the cost of any materials / materials lost damaged or otherwise in the

TENDERER Page # 164 CHIEF ENGINEER

 transit or storage of the materials or for any reason including thefts cyclone fire
burglary or any other causes.
8) TESTING CERTIFICATES: Test Certificate shall be furnished.
9) EXPERIENCE: Only previous experience in supply and erection of generator sets
and commissioning only .
10) EARTHING: Necessary earthing is to be provided by the firm in confirmation to the
relevant I.S.I Specifications.
11) Necessary exhaust piping from engine exhaust to outside the room by means of MS
/ Gl pipe of suitable size and supporting it properly by means of clamps. Silencer
should be mounted at the end of the exhaust pipe.
12) The D.G set should be tested on load for at least 4 hrs out of which 2 hrs
shall be 100% load and remaining 2 hrs shall not be less than 75% of full load.
13) The DG Test shall be tested at factory before dispatch under the presence of the
department engineer concerned, necessary charges to be borne by the firm for to and
fro charges including required accommodation etc.

TENDERER Page # 165 CHIEF ENGINEER

 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

LIST OF INDIAN STANDARDS FOR ELECTRICAL WORKS

Relevant Indian standards for the various materials to be used in electrical works as
per specification condition No

[Link]. and as
amended
S//[Link]. Description
from time to
time
A) LIST OF INDIAN STANDARDS

I CABLES
1 PVC insulated cables for working Voltage upto and IS 694:1990
including 1100 V
2 PVC Insulated (heavy duty) electrical cables IS 1554:1988
3 11 KV XLPE cables I S 7089-part-II
4 Recommended current ratings for cables IS 3961-1967

5 PVC insulations and sheath of electric cables IS 5831:1984

6 Conductors for insulated electric cables & flexible IS 8130:1984
cords (superseding IS 1753: 1967)
II CONDUITS & ACCESSORIES AND JUNCTION BOXES
1 Flexible steel conduits for electrical wiring IS 3480:1966
2 Conduits for electrical installation: Part 1 General IS 9537-PI-
requirements 1981
3 Conduits for electrical installation: Part 2 Rigid steel IS 9537-PII-
conduits 1989
4 Recommended practice for hot dip galvanizing of Iron IS 2629:1985
and steel
5 Fittings for rigid steel conduits for electrical wiring IS 2667-1988
6 Accessories for rigid steel conduits for electrical wiring IS 3837-1976
7 Adopters for flexible steel conduits IS 4649:1968
8 Boxes for enclosure of electrical accessories – Steel IS 5133:1969
and cast iron boxes
III DOMESTIC SWITCHES SOCKETS
Plugs and socket outlets (250V; 16A) : Specifications IS 1293:2005
Ceiling Roses – Specification IS 371:1999
Switches for domestic and similar purposes IS 3854:1997
IV ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION
code of practice for electrical wiring installation IS 732:1989
code of practice for earthing IS 3043:1987
Recommendations on safety procedures and practices IS 5216:1982
in electrical work

TENDERER Page # 166 CHIEF ENGINEER

 [Link]. and as
amended
S//[Link]. Description
from time to
time
Code of practice for Selection, installation and IS 3106-1996
maintenance of fuses (Voltages not exceeding 650 V)

code for practice for interior illumination Part2 IS 3646:1966

code of practice for lighting of public thoroughfares IS 1944:1970
Installation and maintenance of paper insulated power IS 1155-1967
cables
Code of practice for use of structural steel in General IS:800
building construction
Methods of testing uniformity of coating on zinc coated IS:2633
articles
Code of practice for phosphate iron and steel IS:6005

V LT PANEL BOARDS / LIGHTING PANELS

Enclosed distribution fuse board and cutouts for IS 2675-1983
voltage not exceeding 1000 V AC / 1200 V DC

Specifications for Low voltage switchgear and control IS 13947:1993

gear for voltages not exceeding 1000 V.
Part-1 General Rules (supersedes IS 4237 & IS 2147)
Part-2 Circuit Breakers (supersedes IS 2516)
Part-3 Switches, dis-connectors (supersedes IS 4064)
Part-4 Contractors, starters (supersedes IS 2959)
Part-5 Control circuit devises & switching elements IS 13947:2004
( supersedes IS 6875 switches/ push button)

Code of practice for climate for climate proofing of IS 3202:1965

electrical equipment
Electrical accessories- Circuit breaker for over current IS 8828:1996
protection for house hold & similar installations
( Miniature Air-bread circuit breakers for voltage not
exceeding 1000V)
Current transformers IS 2705:1992
Low voltage fuses (upto 1000V) IS 13703:1993
Supersedes IS 2208 & IS 9224
Wrought aluminium and aluminium alloy bars, rods, IS 5082: 1998
tubes and sections for electrical purposes
Specifications for low voltage switch gear and control IS 8623:1993
gear assemblies (i.e. Factory build assemblies of
switchgear and control gear for voltages up to 1000 V)
Electrical measuring Instruments (Direct acting IS 1248:2003
indicating analog instruments) & accessories
Danger notice plates IS 2551:1982
Guide for Marking insulated conductors (supersedes IS 5578-1984
IS 375)

TENDERER Page # 167 CHIEF ENGINEER

 [Link]. and as
amended
S//[Link]. Description
from time to
time
Guide for uniform system of marking & identification of IS 11353:1985
conductors and apparatus terminals
Electrical relays for power systems protections IS 3231:1986
Voltage Transformers (part 1 to part 4) IS 3156:1992
Electricity meters induction type (for alternating IS 722:1986
current)

Inter connecting Bus-bars for Voltage above 1KV IS 8084-1976

VI LIGHTNING
Code of practice for the Protection of buildings and S 2309-1989
allied structures against lightning

VII FIRE SAFETY

Code of practice for Fire safety of buildings (General) IS 1646-1997
Electrical Installation
VIII LIGHTING FIXTURES AND ACCESSORIES
General and safety requirements for electric Lighting IS 1913-1969
fittings
Interior Illumination IS 3636-1966
tubular florescent lamps IS: 2418:1977
Bal lazes for use in flourscent lighting fittings (part 1) IS: 1534
bi-pin lamp holders for tubular fluroscent lamps IS: 3323
capacitors for use in fluroscent lighting fittings IS: 1569
starters for fluroscent lamps IS: 1522
holders for starters for tubular fluroscent lamps IS: 3324:1982
specifications for decorative lighting out fits IS: 5077
high-pressure mercury vapour lamps IS: 2183
GLS lamps IS: 416
Bayonet lamp holders IS 1258:2005
dust proof electric lighting fittings IS :4012
dust tight electric lighting fittings IS:4013
specification for floodlights IS: 1947
Lighting public thorough fares IS 1944-1970
Luminaries for street lighting IS 2149-1970
Water tight electric lighting fittings IS 3553-1966
Waterproof electric lighting fitting IS 3528-1966
industrial lighting fittings IS: 1777

TENDERER Page # 168 CHIEF ENGINEER

 [Link]. and as
amended
S//[Link]. Description
from time to
time
industrial lighting fitting with plastic reflectors IS:3287

IX Ceiling fans
Electrical ceiling type fans & regulators IS 374-1979

X Transformers IS 2026-1962
Installation and commissioning of transformers IS 1886-1967

XI Onload change over switches IS 4064-1978

Tubular steel poles for overhead power lines IS 2713:1980
Mild Steel wire for General Engineering purpose IS 280:2006

11.0 Standards for Electrical Equipment

11.1 Unless otherwise stipulated in this specification, all equipment or material

covered under this specifications shall be designed, manufactured and tested in
accordance with the latest standards of Indian Standard's specifications.

11.2 All equipment shall conform to latest Indian electricity Rules, Indian electricity act
and Indian Insurance rules as regard safety, earthing and other essential
provisions specified in for installation and operation of electrical equipments.

11.3 Extreme care shall be taken to make enclosures for switch gears proof against
rodents, lizards and other creeping vermin.

11.4 Continuity of power supply is to be given maximum consideration and the design
of the equipment shall be such as to simplify inspection maintenance and testing
at site. The design shall include all reasonable precautions and provisions for
safety of operating personnel and maintenance personnel.

1.0 WIRING INSTALATION

SCOPE
The scope under this section covers wiring installation comprising of

a) Lighting/Fan/Exhaust Fan/Circuit bell points.

b) Power circuits and Air Condition circuits.
c) Circuit wiring.

TENDERER Page # 169 CHIEF ENGINEER

 RECESSED CONDUIT WIRING SYSTEM WITH RIGID STEELCONDUIT
a) Type and size of conduit: All rigid non-metallic conduits shall conform to
accepted standards and shall be used to corresponding accessories.
Conduits shall provide adequate mechanical protection for the enclosed
cables and the interior of the conduit shall be free from obstructions. No non-
metallic conduit less than 20 mm in dia shall be used. The number of
insulated cables that can be drawn into rigid non-metallic conduits are given
in the following table (Ref: Table-2)

Size of table SIZE OF CONDUITS, MM

Normal No, &nd
16 20 25 32 40 50 63
cross diameter of
Sectional wires
Number of Cables, Max
area mm2Mm
S B S B S B S B S B S B S B
1.0 1/1.12* 5 4 7 5 13 10 20 14 - - - - - -
1.5 1/1.40 4 3 7 5 12 10 20 14 - - - - - -
2.5 1/1.80 3 2 0 5 10 8 18 12 - - - - - -
3/1.06
4.0 1/ 2.24 3 2 4 3 7 8 12 10 - - - - - -
7/0.35
6.0 1/ 2.80 2 - 3 2 6 5 10 3 - - - - - -
7/1.06*
10.0 11/3.55+ - 2 - 5 4 3 7 - - - - - - -
7/1.40* - - 2 - 4 3 6 5 8 - - - - -
16.0 7/1.70 - - - - 2 - 4 3 7 6 - - - -
25.0 7/2.24 - - - - - - 3 2 5 4 8 6 9 7
35.0 7/2.50 - - - - - - 2 - 4 3 7 5 8 6
50.0 7/3.00+ - - - - - - - - 2 - 5 4 6 5
19/1.80

“*” for copper conductors only.

“+” for aluminum conductors only.
MS Conduits: Conduit pipe shall be finished with stove enamel surface. all
conduit accessories shall be treaded type only and under no circumstances
pin grip type or clamp type accessories be used. No steel conduits less than
16mm diameter shall be used. The number of insulated conductors that can
be drawn into rigid steel conduits are given in separate enclosure.
([Link]-2)

TENDERER Page # 170 CHIEF ENGINEER

 b) Bunching of cables: Unless otherwise specified, insulated conductors of AC
supply shall be bunched in separate conduits. For lighting and small power
outlet circuits, phase segregation in separate conduits is recommended.

c) Conduit Joints: Conduits (metallic) shall be joined by means of screwed

couplers and screwed accessories only. In long distance straight runs of
conduit, inspection type boxes at reasonable intervals shall be provided. Cut
ends of conduit pipes shall have no sharp edges nor any burrs left to avoid
damage to the insulation of conductors while pulling them through such
conduits.

d) Inspection type conduit fittings such as inspection boxes, deep boxes, bends,
elbows and tees shall be so installed that they remain accessible for such
purposes as withdrawal of existing cables or installation of additional cables.

e) Metallic switch board boxes shall be fabricated from 1.6mm thick sheet metal
of 16 gauge GI sheet and wooden switch board boxes shall be of Teakwood.
Modular switch boxes shall be heavy gauge Hot dipped galvanized of
standard company as per the switches make. The switch boards should be
flush mounting type. The MS switch boards should be painted with two
coats of red oxide and two coats of synthetic enamel paint of approved grade
and make before fixing in position for MS Boxes.

The switch boxes should be covered with 3mm thickDecolam /Hylam cover.

f) The chase in the wall shall be neatly made and be of ample dimensions to
permit the conduit to be fixed in the manner desired. In the case of building
under construction chases shall be provided in the walls, ceiling etc., at the
time of their construction and shall be filled up neatly after erection of conduit
and brought to original finish of the walls.

g) The conduits shall be fixed in chases by means of staples or saddles not

more than 45cms apart. Fixing of standard bends or elbows shall be
avoided as far as practicable and all curves maintained by bending the
conduit pipe itself with a long radius which will permit easy drawing in of
conductors. All threaded joints of rigid steel conduit shall be treated with
some approved preservative compound to secure protection against rust.

h) Suitable inspection boxes shall be provided to permit periodical inspection

and to facilitate removal of wires if necessary. Minimum size of inspection
boxes shall be 75 x 75 mm.

i) The M.S. switch board boxes, junction boxes etc., should be efficiently
earthed with conduit by a suitable means of earth attachment.

j) When crossing through expansion joints in Buildings, the conduit section

across the joint may be through flexible conduits of same size as the rigid
conduit.

TENDERER Page # 171 CHIEF ENGINEER

 k) Wires: Wires shall comply with the following features.

- Annealed copper conductor, multi strand, PVC insulated, 1100 volts

grade cables.
- The following colour coding shall be followed :-

Phase -R - Red
Phase -Y - Yellow
Phase -B - Blue
Neutral - Black
Earth - Green

l) On each (lighting/Ceiling Fan/Exhaust Fan) circuit not more than 6points or

800-1000 watts load should be connected. Example:- If on one of the switch
boards there are only 4 switches to control 4 lights, other switch board
another 3 switches to control lights etc, then for arriving at the circuit length,
the shortest distance from circuit breaker in the MCB distribution board to the
nearest switch board shall be considered. Inter connections between such
switch boards shall be allowed by providing same wires as are used for light
points and no measurement in circuit wiring is allowed for such inter
connections. A separate conduit pipe has to be provided for running circuit
mains and the conduits for light points shall never be used for the same.

For 6 Amps 3 pin on separate board the circuit measurement to first nearest
6Amps 3 pin socket is considered. No measurement will be separately
considered for looping of switch boards in circuit wiring.

m) The mounting height of switch boards (bottom of MS Box) shall be 4'6" from
finished floor level.

The 6 Amps/16 Amps 3 pin sockets with shutter protection shall be at 1 mtr.
Level (or skirting level).

Wiring for power circuits i.e., 16 Amps 3 pin and AC points shall be provided
in separate conduit pipes.

n) Neat holes shall be punched on MS Switch Board Boxes for conduit pipe
entries. Rough, burred holes with chisel shall be avoided. Conduit pipes to
be fixed to MS Switch Board Boxes, MCB Distribution Boards etc., by
providing (double chack)check nut arrangement. Before drawing of PVC
insulated cables inside the conduits, ebonite/ nylon bushes to be provided at
conduit ends in order to avoid damage to cables during drawing.

o) 3mm thick Hylam / Decolam covers provided on Switch Boards should be

fixed to switch boards by providing brass coated screws and plated cup
washers.

p) Any loose holes on Switch Board boxes and Distribution Boards shall be
properly closed, so as to prevent entry of lizards etc.

TENDERER Page # 172 CHIEF ENGINEER

 q) Whenever cables of size 2.5 [Link] /6.0Sq.m and above are connected
inside switch, socket or MCB, metallic plug point etc, proper type and size of
lugs to be crimped to cable leads before making the permanent connection
in switches etc.

r) Telephone/intercom cables shall not be laid in the same conduit where

electric lighting/power cables are drawn. Separate conduit pipes to be used
for drawing of telephone/intercom cables.

s) Loose joints with PVC insulation shall be avoided. Wherever possible joints
of cables shall be avoided. If found necessary proper type and size of
connectors shall be used.

t) The drop of voltage between the main switch/distant. Terminals and the
farthest current consuming apparatus shall not exceed 2% with all devices
switched on.

Testing

The entire installation shall be tested for

a) Insulation Resistance
b) Earth continuity
c) Polarity of single pole switches
Tests shall be conducted in the presence of Site Engineer. Test results to be
tabulated and submitted to the site engineer.

2.0 MCB DISTRIBUTION BOARDS, MCB’S AND ELCB’S

Scope
The scope under this section covers installation comprising.

a) Low voltage distribution boards

Details

a) The Distribution Boards shall have vermin, dust, rust proof painting
done by powder coating process.
b) The cables entering the D. Board should be properly bunched and
dressed before making connection in MCB’s.
c) Cable glands shall be provided wherever armoured cables are
connected to switches.
d) Cable leads shall be provided with proper type and size of lugs crimped
to leads before making permanent connection inside MCB’s, RCCB’s
etc.
e) Permanent circuit identification shall be provided on the distribution
boards.
f) The mounting height of MCB distribution boards etc., (bottom line) shall
be 6' from finished floor level.

TENDERER Page # 173 CHIEF ENGINEER

3. CABLES
3.1 Scope : The scope under this section covers Power cables

3.2 Standards

A Specification
a for conductors for insulated electric IS:8130 -
cables
B Specification for Armoured/ unarmoured power cables IS:1554-Part I
-
C Recommended current ratings for cables IS:3961 -
D Specifications for PVC insulation and sheathing of IS:5831-1984
electric cables

3.3 General requirements for cables

a) Cables should be stranded aluminium conductors for 6mm and above.

b) L.V. cables shall be 1100 Volts grade.
c) Cables shall have colour coded insulation.
d) PVC inner and outer sheathing shall be applied by extrusion.
e) Steel armouring between inner and outer sheathing.
f) The PVC insulation and sheathing shall confirm to IS:5831-1984.

3.4 Laying of Cables

a) Cables if laid underground shall be at a depth of not less than 90Cms.,

in a trench. Sand filling shall be provided at the bottom of trench before
laying the cable. Bricks shall be provided on either side of the laid
cable. Sand filling shall be done to cover the cable laid. Bricks shall be
provided on the top. Earth filling shall be done.

M.S. cable identification tags, route indicators embedded in C.C. are to

be provided at every 8 meters length of cable laid.

b) Hume pipe, trenches/tunnels with proper pre-cast slabs to withstand

wear and tear of vehicular traffic shall be provided at road crossings.

c) Cables if laid in the air shall be laid on cable trays and shall be properly
clamped to the trays by plated MS. saddles at proper intervals. Cables
shall be properly dressed before fixing on the cable trays.

d) Extra cable loops of minimum 2000 mm shall be provided at each end

of cables laid.

e) Cables shall be bent to a radius of 20 times the diameter of the cable..

f) Control/Telephone cables shall be laid away from power cables on

separate cable trays.

TENDERER Page # 174 CHIEF ENGINEER

3.5 Testing :

Manufacturers test report shall be submitted for tests on cables in

accordance with Indian standards specifications.

Cables shall be tested after installation before commissioning by using 1000

Volts Megger and the following readings shall be obtained and tabulated.

- Continuity on all conductors

- Insulation Resistance a) between conductors
b) all conductors and ground

The tests shall be conducted in the presence of Site Engineer and results
submitted.

4 CABLE TRAYS AND ACCESSORIES:

4.1 Scope

The scope covers MS cable trays and cable tray accessories.

4.2 Standards

(IS. specifications shall be adhered to)

4.3 Specifications

Material: Hot rolled plain sheets of tested quality “O” grade as per IS 1079.
Thickness of material: 2.0 mm
Cable loading on tray: 50 Kg/MTR
Span between cable tray supports: 1.5 meters to 2.0Mtrs.
Surface finish: Hot dip galvanising iron as per IS 2629, minimum 70 microns
thickness

Length of cable trays: 2.5 Meters

Width of Cable trays: (outside to outside width to be taken)

a) Ladder type - Bolted/welded construction 300 mm/450mm/600mm

(depending on number of cables to be laid)
b) Perforated cable trays (Same as above)

4.4 Sizes of Cable Trays:

a) Ladder type - Bolted/welded construction

Side rail

* Flange width 15 mm
* Depth 70 mm
* Two coupler holes of 10mm diameter required on each side of side rail
* Rungs
* Channel section: 20 x 40 x 20 mm

TENDERER Page # 175 CHIEF ENGINEER

 * Slot size on rungs: 20 x 10 mm (oblong holes)
* Interval between rungs not more than 250mm

b) Perforated type construction

* Flange width :30mm
* Slot size : 20 x 10 mm (oblong)

4.5 Sizes of Coupler Plates:

a) Ladder type - Bolted/welded construction

Size: 90 x 45 mm
Thickness of material: 2/2.5 mm
Slot size: 20 x 10mm oblong holes - Two numbers
Round holes 10mm diameter Two numbers
Finish: Hot dip galvanised as per IS:2629

b) Perforated type construction:

Size: 210mm x 25mm
Thickness of material: 3mm
Slot size: Oblong holes 20 x 10 mm - 2 numbers
Round holes 10mm diameter - Two numbers
Finish: Hot dip galvanised as per IS:2629

4.6 Hardware for coupler plate: (Electro galvanised)

a) Hexagonal Head Bolts - 4 Nos.

b) Plain washers - 8 Nos.

c) Hexagonal nuts - 4 Nos.

Number of coupler plates per cable tray - Two numbers.

4.7 Cable tray Accessories:
Material: Hot rolled plain sheets of tested quality “O” grade as per IS: 1079

Finish: Hot dip galvanised as per IS:2629

Minimum bending Radius - 450mm

Tees, Horizontal/vertical elbows, cross and reducers for both ladder type -
welded/bolted and perforated construction shall be as per standard
manufacturers drawings.

4.8 Erection
Cable trays shall be erected on walls, trenches (if necessary) by drilling
holes in the wall by power drilling machine. Cable Tray shall be fixed to
wall by providing proper size Anchor expandable type bolt and nut
arrangement.

Proper type of cable tray accessories shall be selected depending on the site
condition.

TENDERER Page # 176 CHIEF ENGINEER

5.0 CABLE TERMINATION:
Cable gland body shall be made of brass castings and machined to final size.
The general construction of the glands should be as per standard
manufacturer’s drawings. It mainly consists

a) Compression Nut - Brass - 1 No.

b) Gland body with Hexagonal head - Brass - 1 No.
c) Rubber Ring - Rubber - 1 No.
d) Brass washers - Brass - 3 Nos.
e) Check nuts - Brass - 1 No.

Metal parts of the gland shall be free from blow holes and surface shall be
machined smoothly.

All edges shall be debarred and then nickel plated wherever necessary. The
cable glands shall be of single compression type.

6.0 L.T. PANEL BOARDS

6.1 Scope

The Scope covers the requirement of designs, construction, assembly,

testing, Supply and installation of Panel Boards.

6.2 Standards:
IS:13947 - Specification for low-voltage switch gear and control gear
Part -1 General rules ( supersedes IS 4237 & IS 2147)
Part -2 Circuit breaker ( supersedes IS 2516)
Part-3 Switches, dis-connectors (supersedes IS 4064)
Part-4 Contractors, motor-starters ( Supersedes IS 2959)
Part-5 Control circuit devises & switching elements (supersedes
IS 6875)
IS:13703 - Low Voltage fuses (supersedes IS:9224 & IS 2208)
IS:2705 - Current Transformers
IS:1248 – Indicating Instruments
IS 5578 - Guide for Marking insulated conductors ( superseding IS 375)
IS 11353 - Guide for uniform system of marking & identification of conductors
and apparatus terminals
IS:3156 - Voltage Transformers
IS:3231 - Relays
IS:722 - Integrating Information
IS:8623 - Factory Built Assemblies of switch gear and control gear.

TENDERER Page # 177 CHIEF ENGINEER

6.3 CONSTRUCTION:
The panel board shall be:
i) of the metal enclosed, indoor, floor mounted, free standing type.
ii) be made up of the requisite vertical sections, which, when coupled
together shall form continuous dead front switchboards.
iii) provide dust and damp protection, the degree of protection being no
less than IP, 51 to IS. 2147.
iv) be readily extensible on both sides by the addition of vertical sections
after removal of the end covers.

6.3.1 The panel boards shall be constructed only of materials capable of

withstanding the mechanical, electrical and thermal stresses, as well as the
effects of humidity, which are likely to be encountered in normal service.

6.3.2 Each vertical section shall comprise:

i) A front framed structure of rolled/folded sheet steel channel section, of

minimum 2 mm thickness, rigidly bolted together. This structure shall house
the components contributing on the major weight of the equipment, such as
circuit breaker fuse switch units, main horizontal busbars, vertical risers and
other front mounted accessories.

The structure shall be mounted on a rigid base frame of folded sheet steel of
minimum 2mm thickness and 100mm height. The design shall ensure that
the weight of the components is adequately supported without deformation
or loss of alignment during transit or during operation.

ii) A cable chamber housing the cable and connections, and power/control
cable terminations. The design shall ensure generous availability of space
for ease of installation and maintenance of cabling, and adequate safety for
working in one vertical section without coming into accidental contact with
live parts in an adjacent section.

iii) Front and rear doors fitted with dust excluding neoprene gaskets with
fasteners designed to ensure proper compression of the gaskets. When
covers are provided in place of doors, generous overlap shall be assured
between sheet steel surface with closely spaced fasteners to prelude the
entry of dust.

6.3.3 The height of the panel should not be more than 2400 mm. The total depth of
the panel should be adequate to cater for proper cabling space.

6.3.4 Doors and covers shall be minimum 2.0/ 1.5mm thick sheet steel. Sheet steel
shrouds and partitions shall be of minimum 1.5mm thickness as per the
specifications. All sheet steel work forming the exterior of switch boards shall
be smoothly finished, levelled and free from flaws. The corners should be
rounded.

6.3.5 The apparatus and circuits in the panel boards shall be so arranged as to
facilitate their operation and maintenance and at the same time to ensure the
necessary degree of safety.

TENDERER Page # 178 CHIEF ENGINEER

6.3.6 Apparatus forming part of the panel boards shall have the following minimum
clearances:
i) Between phases - 25 mm
ii) Between phases and earth - 25 mm
iii) Between phases and earth - 25 mm
iv) Between neutral and earth - 19 mm

When, for any reason, the above clearances are not available, suitable
insulation shall be provided. Clearances shall be maintained during normal
service conditions.

Creepage distances shall comply to those specified in relevant standards.

6.3.7 All insulating material used in the construction of the equipment shall be of
non-hygroscopic material, duly treated to withstand the effects of high
humidity, high temperature tropical ambient service conditions.

6.3.8 Functional units such as circuit breakers and fuse switches shall be arranged
in multi-tier formation, except that not more than two air circuit breakers shall
be housed in a single vertical section.

6.3.9 Metallic/insulated barriers shall be provided within vertical sections and

between adjacent sections to ensure prevention of accidental contact with:

i) Main busbars and vertical risers during operation, inspection or

maintenance of functional units and front mounted accessories.

ii) Cable terminations of one functional unit, when working on those of

adjacent unit/units.

6.3.10 All doors/covers providing access to live power equipment/circuits shall be

provided with tool operated fasteners to prevent unauthorised access.

i. Provision shall be made for permanently earthing the frames and other metal
parts of the switch gears by two independent connections.

ii. The contractor should submit the panel drawing for approval to the
department. After approval of the drawing only panel should be fabricated.

iii. Panels should be got inspected at factory and testing should be done in front
of the Executive Engineer or the concerned engineer deputed by the Dept.
Necessary cost for inspection and to and fro charges to be borne by the firm.

TENDERER Page # 179 CHIEF ENGINEER

6.4 METAL TREATMENT AND FINISH:

6.4.1 All steelwork used in the construction of the switchboards, should have
undergone a rigorous metal treatment process as follows: (Seven tank
process.)

i) Effective cleaning by hot alkaline degreasing solution followed by cold

water rinsing to remove traces of alkaline solution.

ii) Pickling in dilute sulphuric acid to remove oxide scales and rust
formation, if any, followed by cold water rinsing to remove traces of
acidic solution.

iii) A recognisedphosphating process to facilitate durable coating of the

paint on the metal surface and also to prevent the spread of rusting in
the event of the paint film being mechanically damaged. This again,
shall be followed by hot water rinsing to remove traces of phosphate
solution.

iv) Passivating in de-oxalite solution to retain and augment the effects of

phosphating.

v) Drying with compressed air in a dust free atmosphere.

vi) Primer coating with two coats of a highly corrosion resistant primer,
applied wet on wet & stove dried under strictly controlled conditions of
temperature and time.

vii) A finishing coat of stoving synthetic enamel paint to the specified shade
of IS.5. The total thickness of paint should not be less than 15 to 20
microns.

6.5 BUS BARS:

6.5.1 The busbars shall be air insulated and made of high conductivity, high
strength aluminium alloy complying with the requirements of grade E91 of IS
5082.

6.5.2 The busbars shall be suitably braced with non-hygroscopic SMC supports to
provide as through fault withstand capacity of 50 KA RMS symmetrical for
one second and a peak short circuit withstand of 105 KA minimum. The
neutral as well as the earth bar should also be capable of withstanding the
above fault level. Ridges shall be provided on the SMC supports to prevent
trackling between adjacent bus bars.

6.5.3 Large clearances and creepage distance shall be provided on the busbars
system to minimise the possibility of a fault.

6.5.4 High tensile bolts and spring washers shall be provided at all busbar joints.

6.5.5 The cross sections of the busbars risers for various ratings shall have been
decided on the basis of temperature raise tests carried out under conditions
closely similar to actual service conditions. For a total operating temperature
of 110 deg. C. at an ambient of 40 deg. at the standard current ratings and
corresponding cross sections of the main busbars should be such that the
bus bar shall carry 1 Amp. per [Link].

TENDERER Page # 180 CHIEF ENGINEER

6.5.6 The main phase busbars shall have continuous current rating throughout the
length and the neutral busbars shall have a continuous rating of atleast 50%
of the phase busbars.

6.5.7 Connections from the main busbars to functional circuit shall be arranged
and supported so as to withstand without any damage or deformation the
thermal and dynamic stresses due to short circuit currents.

6.5.8 Busbars shall be colour coded for easy identification of individual phases and
neutral.

6.5.9 The busbars shall be suitably supported with epoxy resin mould insulators.

6.6 Tests:
The panel Board shall be inspected as per relevant standards in presence of
the Site Engineer and shall include.
a) High voltage test
b) Insulation test
c) Constructional and safety features

6.7 Name Plates:

Main name plates shall be fixed at the top centre. Name plate giving feeder
detail shall be provided and are to be fixed by screws.

7.0 EARTH ELETRODES

7.1 Scope:
The scope included both pipe earth electrodes and plate earth electrodes.

7.1.2 Standards:
IS:3043 - Code of practice for earthing.

7.3 Construction:
Pipe Earth Electrode : G.I pipe shall not be less than 38mm diameter and
2½meter long. The G.I pipe should be “C” / "B" class type.

Cast iron pipe Earth Electrode :Cast iron pipe shall not be less than
100mm diameter and 2½meter long.

Plate Earth Electrode : Copper plate of 600 x 600 x 3.15 mm. (or GI plate
)shall be burried in the earth with faces vertical and top shall not be less than
1.5 meters below ground level.

The electrodes shall be surmounted by alternate layers of charcoal or coke

and salt. Watering arrangement with ½” G.I pipe with a funnel shall be
provided, the later being housed with chamber (masonry) of inner size 300 x
300 mm CI hinged cover with CI frame to be provided on the top.

7.4 Tests:
The resistance of earth electrode shall be less than 5 Ohms.

TENDERER Page # 181 CHIEF ENGINEER

8.0 EXTERNAL ELECTRIFICATIONS WORKS
8.1.1 Underground Cables:
i) Medium and low pressure:
Cables should be double steel tape armoured over lead covering and
paper insulated or PVC insulated as specified in the schedule of work.
All repair joints of cables should be in joint boxes and filling in of the
compound shall be done as per IS specifications using best quality
materials. All accessories and other materials should conform to I.S.
Specification. The jointing work should be carried out by a competent
authorized cable jointer. The cables shall be 1100 V grade.

ii) Trench:

Trenches shall not be less than 45 cm wide and 60cm below ground
level. Wherever necessary, suitable propping and storing may be done
to avoid caving in of the adjoining trench walls. Where the cables cross
other services lines adequate protection should be taken to prevent
accidental exposure and/or damage to the cables.

iii) Spacing between cables:

Where more than one cable is laid in the same trench the actual space
between the cables should normally be higher cable diameter apart
leaving a clear distance of 15cm from the trench walls.

iv) Laying of cables:

Before the cables are laid, a layer of 3" sand base is to be provided for
purposes of cushioning. The cables after being uncoiled and laid into
the trench from the rollers should be drawn in straight length. After the
cable is laid, it is to be covered with another layer of sand of about
15cm in depth, and the top surface is to be suitably levelled to received
the cable covers which may be of second class bricks or tiles or
shabad stones and laid in such manner as to overlap the cables on
either sides by at least 5cm. Cable markers of aluminium or G.I. shall
be provided at concrete blocks of 3/20cm x 20cm x 5cm and spaced at
distance of about 30cm from center to center and at every change in
direction. Cables may also be laid in tier formation in the same trench
in this case also after the 1st 3 inches of sand cushion, the first tier of
cable is laid and sand filled in the trench to form a bed of 23cm above
this tier. After this the second cable is laid and the process repeated,
the top most tier being at least 45cm below the Ground level. The top
cable shall be suitably covered with bricks or tiles. When laying
cables, care should be taken to see that the paper insulated cables are
bent/straightened slowly, sharp radii being avoided. The minimum
safe bending radius for single core cables is 20 diameters and for
multicore cables 10 dia meters. Where the cables are required to
cross roads they should be normally taken through sleeve pipes at
least 10cm in diameter which may be either stone ware, steel or spun
reinforced concrete. For more than one cable the diameter should not
be less then 15cm. GI pipes shall be used where it is not possible to
obtain sufficient depth to withstand impact from traffic.

TENDERER Page # 182 CHIEF ENGINEER

 v) Cable inside building:

Cables laid inside the building should be properly protected and be

carried either in ducts with suitable covers with slabs or checkered
plates or fixed to walls by clamps, brackets or cable trays.

vi) Hume Pipes

Wherever cables crossing roads, passages Hume pipes of suitable

diameter shall be provided across the road including Civil works of
digging, laying of Hume pipes uptoa depth of 1 metre and refilling the
trench. This shall be properly laid to cover the entire road so as to
protect the cables against damage of passing Heavy Vehicles.

vii) Testing the cables:

High voltage tests should be undertaken to ensure that no damage has

occurred during the laying operation and that the joints are in order.
Cables of 1.1 KV suitable for low and medium voltage should with
stand for 15 minutes, 300 volts D.C. current applied between the
conductors and between each conductor and sheath. In absence of
high pressure testing equipment it is sufficient to test for 1 minute with
1000 volts. If the test results are found to be not satisfactory the
contractors shall arrange to replace without any extra cost including
removal of rejected materials, Re-laying etc.

viii) Cable laying & termination shall confirm to IS 1255

ix) Earthing of cables and cable glands shall confirm to IS 3043

x) The cable length given in bill of quantities are approximate and the
contractor has to measure exact length of cables to be laid before
commencement of work in presence of engineer in charge and give the
sizes and quantities required to the engineer in charge to take further
action by the engineer in charge. The measurements after laying
cables are also to be taken jointly by contractor.

8.1..2 Over head lines

This specification of over head line covers installation, testing and commissioning
of over head lines distribution lines upto including 11 KV lines, service
connections and street lighting works.

1) Materials : Supports for over head lines and for street lights shall be any of the
following types or as specified by Engineer in charge and shall be of adequate
strength confirming in all respects to Rule 76 of Indian electricity rules.

Steel tubular poles: This shall conform IS 2713-1964. This shall be

seamless/sawaged and welded type as specified and shall be in time stepped
sections. Unless other wire specified 1/6th from the base length of the pole plus
15cm be coated with black bitumen paint both internally and externally. The
remaining portion of the pole shall be painted with one coat of red oxide on its
external surface. The pole shall be complete with cap and base plate.

TENDERER Page # 183 CHIEF ENGINEER

 Steel poles (RSJ Joists): These shall be 1 section steel rolled poles confirming
to IS standards and Medium weight. The height of the pole shall not be less than
9mts and the pole shall be fixed below ground level not less than 1.5 mts.. The
size of overhead line steel RS Joist pole shall be concreted in 1:3:6 cement
concrete and painted as per steel tubular poles given above.

Prestressed Cement Concrete Poles (PSCC): PSCC poles shall be of 8.0 Mts./ 9.0
Mts. Height and shall confirm to standards of APTRANSCo. / APDISCo.

‘D’ Iron Clamps: Where so specified in the contract conductors shall be spaced
vertically supported on shackle which are attached to the pole by means of
‘D’shapped clamps made of M.S. flats of size not less than 50x6mm and
galvanized set the dimensions of ‘D’ shall be such as to hold 75 mm high and 90
mm dia (minimum size) shackle insulators. The ‘D’ iron clamp shall be compete
with pole clamp with necessary bolts nuts and washers and bolts holes. Clamps
shall also provided for pin insulators as in case of vertical formation.

G.I. Strap : Where ‘D’ iron clamps are not specified, a pair of strap plates of
galvanized iron of size 40mm x 3mm and length of 23cms shall be used with
shackle insulators. The pole clamp shall be treated with one coat of red oxide
primer before erection and finished with two coats of approved paint after erection
along with other hardware as specified. The nuts, bolts, for pole clamp shall be of
G.I./Cadmium passicated/ galvanized.

Stay/Strut Set : A stay set shall consist of stay rod, anchor plate, bow tightener
or turn buckle, thimble, stay wire, and strain insulator. The stay rod shall be with
stay grip in case of turn buckle is used instead of bow tightener. The stay wire
shall be either 7/4.00mm dia or 7.3.15mm dia. G.I. as specified in the contract
confirming to IS 2141 – 1968 grade. The anchor plate shall be of M.S. galvanized
and not less than 30cms x 30cms x 6.4mm thick and size of stay rod shall be not
less than 1.8 m (6 feet) long and 19mm dia.

Insulator: Porcelain insulator shall conform to IS 1445 –1966 suitable for over
head lines for power lines below 1000 V and IS 731-1971 for overhead power
lines greater than 1000V. This shall be vitreous throughout and non absorbent.
The exposed surface shall be glazed. Insulator shall have adequate mechanical
strength high degree of resistance to electrical puncture and resistance to climatic
and atmospheric attack. The insulator shall be of the following types as specified.

a) Pin and shackle insulators for L.T. and MV lines.

b) Pin and disc type for HV lines.

The minimum size of shackle insulators shall be 65mm dia 100mm high. The pin
insulators shall be suitable for 12mm cordeam thread and shall be complete with
GI. Pin, nuts, and washers.

Binding Materials: Binding of conductors with the insulators shall be done with
12 SWG soft/ aluminum conductor.

Guard wire: Guard wire shall be G.I. It shall have minimum breaking strength of
635 kg in accordance with Rule 38 of I.E. Rule. It shall also be sufficient current
carrying capacity to ensure rendering of guard line.

TENDERER Page # 184 CHIEF ENGINEER

 Earth wire: The size of the continuous earth wire shall not be less than
SSWG.G.I.

Section Stay: A stay shall be provided at all angle or terminal poles. The stay rod
with the anchor plate shall be embedded in cement concrete 1:3:6(1 Cement:3
coarse:6 graded stone) and not less than 0.28 cum content in such away to
prevent uprooting of the stay rod. The stay wire shall also be connected and
bounded properly to the continuous earth wire. Double stays shall be provided at
the all dead ends of the pole.

Jumpers: While stringing conductors as sufficient length be kept at shackle

termination for making jumpers.

Guarding: All road crossing, crossings, of overhead lines, and between HV & LV
lines carried on the same support guard shall be provided. The guard wires shall
be bonded to earth wire Cage guard shall be provided for distribution lines of
vertical configuration.

8.1..3 Lighting Arrestors

Lightening arrestors shall confirm to IS 3070 - 1965 part I and IS - 3070 -
1966 part-II as applicable. The lightening arrestors system shall confirm to
Rule 92 of IE Rule.

8.1..4 Service Connection by Underground Cables:

The service cables from an overhead distribution live shall be fixed to the
support with 2 No’s of clamp of M.S. flat size 50mm x 6mm. This shall be
protected upto a height of 3m from ground level by a G.I. pipe of adequate
size clamped to the support with 2 No’s of flats of size 50mm x 6mm. The
cable shall be laid through pipes while crossing roads, pavements, masonry
etc.

8.1..5 ACSR Conductors

Conductors shall be of the following types.

Aluminium conductor steel reinforced (ACSR) This shall comply with the
requirements of I.S. 398 - 1961.

The physical and electrical properties of the above conductors shall be in

accordance with the specifications as per IS. These conductors shall have a
breaking strength of not less than 350kg.

Necessary precautions during storage and handling shall be taken to avoid

damage to the conductors.

TENDERER Page # 185 CHIEF ENGINEER

8.1.6 Transformers

The transformers required are intended for use in distribution of power and
lighting. The 11 KV / 433 volts Transformer required for feeding lighting,
pumps, Air conditioning, lifts etc.

The transformers shall be distribution type out door used complete with oil
filled H.T brushing, L.T. cable end box receive suitable size confirming to
IS2026

The transformers shall be designed and manufactured and tested as per IS

2026.

The transformers winding shall be of copper/aluminium winding as specified.

The transformer shall be adequately designed and effectively cooled to

ensure its working on full load conditions continuously under short time over
load conditions.
The design of core should ensure stability and reduce to a minimum the
transformer excitation current and eddy current losses.

The core shall be provided with lugs suitable for lifting the complete core and
coil assembly of the transformer.

The transformer coils shall be made of high conductivity copper and insulated
with paper of dielectric strength and allow ageing characteristics. The
Insulation of the coils shall be treated with suitable insulating material like
varnish is to develop full electrical strength of the windings.

The tap changing arrangement shall be provided on the H.T side. The tap
changer shall be ON / OFF load type. The tap changing switch shall be
mechanically coupled to the external operating handle and the operating
handle shall be carried through on oil tight gland on the tank side. A register
plate clearly indicating the tapping in use shall be fixed to the external
operating mechanism and provision shall be made for securing and
padlocking the switch in any of the working position and to ensure that
contacts are fully engaged before the transformer is energised. The range of
ON / OFF Load tap change shall be +2 ½ % to + 5%.

i) Bushing

The Bushing Insulators of the transformers shall be of sufficient

creepage length and shall be unaffected by atmospheric conditions due
to weather, fumes, alkalies at site.

ii) Insulating oil

Sufficient oil shall be supplied for first filling. The oil shall comply in all
respects with pro IS.335.

All accessories like drain valve, oil filling valve, filter valve, oil sampling
valve, pressure relief device, oil level indicator, indicating thermometer
(dial type) earthing terminal, bi-directional rollers . Exhaust vent, eye
bolts, lugs, Diagram and rating plate.

TENDERER Page # 186 CHIEF ENGINEER

9.0 Testing

All panel boards, switch boards, transformers, over head lines, cables,
switches, main switch boards, shall be properly tested with meggar, test
lamps for voltage, Insulation, and values shall be submitted to site electrical
Engineer before commissioning pressure test of approximate standard shall
be carried out on equipment, on overhead lines, cable panel boards etc.

The H.T. side of transformers shall be tested with 1000V meggar and L.T.
side of equipment, overhead lines, cables with 500V meggar. The earth pits
shall be tested with earth meggar. All results shall be carried out at site in
presence of electrical Engineer and report shall be submitted to him in
triplicate and also to the consultant.

All test certificates Transformers, main panel boards, main switch boards,
cables, overhead lines, sub distribution boards shall be supplied in triplicate
to the site electrical Engineer as well as to consultant. All meters shall be
properly working without damages/strucking.

10.0 Commissioning
All the equipment, transformers, cables, panel boards, overhead lines can be
commissioned only after the pressure/meggar tests are found satisfactory.
The equipment, cables, overhead lines, panel boards, transformer etc shall
be energised in presence of Engineer and consultant after satisfactory
presence/meggar tests.

1.0 Contractor:
The contractor for electrical works executing substations, earthing,
transformers, lighting shall hold valid class ‘A’ licence issued by Telangana /
Pradesh electrical licensing board and he should submit his license copy and
his previous experiences along with the tenders and also before
commencement of work The contractor shall quote and employ the number
of electrical engineers, supervisors, wiremen in his position for such type of
works, who are possessing necessary permits/certificates/licences.

Liquidated damages will be levied in case of failure to complete the job in

time as per standard clauses.

The contractor should prepare the drawings as per site conditions and
modifications required as suggested by the Department to submit the Chief
Electrical Inspector to Govt/Electrical Inspector to [Link] approval.

The contractor shall have laison with TSSEB officials and electrical
inspectors, get the drawings and installations approved and also getting
power supply released from TSTRANSCO.

It is complete responsibility of the contractor to get the electrical inspector's

approval, including and getting power supply. He should have good laison
with TSTRANSCO.

The contractor can strictly follow the drawings and specifications for carrying
out the works and he can get clarifications from site Engineer.

TENDERER Page # 187 CHIEF ENGINEER

 The contractor shall submit three copies of drawings for conduit routing
inside the building, which he is going to carry out to client/Executive
Engineer. This also includes the point wiring, telephone point conduit and
power plug wiring conduit for each building before starting of the civil works
atleast one month in advance for verification by Executive Engineer. The
contractor shall also give the total quantity of various conduit to be used in
each building before starting work as well the quantity of various wires to be
used for each building.

The contractor should plan properly for all electrical material and works
entrusted to him 15 days in advance and in form the Engineer in charge and
consultant about his work progress. He should co- ordinate with civil persons
for recessed conduit laying and also switch boards recessed fixing and any
other electrical work associated with civil works as well as electrical
Engineer at site and electrical consultant for his works.

TENDERER Page # 188 CHIEF ENGINEER

 LIST OF APPROVED MAKES /MATERIALS TO BE USED FOR
ELECTRICAL WORKS

Sl No ITEM/ MATERIAL MAKES

1 P.V.C. pipes, junction boxes and Sudhakar / Finolex / Modi / VIP /

accessories Precision / Universal / Million
Plast / Gold / Polycab / DEC

2 M.S. conduit pipes (Screw type) black NAI / Bharath / GB / BEC

enameled with all accessories as per IS
9538- part-II 1981 or latest revision

3 Annealed copper conductor, PVC insulated, Finolex / RR kabel / Havells /

Polycab / Finecab Gold (HFFR) /
1100 volts grade flexible copper cables
GM(HFFR) / Gold Medal(HFFR) /
manufactured to IS-694 (with FR & ISI Million (HFFR) / KEI (HFFR) / V-
marking) Guard (HFFR)./ DEC (HFFR).

4 Supply of PVC / XLPE Insulated Finolex / RR kabel / Havells /

Sheathed Multi Core Bright Annealed Bare
Copper Conductor Heavy Duty Industrial Polycab / RPG / KEI / Gloster / V-
Cables Guard / Finecab.
for Voltage Grade up to 1100 Volts as per
IS:
694:1990 including all transportation
charges
etc complete.

5 Ceiling roses and Pendent holders and GM G Home / Gold Medal Olive /
batten holders. Million Zoom / Anchor Penta
Cherry / Great white Omega / HPL
/ Vimal / CPL
6 6A single pole switches, two way switches, Legrand Arteor / Schneider Zen
6A 3pin socket and 16A 3 pin power plugs celo / Honeywell Blenge Plus /
flush type sockets kit kat fuse units Cabtree Amare / Logus Platina /
Gold Medal GIFA / GM-Zenova/
L&T- Englaze.
7 Modular plate switches, 6A pin Modular Legrand Arteor / Schneider Zen
Wall Plug Socket with Switch Control celo / Honeywell Blenge Plus /
Cabtree Amare / Logus Platina /
Gold Medal GIFA / GM-Zenova/
L&T- Englaze.

8 M.S. Boxes Make out of 16 SWG sheet steel /

heavy gauge Modular Boxes

9 Distribution boards of single phase and DB Makes : Legrand / Schneider /

3phase from 4way to 12way Siemens / L&T / Cabtree Xpro.

10 MCB, MCCBs, MCB Isolators, MCB, MCB Makes : Legrand-DX3 /

Isolators, ELCBs, RCCBs Schneider-Acti9 / Siemens / L&T
Exora / Cabtree.

TENDERER Page # 189 CHIEF ENGINEER

11 ACBs Makes : Siemens (Sentron- 3W) /
L&T U Power / Schneider Master
Pact / ABB Emax /
C&S.Winmaster2 / Legrand DMX
12 Iron clad sheet metal main switches of L & T / C & S / Standard / HPL /
various capacities both rewirable and HRC
Havells / Siemens / Indo Asian
type.

13 Supply of 4 Pole Change Over Switch Makes : Socomec / L & T

on Load with open Execution.

14 HRC fuse units of various capacities. L & T / C & S / Standard / HPL /

Havells / Siemens / Indo Asian

15 Switch Fuse Unit L&T / SCHNEIDER / C&S / ABB /

SIEMENS

16 Panel Mounted Meters (Ammeter and Volt CONZERVE / ELMEASURE / L&T

meter etc) / SEIMENS.
17 Cable Glands SMI / Commet / Dowels.

18 Cable Lugs DMI / Jainson / Dowels

19 HT Cable Terminating Kits Raychem / Transeal / M Seal

20 Fluorescent Fittings Phillips / Crompton / Bajaj /

Surya.
21 LED Lights, 2X2 Fittings, Down Lights, LUMINAIRE MAKE: Phillips /
street light fixtures, Bulk head fittings.. OSRAM / GE Venture / Wipro /
Crompton / Bajaj / Havells /
Jaquar /
Panasonic / Halonix / HPL.
LED MAKE : PHILIPS
LUMILEDS / CREE / NICHIA /
OSRAM / SAMSUNG / LG LEDs.
22 Ceiling fans Atomberg (Efficio + ) / Havells /
Orient / RR / Halonix

23 Exhaust fans Makes for light duty :

Crompton / Havells Ventilair-
DB /Orient hill air.
Makes for Heavy Duty :
Crompton / Almonard / Havells
Turbo Force SP.

24 Supply of Wall mounting / Crompton / Havells Turbo Force /

Pedestal Air Circulators Orient / Almonard / Panasonic /
Halonix / RR.
25 Bells. GM / Million / Gold Medal /

TENDERER Page # 190 CHIEF ENGINEER

 Anchor / Great white

26 Screws or nails of all sizes Bharat, sharp,Nettle fold (Brass,

GI, M.S) only

27 Wooden accessories (including fillets gutties,

Make of well seasoned high
nd boards & blocks including, double boards) quality teak wood without knots
and well polished.

28 PVC Casing & Capping and accessories Sudhakar / Finolex / Modi / VIP /
Precision / Universal / Million Plast
/ Gold / Polycab / DEC
29 Energy Meters CONZERVE / ELMEASURE / L&T
/ SEIMENS.
30 Pump sets Kirloskar/ Texmo / CRI / KSB /
Aryan Varsha / Lubi / Falcon.
31 Starters LTLK / SIEMENS / CROMPTON

32 Transformers Kirloskar / PETE / Esennar /

Voltamp / Crompton / ABB /

Schneider

33 WATER HEATERS Crompton / Jaquar / Venus /

Racold / AO Smith / Havells / Bajaj
or equivalent as approved by the
Dept.
34 Split Air Conditioners Daikin / Thoshiba / O General /
Carrier / Blue Star / Hitachi or
equivalent
35 CASSETTE TYPE AC UNITS Daikin / Bluestar / Hitachi /
Mitsubishi
Electric / Toshibha or equivalent
36 Lifts Kone / OTIS / Johnson /
Schindler / MITSUBISHI.
37 DG Sets Alternator : Kirloskar / Stamford /
Crompton Greaves / Leroy Somer
make and
Diesel Engine : Kirloskar /
Cummins / Mahindra & Mahindra /
Greaves Cotton / Eicher / Ashok
Leyland Diesel Engine
38 VCB Panel Kirloskar / Schneider / Siemens /
ABB

TENDERER Page # 191 CHIEF ENGINEER

39 RAISING MAINS and SANDWITCH BUSDUCTFor RAISING MAINS Makes:
Legrand (Zucchini) / C&S
For SANDWITCH BUSDUCT
Makes: Legrand (Zucchini) / L&T
/ Schneider/C&S/siemens
40 Armored aluminum cable LT and HT Torrent / Unicab / Universal /
Polycab / Havells / Gloster / KEI /
Finolex / Payal / RR kable / Beljin /
Ollvin / Finecab / RPG / V - Guard
41 Telephone copper cable Makes : Finolex / Delton / Surabi /
Polycab.
42 Telephone distribution box Krone

43 LAN Cable cat 6 Makes : D Link / AMP / Molex /

Legrand / Krone.
44 Cat 6 RJ-45 information outlets Makes : D Link / AMP / Molex /
Legrand / Krone
45 patch panels Makes : D Link / AMP / Molex /
Legrand / Krone
46 manageable switches Makes : CISCO / Net Gear / HP /
D link.
47 Optic fibre cable Makes : D Link / AMP / Molex /
Legrand / Krone
48 RACKS - FLOOR STAND / WALL MOUNT Makes : HCL / VAL / Rittal / APW.

49 UPS SYSTEMS Makes: Power one / Numeric /

Emerson / Fuji Electric
50 SMF Battery including wire leads Makes : Quanta / Racket / Exide

I here by a agree to use material only from the makes specified against each item.
Note : The contractor shall be invariable to use the materials specified in BOQ

TENDERER Page # 192 CHIEF ENGINEER

 SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR FIRE PROTECTION & FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM

1. It is the complete responsibility of the agency to obtain the approval to drawings

pertaining to the fire fitting and protection system from the concerned fire services
authorities as per section 13(1) of A.P Services Act 1999

2. The agency should be aware of the rules and regulations of A.P Services Act
1999

3. It is the complete responsibility of the agency to comply with the Municipal

corporation Building Bye Laws 1981 provision No 12 in pursuance of Sub section
(1) of section 455 of the act and to should intimate the DG Fire Services on
completion of the building and before Occupation and arrange for inspection for
issue of No-Objection certificate.

4. It is the complete responsibility of the agency to comply with the clause 13.1 of
part-II of National Building Code under which the agency has to carry out the
work based on the approved Drawings and specifications of the work.

5. It is the complete responsibility of the agency to comply with the provisions under
clause 9.3 of part-II of NBC and to engage Licenses fire Engineer/Sub agency for
supervision of the work right from commencement to till completion of the work.

6. It is the complete responsibility of the agency to comply with regulation No 06 of

Multi Storied Regulations 1981 and to maintain the specifications standard and
code of Practice recommended in the NBC

7. It is the complete responsibility of the agency to comply with regulation No 5(2) of

Multi Storied Building Regulations 1981 and to arrange the inspection of
CE/HUDA and DFO/HYD to ensure that the construction of multi Storied Building
is undertaken as per approved plans and fire precautionary and fire protection
measures as suggested by the authorities are implemented.

8. It is the complete responsibility of the agency to comply with regulations of NBC

and to maintain open space at least 13mts around the complex.

9. It is the complete responsibility of the agency to comply with regulations of NBC

and to maintain means of Escape as NBC in the complex.

10. It is the complete responsibility of the agency to provide basement ventilations as

per 12.9 of part-III and C.1.6 of NBC part-IV of India

11. It is the complete responsibility of the agency to comply with regulations of NBC
and to provide smoking venting facilities for space use of exists as per clause
3.4.12 of NBC

12. It is the complete responsibility of the agency to comply with regulations of NBC
and to provide illumination of means of exit in stair case and corridors as per C.4
of NBC part IV

13. It is the complete responsibility of the agency to comply with regulations of NBC
and to maintain compartmentation in cellar as per C.9 of NBC Part-IV.

TENDERER Page # 193 CHIEF ENGINEER

14. It is the complete responsibility of the agency to comply with regulations of NBC
and to maintain compartmentation to the building so that fire/smoke remain
confined to the area where fire accident has occurred and does not spread to the
remaining part of the building as per clause 9 of the NBC 2005 Part-IV,
Annexure-C

15. It is the complete responsibility of the agency to comply with regulations of NBC
and to maintain openings in separating walls and floors attention to limit the fire
spreading with fire resisting assemble as per clause 3.4.8 of NBC 2005 part-IV.

16. It is the complete responsibility of the agency to comply with regulations of NBC
and to provide a passage/escape path of the occupants

17. It is the complete responsibility of the agency to comply with regulations of NBC
and to maintain the limitations of the damaged to the buildings and its contents as
per (Clause [Link])

18. It is the complete responsibility of the agency to comply with regulations of NBC
and to maintain pressurization of stair cases as per clause 4.10 Part-IV of NBC

19. It is the complete responsibility of the agency to comply with regulations of NBC
and to provide fire doors with 2 hours resistance at appropriate places along with
escape route and particularly at the entrance to the lift lobby and stair case to
prevent spread of fire and smoke (Clause 4.29) part-IV of NBC 2005

20. It is the complete responsibility of the agency to comply with regulations of NBC
and to maintain smoke venting facilities for safe use of exists as per clause 4.29
of NBC Part-IV of 2005

21. It is the complete responsibility of the agency to comply with regulations of NBC
and to maintain flame retardant materials for all interior decoration and
upholstery to prevent generation of toxic smoke/flames and the surface shall
comply clause 3.4.15 Part-IV of NBC 2005.

22. It is the complete responsibility of the agency to comply with regulations of NBC
and to maintain 2 Nos fire lift complying clause C1.5Q of annexure-IV of NBC
2005.

23. It is the complete responsibility of the agency to comply with regulations of NBC
and to maintain basement ventilation as per clause C1.6 of annexure-C of NBC
2005.

24. It is the complete responsibility of the agency to comply with regulations of NBC
and to maintain illumination means of exit in stair case and corridors as per
clause C.1.4 of Annexure –C of part-IV of NBC 2005.

TENDERER Page # 194 CHIEF ENGINEER

 LIST OF APPROVED MAKES OF THE MATERIALS TO BE USED FOR FIRE
PROTECTION SYSTEM

[Link]. Materials Brand

1 [Link] Makes : Jindal / Hissar / Tata
pipes
2 C.I. double flanged sluice valves & KIRLOSKAR
Check Valves AUDCO

3 BUTTER FLY VALVES Makes: Audco / Kirloskar / BDK /

H-Shankar / Leader/ Zolotto /
Intervalve / Honeywell.
4 Non Return Valves Makes: Audco / Kirloskar / BDK /
H-Shankar /
Leader/ Zolotto / Intervalve /
Honeywell.
5 Fire Hydrant Valves with GM / SS Make: Mini Max / Safex / Newage
Coupling / Winco /
Newtech / Padmini

6 Fire Hose Pipes Make: Mini Max / Safex / Newage

C.P. Hose GM / SS Coupling / Winco /
R.R.L Hose GM / SS Coupling Newtech / Padmini.

7 Fire Aid Fire Hose Reels Make: Newage / Winco / Padmini

(Drum & bracket ) / Newtech / Safex.
8 Sprinklers Makes: SAFEX / HD / TYCO /
VIKING / NEWAGE / Newtech /
SHARP
9 Horizontal type, multistage, Kirloskar, Mather Platt
centrifugal, split casing pump
10 Electrical Motors KIRLOSKAR, [Link]
Siemens
11 Electrical Switch Gear & Starter Siemens/ L & T / schnedier
M CCB
12 Cables for fire fighting Finolex / RR kabel / Havells /
Polycab / RPG / KEI / Gloster / V-
Guard
13 Flow meter Make: M/s Krohne
Marshall/Endress+Hauser/
Yokogawa /Siemens/
Emerson/ABB/ or equivalent
make
14 Suction Strainer AUDCO, ZOLOTO
15 PRESSURE SWITCHES Make : Danfoss / Indfoss
16 Flow Switches Makes : System Sensor / Switzer
17 Diesel Engine Makes of Engines : Kirloskar /
Cummins
18 fire brigade Make: Mini Max / Safex / Newage
/ Winco / Newtech / Padmini
19 RRL Hose pipe Make: Mini Max / Safex / Newage

TENDERER Page # 195 CHIEF ENGINEER

 / Winco / Newtech / Padmini.
20 Hose reel Make: Eversafe / Newage /
Newtech / SRI
21 Hose Coupling branch NEWAGE / ESSEL / WINCO
Pipe and nozzle GM / SS
22 Pressure Gauge [Link]/FIEBIG
23 Battery EXIDE/ AMARON

24 Fire Extinguishers Makes : Cease Fire / Minimax

25 Paint ASIAN/
NEROLAC/BERGER
26 ADDRESSABLE - FIRE ALARM Makes: Siemens / Notifier /
SYSTEM : Loop panel, Repeater Edwards / Honeywell / Morley
panel, addressable strobe cum IAS / Bosch / Cooper.
hooter, MCP’s, Smoke detector,
Heat detector, multi critirian
detector, control module, monitor
module, fault isolaters.

TENDERER Page # 196 CHIEF ENGINEER

 DRAWINGS

TENDERER Page # 197 CHIEF ENGINEER

1.0 DRAWINGS:
1.1 The plans can be liable to altered during the execution of work as per necessity
of site conditions. The premium quoted by the contractor for various items shall
hold good for execution of work even with altered plans.

1.2 One set of drawings, on the basis of which actual execution of the work is to
proceed shall be furnished free of cost to the contractor by the Superintending
Engineer / Executive Engineer progressively according to the work program
submitted by the contractor and accepted by the Superintending Engineer /
Executive Engineer. Drawings for any particular activity shall be issued to the
contractor atleast 30 days in advance of the scheduled date of the start of the
activity. However, no extra claims by the contractor toward any delay in issue of
drawing or issue of any revision / change to the drawings issued earlier shall be
admissible. The Superintending Engineer shall intimate the contractor 7 days in
advance regarding any delay to issue of drawings, for any particular stage of
works. If work gets effected due to delay to issue of drawings, for any particular
stage of work the contractor shall be granted extension of time in terms of
condition 14.7 of tender notice.

1.3 Signed drawings above shall not be deemed to be an order for work unless they
entered in the agreement or schedule of drawings under proper alterations of the
contractor and Executive Engineer or unless they have been sent of the
contractor by the Executive Engineer with a covering letter confirming that the
drawing in and authority for work in contract.
2.0 DISCREPANCIES:
2.1 In case of discrepancies between documents the following order of procedure
shall apply:-

2.1.1 Between the written description of written dimensions in the drawings and
the corresponding one in the specifications, the latter shall apply.

2.1.2 Figured dimensions shall supersede scaled dimensions. The drawings on

a larger scale shall take precedence over those on a smaller scale.

2.1.3 Drawings issued as construction drawings from time to time shall

supersede tender drawings and also the correspondence drawings
previously issued.

Note: The contractor should not execute any component of work without
obtaining the working drawings. Any work done without drawings shall be
at the contractors’ responsibility only. Acceptance for such work will be
at the discretion of the Executive Engineer.

3.0 SECRECY CLAUSE:

The drawings and specifications made available to the tenderer shall exclusively
be used on the work and they are retained from passing on each plan to any
unauthorised hand either in parts or in full under the provisions of Section-3 and 5
of the official secrets Act 1923. Any violation in this regard will entail suitable
action under appropriate clause or official secret Act 1923.

TENDERER Page # 198 CHIEF ENGINEER

 BILL OF QUANTITIES
AND
PRICE BID

TENDERER Page # 199 CHIEF ENGINEER

Name of work : Establishment of 100 Bedded Critical Care Block at District Hospital
Kondapur, Rangareddy District.

BILL OF QUANTITIES

PREAMBLE

1. The Bill of Quantities shall be read in conjunction with the instructions to

Tenderers, General and Special conditions of Contract Technical Specifications
and Drawings.

2. The quantities given in the Bill of Quantities are estimated and provisional and
are given to provide common basis for tendering. The quantities given here are
those upon which the lump-sum tender cost of the work is based but they
are subject to alterations, omissions, deductions or additions as provided
for in the conditions of this contract and do not necessarily show the actual
quantities of work to be done. The basis of payment will be actual quantities of
work ordered and carried out as measured by the Contractor and verified by the
Engineer and valued at the estimate rate plus or minus tender percentage quoted
in the Bill of Quantities where applicable, and otherwise at such rates and prices
as the Engineer-in-Charge may fix within the terms of Contract.

3. The estimate rates in the Bill of Quantities shall, except in so-far as it is otherwise
provided under the Contract include cost of all constructional material, labour,
machinery, transportation, erection, maintenance, profit, taxesand dutiesexcept
GST together with all general risks, liabilities and obligations set out or implied in
the Contract.

4. The plans enclosed with the tender are liable to be altered during execution of
work as per necessity of site conditions. The Tender percentage quoted by the
tenderer shall hold good for execution of work even with altered plans.

5. The whole cost of complying with the provisions of the Contract shall be included
in the estimated rates for items provided in the Bill of Quantities and where no
items are provided in the Bill of Quantities, their cost shall be deemed to be
distributed among the estimate rates entered for the related items of work.

6. General directions and descriptions of work and materials are not necessarily
repeated nor summarised in the Bill of Quantities. References to the relevant
sections of the Contract documentation shall be made before entering estimate
rate against each item in the Bill of Quantities.
7. The method of measurements of completed work for payment shall be in
accordance with the relevant B.I.S. Codes & A. P. S. Specifications.
8. All items of work are to be executed as per the drawings / specifications supplied
with the contract documents.

If there is any contradiction between the drawings and the text of the
specifications, the later shall prevail.

9. The Tenderer should inspect and select the quarries of his choice before he
quotes the tender percentage in the Schedule of Bill of Quantities and satisfy
himself about the availability of required quantum of materials.

TENDERER Page # 200 CHIEF ENGINEER

10. Diversion drains should be excavated before completion of the embankments
and the useful soils should be used in the nearby embankments.

11. The actual mix proportion by weight to be adopted during execution will be got
designed in the laboratories to suit the grade of concrete and mortar to be used.
It will be the responsibility of the contractor to manufacture concrete and mortar of
required strength.

12. The quantum of measurement for all items of earthwork involving conveyance
manually or by machinery shall be as assessed by level measurement. The
measurements for the embankment will be for the consolidated banks only.

13. Wherever bailing out of water is involved either for excavation or for foundations
or for constructions, the percentage quoted shall take into account the de-
watering charges necessary. No separate payment will be made for de-watering.

14. Wherever embankment work is involved, useful soils approved by the Engineer-
in-Charge from the cutting reaches and diversion drains shall be taken and used
for forming nearby embankments soils used for constructions will be at free of
cost.

15. The quoted tender percentage shall also include the work of any kind necessary
for the due and satisfactory construction, completion and maintenance of the
works according to the drawings and these specifications and further drawings
and orders that may be issued by the Engineer-in-Charge from time to time. The
quoted tender percentage shall include compliance by the Contractor with all the
general conditions of contract, whether specifically mentioned or not in the
various clauses of these specifications, all materials, machinery, plant,
equipment, tools, fuel, water, strutting, timbering, transport, offices, stores,
workshop staff, labour and the provision of proper and sufficient protective works,
diversions, temporary fencing and lighting. It shall also include safety of workers,
first aid equipment suitable accommodation for the staff and workmen, with
adequate sanitary arrangements, the effecting and maintenance of all insurance,
the payment of all wages, salaries, fees, royalties / Taxes, duties or other
chargesexcept GST arising out of the execution of works and the regular
clearance of rubbish, reinstatement and clearing-up of the site as may be
required on completion of works safety of the public and protection of the works
and adjoining land. The work of Building in quality control / assurance shall be
deemed to be covered in the quoted percentage.

16. The Contractor shall ensure that, the quoted tender percentage shall cover all
stages of work such as setting out, selection of materials, selection of
construction methods, selection of equipment and plant, deployment of personnel
and supervisory staff, quality control testing etc. The work quality assurance shall
be deemed to be covered in the tender percentage.
17. The special attention of the tenderer is drawn to the conditions in the tender
notices wherein reference has been made to the Andhra Pradesh Standard
Specifications [APSS] and the Standard preliminary specifications containing
therein. These preliminary specifications shall apply to the agreement to be
entered into between the contractor and the Government of Telangana and shall
form an in-separable condition of the contract along with the estimate. All these
documents taken together shall be deemed to form one contract and shall be
complimentary to another.

TENDERER Page # 201 CHIEF ENGINEER

18. The tenderer shall examine, closely the A.P.S.S. / MOST and also the standard
preliminary specifications contained therein and sign the Superintending
Engineer’s office copy of the APSS / MOST and its addenda volume in token of
such study before submitting his overall tender percentage which shall be for
finished work in-situ. He shall also carefully study the drawings and additional
specifications and all the documents, which form part of the agreement to be
entered into by the successful tenderer. The APSS / MOST and other documents
connected with contract such as estimate plans, specifications, can be seen on
all working days in the office of the Chief Engineer, TSMSIDC, Hyderabad

19. The tenderers attention is directed to requirements for materials under the clause
‘materials and workmanship’ in the preliminary specifications of APSS. Materials
conforming to the Bureau of Indian Standards specifications, APSS etc., shall be
used on the work and the tenderers shall quote his overall tender percentage
accordingly.

20. The tenderer has to do his own testing of materials and satisfy himself that they
conform to the specifications of respective I.S.I. Codes before tendering.

21. The contractor shall himself procure the required construction materials of
approved quality including the earth for formation of embankment and water from
quarries / sources of his choice. All such quarries / sources of materials required
for the work shall be got approved by the Engineer-in-Charge in writing well
before their use of the work.

22. The contractor shall himself procure the steel, cement, Bitumen, Blasting
materials, sand, metal, soils, etc., and such other materials required for the work
well in advance. The contractor has to bear the cost of materials for conveyance.
The department will not take any responsibility for fluctuations in market in cost of
the materials, transportation and for loss of materials etc.

23. Inspection of site and quarries by the tenderer: Every tenderer is expected
before quoting his overall tender percentage, to inspect the site of proposed
work. He should also inspect the quarries and satisfy himself about the quality,
and availability of materials. The best class of materials to be obtained from
quarries, or other sources shall be used on the work. In every case the materials
must comply with the relevant standard specifications. Samples of materials as
called for in the standard specifications or in this tender notice, or as required by
the Executive Engineer, in any case, shall be submitted for the Executive
Engineer’s approval before the supply to site of work is begun.

24. The tenderer’s particular attention is drawn to the sections and clauses in the
A.P. standard specification dealing with

a) Test, inspection and rejection of defective materials and work.

b) Carriage
c) Construction plant
d) Water and lighting
e) Cleaning up during the progress and for delivery.
f) Accidents
g) Delays
h) Particulars of payments.

TENDERER Page # 202 CHIEF ENGINEER

 The contractor should closely peruse all the specification clauses, which govern
the overall tender percentage he is tendering.

25. The defect liability period of contract in terms of GO [Link].8, T,R&B Dept.,
dt:8.1.2003 is twenty four months.

26. The estimate rates for items shown in the Schedule “A” include all construction
materials. No escalation in rates will be paid unless specified in the tender
document. The tenderer has to quote an overall tender percentage considering
all the aspects of the tender to complete the finished item of work as per the
APSS / MOST / B.I.S. specifications, the special specifications appended,
Drawings etc.

27. If there is any contradiction between APSS / MOST and B.I.S. specifications,
listed and detailed technical specifications, the latter shall prevail.

28. In case of a job for which specifications are not available with the Schedule or in
APSS / MORT&H or B.I.S. code and are required to be prescribed, such work
shall be carried out in accordance with the written instructions of the Engineer-in-
charge.

29. The contractor should use the excavated useful soils and stone for construction
purpose. Soils used for construction either for homogeneous section in hearting
or in casing zone based on the suitability will be at free of cost and the cost of
stone used for construction purpose will be recovered from the contractor’s bill.

The contractor should quote his tender percentage keeping in view of the above
aspects.

30. Additions and alternations by the Tenderer in the Schedule of quantities will
disqualify the tender.

31. In the case of discrepancies between the written description of the item in the
Schedule “A” and the detailed description in the specification of the same item,
the latter shall be adopted.

32. The Unit rates noted below are those governing payment of extras or deductions
for omissions according to the conditions or the contract as set-forth in the
preliminary specifications of the A.P. standard specifications and other conditions
of specification of this contract.
33. It is to be expressly understood that the measured work is to be taken according
to the actual quantities when in place and finished according to the drawings or
as may be ordered from time to time by the Executive Engineer and the cost
calculated by measurement or weight at their respective rates without any
additional charge for any necessary or contingent works connected works
connected herewith. The Percentage Excess or less on ECV quoted are for
works in situ and complete in every respect.

34. For all items of work in excess of the quantities indicated the rates payable for
such excess quantities will be tendered rates i.e., estimate rates plus or minus
tender percentage.

35. For all items of work, intermediate payment will be made provisionally as per
relevant clause. Full-accepted agreement rates will be paid only after all the
items of works are completed.

TENDERER Page # 203 CHIEF ENGINEER

36. The contractor is bound to execute all supplemental works that are found
essential incidental and inevitable during execution of main work.

37. The payment of rates for supplement items of work will be regulated as under.

Supplemental items directly deductible from similar items in the original

agreement.

The rates shall be derived by adding to or subtracting from the agreement rate of
such similar item the cost of the difference in the quantity of materials labour
between the new items and similar items in the agreement worked out with
reference to the schedule of rates adopted in the sanctioned estimate with which
the tenders are compared.
a) Similar items but the rates of which cannot be directly deducted from the
original agreement.
b) Purely new items which do not correspond to any item in the agreement.
The rate of all such items shall be estimated rates plus or minus overall tender
percentage.

38. ENTRUSTMENT OF ADDITIONAL ITEMS.

a) Where ever additional items not contingent on the main work and outside the
scope of original agreement are to be entrusted to the original contractor
dispensing with tenders and if the value of such items exceeds the limits up to
which the officer is empowered to entrust works initially to contractor without
calling for tenders approval of next higher authority shall be obtained.
Entrustment of all such items on nomination shall be rates not exceeding the
estimate rates.

b) Entrustment of supplement items contingent on the main work will be authorised

by the officers up to the monetary limits up to which they themselves are
competent to accept items in the original agreement so long as the total amounts
up to which they are competent to accept in an original agreement rates for such
items shall be worked in accordance with the procedure prescribed in GO
[Link].1493 PWD, dated: 25-10-1971 and as amended in Govt. Memo number
544 cod 72-22 dated: 06-07-1973.
c) Entrustment of either the additional supplemental items shall be further subject to
the provisions under para 176(b) of APWD Code Viz., the items shall not be
ordered by an officer on his own responsibility if the revised estimate or deviation
statement providing for the same requires the sanction of higher authority.

Note: It may be noted that the term estimate rate used above means the rate in the
sanctioned estimate with which the tender’s compared or if no such rate is
available in the estimate the rate derived will be with reference to the schedule of
rates adopted in the sanctioned estimate with which tenders are compared.

TENDERER Page # 204 CHIEF ENGINEER

 BILL OF QUANTITIES
[Part-I]

Name of the Work: Establishment of 100 Bedded Critical Care Block at District Hospital
Kondapur, Rangareddy District.

Approximate Unit Estimate

Specification
S. Quantity In Rate Amount in
Description of work No. / APSS /
No In figures/ figures In figures / Rs.
BIS / MOST
words / words words

Schedule -‘ A ‘Enclosed

TENDERER Page # 205 CHIEF ENGINEER

 BILL OF QUANTITIES
(PART- II)

Details of Maximum amount Reimbursable to the contractor.

“The rates mentioned in “BOQ” (Schedule – “A”) are including overhead charges and
contractors profit but excluding GST &Seignarage charges. The overhead charges include
engaging technical persons by the contractor and work insurance. Hence, the contractor
quoted rates is inclusive of engaging technical persons and work insurance and no
reimbursement for these will be made separately”.

Reimbursement of GST will be as per Clause 102 of the Conditions of Contract.

The contract price is inclusive of all overhead charges and include the following
elements:

i. Site accommodation, setting up plant, access road, water

supply,electricity and general site arrangements.
ii. Office furniture, equipment and communications.
iii. Expenditure on:

a) Corporate office of contractor.

b) Technical agents for site supervision. (Reimbursement to the technical
agents provision is dispensed with where ‘over heads and contractor’s
profit’ provision is included in the data rates)
c) Documentation and “as built” drawings.
d) Mobilization/ de-mobilization of resources.
e) Labour camps with minimum amenities and transportation to work
sites.
f) Light vehicles for site supervision including administrative and
managerial requirements.
g) Laboratory equipment and quality control including field andlaboratory
testing. (For all the works costing more than Rs.2.00 Crores
contractors have to establish Quality Control laboratory)
h) Minor T & P and survey instruments and setting outworks, including
verification of line, dimensions, etc.
i) Watch and ward.
j) Traffic management/ Safety management during construction.
k) Expenditure on safeguarding environment.
iv. Sundries.
v. Financing Expenditure.
vi. The rates adopted in this SoR basic costs and are exclusive of all
taxes.
vii. Work Insurance/ compensation - Works insurance is dispensed with
vide G.O. Ms. No: 61 Irrigation & CAD (PW: Reforms) Department Dt.
25-06-2013.

TENDERER Page # 206 CHIEF ENGINEER

 FOOT NOTE TO SCHEDULE “A”

1. All the items of work will have to be executed as per standard specifications laid
down in APSS and the special specifications and general features of design
attached herewith. The quoted offer shall include all operations described in the
specifications and general features.
2. All the rates quoted in the Schedule ‘A’ shall be through rates in rupees and paise
for completed item of work as per APDSS inclusive of all charges such as leads,
lifts, classifications and incidental charges, all taxesand royalties etcexcept GST.
3. The quantities given here are those upon which the lumpsum cost of the work is
based, but they are subjected to alternation, omission, deduction, or addition as
provided for in the condition of the contract and not necessarily shown the actual
quantities of work to be done.
4. It is to be expressly understood that the measured work is to be taken net (not
withstanding any custom or practice to the contrary) according to the actual
quantities placed and finished according to the drawing or as may be ordered
from time to time by the Engineer-In-Charge and the cost calculated by
measurement or weight at the respective prices without any additional charge for
any necessary or contingent works, connected therewith. The rate shown is for
the works in situ and complete in every respect.
5. All items of work will have to be executed as per standard specification laid down
in A.P.S.S. the special specification and general features of design attached
herewith. The quoted offer shall include all operation described in the said
specification and general features and shall be inclusive of all charges such as
leads, lifts, classification, incidental charges, all taxes, royalties, hire and
operational charges of all T & P, security measures [Link] GST complete.
6. Vernacular signature should be translated into English.
7. Addition and alternation in schedule or condition will disqualify the tender.
8. Steel centering should be used for all members involving the use of centering.
9. The tenderer should inspect the site & checkup the possible water source for
carrying out work though out the year, monsoons or non monsoons irrespective
of the quantum of rainfall and quote their offer accordingly. No subsequent
claims for extra water leads will be entertained under any circumstances.
10. The contractor will not be entitled to claim any interest on arrears which he may
be get on the final settlement of accounts.
11. The contractor shall make his own arrangement for the acquisition of stone and
other quarries etc.
12. Metal and chips of the specified gauges will have to be stacked separately in the
standard size after screening as per specifications before using on work.

TENDERER Page # 207 CHIEF ENGINEER

 ARTICLES OF AGREEMENT

Articles of Agreement made this day of 2025 between the Chief

Engineer, TGMSIDC, Hyderabad on behalf of Managing Director, Telangana State
Medical Services Infrastructure Development Corporation (here-in-after called the Chief
Engineer which expression shall, where the context so admits include his successors in
Office and assignees) of one part and ___________________ (here-in-after called the
Contractor which expression shall where the context so admits include his heirs,
executors, administrators and legal representatives) of the other part.

WHEREAS the TGMSIDC, Hyderabad, (herein after called the Corporation) are
desirous of ________________________________________________
_________________________________ and have caused an estimate of probable
quantities contained in Schedule A, drawings and specifications describing the work to
be done.

AND whereas the said Schedule A, drawings numbered serially from

____________________________________ (Schedule B) and the specifications
(Schedule C) have been signed by the parties hereto.

And whereas the contractor has agreed to the Retention by the Corporation, the Earnest
Money of Rs.______________ (Rupees _______________________________ only)
vide DD No : ______________________paid by him as security for the due fulfillment of
the contract to the satisfaction of the Chief Engineer, TSMSIDC.

AND whereas the contractor has also signed the copy of the AP Standard
Specifications and addenda Volume thereto maintained by the authority who registered
him/them in the appropriate class in acknowledgement of being bound by all conditions
of the clauses of the Standard Preliminary Specifications for items of work described
by a Standard Specification Number in Schedule-A in addition to having signed the
“Tenderers” and Contractor certificate in acknowledgement of being bound by all the
conditions of the Standard Preliminary Specifications and all the Standard Specifications
for item of work, described by the Standard Specification Number in Schedule A.

AND whereas the contractor has agreed to execute upon and subject to the conditions
set forth in the preliminary specification of the Andhra Pradesh Detailed Standard
Specifications and such other conditions as are contained in all the specifications
forming part of this contract (herein after referred to as the said conditions) the works
shown upon the drawings and described in the said specifications and set forth in
Schedule A as the “Probable quantities” and comply with the rate of progress noted at
the end of this Articles of Agreement for a sum of Rs________________
(Rupees______________________________________ only) or such other sum as may
be arrived at under the Clauses of the Standard Preliminary Specifications relating to
payment on lump sum basis or by final measurement at unit prices.

TENDERER Page # 208 CHIEF ENGINEER

 NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS

In consideration of the payment of the said sum of Rs_____________ or such other sum
as may be arrived at under the clauses of the Standard Preliminary Specifications
relating to payment on lump sum basis or by final measurement at unit price, the
contractor will upon and subject to the said conditions execute and complete the works
shown upon the said drawings and described in the said specifications and to the extent
of probable quantities shown in the Schedule ‘A’ with such variations by way of
alterations additions to, or deductions from the said works and method of payment there
for as are provided for the said conditions.

The term Executive Engineer in the said conditions shall mean the officer of the
Corporation in charge of the Division having jurisdiction for the time being over the work,
who shall be competent to exercise all the powers and privileges reserved herein in
favour of the Corporation with the previous sanction of or subject to ratification by the
Chief Engineer of the Corporation in cases where such sanctions or ratification may be
necessary.

The plans, agreement and documents above mentioned shall form the basis of this
contract and the decision of the said Executive Engineer as to the materials,
workmanship and to the intended interpretation of clauses of the Agreement or any other
document attached here to shall be final and binding on both parties.

The said contract comprises of the building work above mentioned and all subsidiary
works connected there with within the same site as may be ordered to be done from time
to time by the said Executive Engineer, even though such works may not be shown on
the drawing or described in the said specifications of the priced schedule of quantities.

The Chief Engineer through the Executive Engineer reserves to himself the right of
altering the drawings and nature of the work and adding or omitting any items of work or
of having portions of the same carried out departmentally or otherwise and such
alterations or variations shall be carried out without prejudice to this contract.

If at any time after the commencement of the work, the Chief Engineer for any reason
whatsoever does not require part thereof as specified in the tender to be carried out the
Executive Engineer / Chief Engineer shall give notice in writing of the fact of the
Contractor who shall have no claim to any payment of compensation whatsoever on
account of any profit or advantage which he might have derived from the execution of the
work in full but which he did not derive in consequences of the full amount of the work
not having been carried out, neither shall he have any claim for compensation by reason
of any alterations having been made in the original specifications, drawings designs and
instructions which shall involve any curtailment of the work as originally contemplated.

Time shall be considered as essence of the Agreement and the contractor hereby
agrees to commence the work as soon as his Agreement is accepted by the Chief
Engineer and the site (or premises) is handed over to him as provided for in the said
conditions and agrees to complete the work within the period of 18 Months from the date
of such handing over of the site (or premises) and to show progress as defined in the
tabular statement Rate of progress, subject nevertheless to the provisions for extension
of time contained in Clause 59 of the Standard Preliminary Specifications.

The Arbitrator for fulfilling the duties set forth in the arbitration clauses of the standard
preliminary specifications shall be as defined with tender conditions vide item No.23 of
conditions of contract ([Link]) enclosed to the contract.

TENDERER Page # 209 CHIEF ENGINEER

The said conditions shall be read and construed as forming part of the agreement and
the parties have to respectively abide by and submit themselves to the conditions and
stipulations and perform the agreement in their parties respectively.

Upon the terms and conditions of this agreement being fulfilled and performed to the
satisfaction of the Corporation, the balance amount including any deposit of the
contractor shall be returned after the expiry of liability period i.e. 24 months + defects
correction period whichever is later after virtual completion of work as per drawings and
tender conditions.

Payment will be made to the contractor under the certificate to be issued at reasonably
frequent intervals by the Executive Engineer. Intermediate payments will be made by
the Executive Engineer of a sum equal to 92 ½ percent of the value of work as so
certified and the balance of 7 ½ percent will be with held and retained as a security for
the due fulfillment of the contract. Under the certificate to be issued by the Executive
Engineer on the completion of the entire work, the contractor will receive final payment of
all the money due or payable to him under or by virtue of the contract except EMD
retained as security and a sum equal to 2 ½ percent of the total value of the work done
provided there is no recovery from or forfeiture to be made under clause 60 of the PS to
APSS. The amount with held from the final bill will be retained under "Deposits” and paid
to the contractor together with the EMD retained as security after a period of 24 months
after all defects shall have been made good according to the true intent and meaning
thereof.

Under provisions of sections 194 (c) in the Income Tax Act under the Finance Bill,
Income Tax as prescribed by the Government from time to time, on each and every
payment made to the contractor will be deducted at source and will be credited to the
Income Tax Department and necessary certificates will be issued to the contractor.

All disputes arising out or in any way connected with this agreement shall be deemed to
have arisen in Hyderabad and only the court in Hyderabad city shall have jurisdiction to
determine the same.

In witness whereof the Contractor __________________________ has here into set his
hands and Chief Engineer, TGMSIDC on behalf of and by the order and direction of the
Corporation has here up to set his hand the day and year first above written.

Signature of the Contractor _________________

Address:

TENDERER Page # 210 CHIEF ENGINEER

 PRICE BID

Name of the Work: Establishment of 100 Bedded Critical Care Block at District
Hospital Kondapur, Rangareddy District.

ESTIMATE CONTRACT VALUE (in figures & words): Rs.23,80,77,363/-

(Rupees Twenty Three Crore Eighty Lakhs Seventy Seven Thousand Three Hundred
and Sixty Three Only)

I/We Sri / Smt. / M/s. ……………………………………………………….. do hereby

express my / our willingness to execute the aforesaid work as per the conditions,

standards, specifications, rules, regulations, etc., stipulated in the tender documents.

a) At an overall tender percentage of …………………….………………………

(In figures)

…………………………………………………………………………………..

(In words) Excess / Less over the estimate contract value.

OR

b) At Estimate Value.

SIGNATURE, NAME OF THE TENDERER / AUTHORISED SIGNATORY

TENDERER Page # 211 CHIEF ENGINEER

 FORMATS OF SECURITIES

TENDERER Page # 212 CHIEF ENGINEER

 PROFORMA
BANK GUARANTEE FOR EARNEST MONEY DEPOSIT
(At the time of submission of tender)

WHEREAS ……………………………………………………….. (Name of the Contractor)

(here in after called “the Tenderer”) has submitted his tender response to NIT
No………………………. dated-…………………… for the work “
………………………………………………………………………………………………..”
(Name of work) (hereinafter called “the tender”).

KNOWN ALL MEN by these present that we …………………………

…………………………………………….……………. (Name and Address of Bank)
………………………………. (hereinafter called “the Bank” are bound unto
……………………… / (name of the Managing Director, TSMSIDC, Hyderabad) in the
sum of *
……………………………………………………………………………………………………..
for which payment will and truly to be made to the said Department, the Bank binds itself,
his successors and assigns by these presents.

SEALED with the Common Seal of the Bank this …………….. day of ……………..200….
THE CONDITIONS of this obligation are--
(1) If after Tender opening the tenderer withdraws or modifies his Bid during the
period of bid validity specified in the Form of Tender.

(2) If the Tenderer having been notified of the acceptance of his bid by the
Department during the period of validity.
(a) fails or refuses to execute the Form of Agreement in accordance with the
Instructions to Tenderers, if required; or
(b) fails or refuses to furnish the balance EMD and additional performance
Security in accordance with the instructions of Tenderers.
We undertake to pay to the Department up to the above amount upon
receipt of his first written demand, without the Department having to
substantiate his demand, provided that in his demand the Department will
note the amount claimed by him is due to him owning to the occurrence of
one or both of the two conditions, specifying the occurred condition or
conditions.
This Guarantee will remain in force up to and including the date**
…………………… after the dead line for submission of Tenders as such
deadline is stated in the Instructions to Tenders or as it may be extended by
the Department, notice of which extension(s) to the Bank is hereby waived.
Any demand in respect of this Guarantee should reach the Bank not later
than the above date.
DATE………………. SIGNATURE OF THE BANK ……………………..

WITNESS……………….. SEAL………………………………………………..
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Signature, Name and Address)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* The Tenderer should insert the amount of the EMD in words and figures
denominated in Indian Rupee. This figure should be the same as shown in the
NIT.

** 6 months for the deadline date for submission of Tender. Date should be
inserted by the Department before the Tender documents are issued.

TENDERER Page # 213 CHIEF ENGINEER

 PROFORMA

BANK GUARANTEE FOR EARNEST MONEY DEPOSIT

(At the time of Agreement)

______________________________________________(name & address of

Department)
______________________________________________
WHEREAS__________________________________________________
________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____ __ _____________________(name and address of Contractor ) (hereinafter
called “the Contractor”) has undertaken, in pursuance of Contract No. ________ dated-
____________ to execute the work of _________________ [name of work];

AND WHEREAS it has been stipulated by you in the said Contract that the
Contractor shall furnish you with a Bank Guarantee by a Schedule bank for the sum
specified therein as EMD for compliance with his obligations in accordance with the
Contract;

AND WHEREAS we have agreed to give the Contractor such a Bank Guarantee;

NOW THEREFORE we hereby affirm that we are the Guarantor and responsible
to you, on behalf of the Contractor, up to a total of _____________________ [amount of
guarantee] _________________________________ [in words], such sum being
payable and we undertake to pay you, upon your first written demand and without cavil
or argument, any sum or sums within the limits of ________________________ [amount
of guarantee] as aforesaid without your needing to prove or to show grounds or reasons
for your demand for the sum specified therein.

We hereby waive the necessity of your demanding the said debt from the
Contractor before presenting us with the demand.

We further agree that no change or addition to or other modification of the terms

of the Contract or of the Works to be performed there under or of any of the contract
documents which may be made between you and the Contractor shall in any way
release us from any liability under this guarantee, and we hereby waive notice of any
such change, addition or modification.

This guarantee shall be valid up to……………………….. i.e., until 28 days from

the date of expiry of the Defects Liability period.

Signature & seal of the Guarantor_____________________

Name of Bank_____________________________________
Address__________________________________________
Date_____________________________________________

TENDERER Page # 214 CHIEF ENGINEER

 PROFORMA

BANK GUARANTEE FOR ADDITIONAL SECURITY DEPOSIT

_______________________________________________(name and address of

Department)
_______________________________________________

WHEREAS _______________________________ (name and address of

Contractor ) (hereinafter called “the Contractor”) has undertaken, in pursuance of
Contract No. ________ dated- ____________ to execute
_________________________ [name of Contract and brief description of works]
(hereinafter called “the Contractor”);

AND WHEREAS it has been stipulated by you in the said Contract that the
Contractor shall furnish you with a Bank Guarantee by a Schedule bank for the sum
specified therein as Additional further security bank guarantee for compliance with his
obligations in accordance with the Contract;

AND WHEREAS we have agreed to give the Contractor such a Bank Guarantee;

NOW THEREFORE we hereby affirm that we are the Guarantor and responsible
to you, on behalf of the Contractor, up to a total of Rs._____________________ [amount
of guarantee] _________________________________ [in words], such sum being
payable and we undertake to pay you, upon your first written demand and without cavil
or argument, any sum or sums within the limits of ________________________ [amount
of guarantee] as aforesaid without your needing to prove or to show grounds or reasons
for your demand for the sum specified therein.

We hereby waive the necessity of your demanding the said debt from the
Contractor before presenting us with the demand.

We further agree that no change or addition to or other modification of the terms

of the Contract or of the Works to be performed thereunder or of any of the contract
documents which may be made between you and the Contractor shall in any way
release us from any liability under this guarantee, and we hereby waive notice of any
such change, addition or modification.

This guarantee shall be valid up toand until 28 days from the date completion.

Signature & seal of the Guarantor_____________________

Name of Bank_____________________________________
Address__________________________________________
Date_____________________________________________

TENDERER Page # 215 CHIEF ENGINEER

 ANNEXURE – I (B).
FORM OF SOLVENCY CERTIFICATE BY BANKS

I, ______________________________________________ Managing Director /

Manager / General Manager / Agent of
_________________________________________ Bank Limited do hereby certify that a
__________________________________________ _______________________ [here
the Names and addresses of the contractor] to be solvent to the extent of
Rs.__________________ [Rupees __________________________
________________________________] as disclosed by the information and record
which are available with the aforesaid bank.

For the ___________________________ Bank

Date-
Place-
Signature of Bank Manager
[Authorised to Sign]

FORMAT FOR EVIDENCE OF ACCESS TO OR

AVAILABILITY OF CREDIT FACILITIES
(CLAUSE 8 (iii) OF TENDER NOTICE)
(From Nationalised Banks / Scheduled Banks)

BANK CERTIFICATE
This is to certify that M/s. ……………….........................................……… is a reputed
company with a good financial standing. If the contract for the work namely

…………… …………….....………………………….. is awarded to the above firm, we shall

be able to provide over draft/credit facilities to the extent of Rs.………………… to
meet their working capital requirements for executing the above contract.

Signature of Sr. Bank Manager

Name of Bank
Address of Bank

TENDERER Page # 216 CHIEF ENGINEER